Hướng dẫn dùng ftok trong PHP

In Object Oriented Programming in PHP, methods are functions inside classes. Their declaration and behavior are almost similar to normal functions, except their special uses inside the class.

Let's remind the role of a function.

  • First, we declare the function
  • Then we call it (Optionally we can send arguments into the function)
  • Some process is done inside the function
  • Then we return something from the function (Optional)

How to declare a method?

Let's declare a method inside a class named Example class to echo out a simple string that we give.


We use the public keyword to make the method available inside and outside the class. You will learn more about this in the visibility chapter.

How to call a method?


$example = new Example();
$example -> echo('Hello World');

Result: Hello World

Explained:
  • First, we create an object ($example) from the class Example
  • Next, we call the method echo with -> (object operator) and () (parentheses)
  • The parentheses contain the arguments as usual

The thing you need to understand is that we call methods on objects, not classes.

Changing a property value using methods

Let's implement the things we learned in the above example to our House class. Now we are going to change the color of the house. For ease, all the properties are removed from the House class, except $primaryColor.

By default the color of the house is black. We need to change it to another one.


 primaryColor = $color;
	}	
}

// creates an object from the class
$myHouse = new House();

# black (default value)
echo $myHouse -> primaryColor;

// change the color of the house
$myHouse -> changeColor('white');
	
# white
echo $myHouse -> primaryColor;

Run Example ››

In this example, we have used $this keyword. The next chapter describes more about it.

List of all the functions and methods in the manual

a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z _

  • a
    • abs - Absolute value
    • acos - Arc cosine
    • acosh - Inverse hyperbolic cosine
    • addcslashes - Quote string with slashes in a C style
    • addslashes - Quote string with slashes
    • apache_child_terminate - Terminate apache process after this request
    • apache_getenv - Get an Apache subprocess_env variable
    • apache_get_modules - Get a list of loaded Apache modules
    • apache_get_version - Fetch Apache version
    • apache_lookup_uri - Perform a partial request for the specified URI and return all info about it
    • apache_note - Get and set apache request notes
    • apache_request_headers - Fetch all HTTP request headers
    • apache_response_headers - Fetch all HTTP response headers
    • apache_setenv - Set an Apache subprocess_env variable
    • APCUIterator::current - Get current item
    • APCUIterator::getTotalCount - Get total count
    • APCUIterator::getTotalHits - Get total cache hits
    • APCUIterator::getTotalSize - Get total cache size
    • APCUIterator::key - Get iterator key
    • APCUIterator::next - Move pointer to next item
    • APCUIterator::rewind - Rewinds iterator
    • APCUIterator::valid - Checks if current position is valid
    • APCUIterator::__construct - Constructs an APCUIterator iterator object
    • apcu_add - Cache a new variable in the data store
    • apcu_cache_info - Retrieves cached information from APCu's data store
    • apcu_cas - Updates an old value with a new value
    • apcu_clear_cache - Clears the APCu cache
    • apcu_dec - Decrease a stored number
    • apcu_delete - Removes a stored variable from the cache
    • apcu_enabled - Whether APCu is usable in the current environment
    • apcu_entry - Atomically fetch or generate a cache entry
    • apcu_exists - Checks if entry exists
    • apcu_fetch - Fetch a stored variable from the cache
    • apcu_inc - Increase a stored number
    • apcu_key_info - Get detailed information about the cache key
    • apcu_sma_info - Retrieves APCu Shared Memory Allocation information
    • apcu_store - Cache a variable in the data store
    • AppendIterator::append - Appends an iterator
    • AppendIterator::current - Gets the current value
    • AppendIterator::getArrayIterator - Gets the ArrayIterator
    • AppendIterator::getInnerIterator - Gets the inner iterator
    • AppendIterator::getIteratorIndex - Gets an index of iterators
    • AppendIterator::key - Gets the current key
    • AppendIterator::next - Moves to the next element
    • AppendIterator::rewind - Rewinds the Iterator
    • AppendIterator::valid - Checks validity of the current element
    • AppendIterator::__construct - Constructs an AppendIterator
    • array - Create an array
    • ArrayAccess::offsetExists - Whether an offset exists
    • ArrayAccess::offsetGet - Offset to retrieve
    • ArrayAccess::offsetSet - Assign a value to the specified offset
    • ArrayAccess::offsetUnset - Unset an offset
    • ArrayIterator::append - Append an element
    • ArrayIterator::asort - Sort entries by values
    • ArrayIterator::count - Count elements
    • ArrayIterator::current - Return current array entry
    • ArrayIterator::getArrayCopy - Get array copy
    • ArrayIterator::getFlags - Get behavior flags
    • ArrayIterator::key - Return current array key
    • ArrayIterator::ksort - Sort entries by keys
    • ArrayIterator::natcasesort - Sort entries naturally, case insensitive
    • ArrayIterator::natsort - Sort entries naturally
    • ArrayIterator::next - Move to next entry
    • ArrayIterator::offsetExists - Check if offset exists
    • ArrayIterator::offsetGet - Get value for an offset
    • ArrayIterator::offsetSet - Set value for an offset
    • ArrayIterator::offsetUnset - Unset value for an offset
    • ArrayIterator::rewind - Rewind array back to the start
    • ArrayIterator::seek - Seek to position
    • ArrayIterator::serialize - Serialize
    • ArrayIterator::setFlags - Set behaviour flags
    • ArrayIterator::uasort - Sort with a user-defined comparison function and maintain index association
    • ArrayIterator::uksort - Sort by keys using a user-defined comparison function
    • ArrayIterator::unserialize - Unserialize
    • ArrayIterator::valid - Check whether array contains more entries
    • ArrayIterator::__construct - Construct an ArrayIterator
    • ArrayObject::append - Appends the value
    • ArrayObject::asort - Sort the entries by value
    • ArrayObject::count - Get the number of public properties in the ArrayObject
    • ArrayObject::exchangeArray - Exchange the array for another one
    • ArrayObject::getArrayCopy - Creates a copy of the ArrayObject
    • ArrayObject::getFlags - Gets the behavior flags
    • ArrayObject::getIterator - Create a new iterator from an ArrayObject instance
    • ArrayObject::getIteratorClass - Gets the iterator classname for the ArrayObject
    • ArrayObject::ksort - Sort the entries by key
    • ArrayObject::natcasesort - Sort an array using a case insensitive "natural order" algorithm
    • ArrayObject::natsort - Sort entries using a "natural order" algorithm
    • ArrayObject::offsetExists - Returns whether the requested index exists
    • ArrayObject::offsetGet - Returns the value at the specified index
    • ArrayObject::offsetSet - Sets the value at the specified index to newval
    • ArrayObject::offsetUnset - Unsets the value at the specified index
    • ArrayObject::serialize - Serialize an ArrayObject
    • ArrayObject::setFlags - Sets the behavior flags
    • ArrayObject::setIteratorClass - Sets the iterator classname for the ArrayObject
    • ArrayObject::uasort - Sort the entries with a user-defined comparison function and maintain key association
    • ArrayObject::uksort - Sort the entries by keys using a user-defined comparison function
    • ArrayObject::unserialize - Unserialize an ArrayObject
    • ArrayObject::__construct - Construct a new array object
    • array_change_key_case - Changes the case of all keys in an array
    • array_chunk - Split an array into chunks
    • array_column - Return the values from a single column in the input array
    • array_combine - Creates an array by using one array for keys and another for its values
    • array_count_values - Counts all the values of an array
    • array_diff - Computes the difference of arrays
    • array_diff_assoc - Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check
    • array_diff_key - Computes the difference of arrays using keys for comparison
    • array_diff_uassoc - Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check which is performed by a user supplied callback function
    • array_diff_ukey - Computes the difference of arrays using a callback function on the keys for comparison
    • array_fill - Fill an array with values
    • array_fill_keys - Fill an array with values, specifying keys
    • array_filter - Filters elements of an array using a callback function
    • array_flip - Exchanges all keys with their associated values in an array
    • array_intersect - Computes the intersection of arrays
    • array_intersect_assoc - Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check
    • array_intersect_key - Computes the intersection of arrays using keys for comparison
    • array_intersect_uassoc - Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check, compares indexes by a callback function
    • array_intersect_ukey - Computes the intersection of arrays using a callback function on the keys for comparison
    • array_is_list - Checks whether a given array is a list
    • array_keys - Return all the keys or a subset of the keys of an array
    • array_key_exists - Checks if the given key or index exists in the array
    • array_key_first - Gets the first key of an array
    • array_key_last - Gets the last key of an array
    • array_map - Applies the callback to the elements of the given arrays
    • array_merge - Merge one or more arrays
    • array_merge_recursive - Merge one or more arrays recursively
    • array_multisort - Sort multiple or multi-dimensional arrays
    • array_pad - Pad array to the specified length with a value
    • array_pop - Pop the element off the end of array
    • array_product - Calculate the product of values in an array
    • array_push - Push one or more elements onto the end of array
    • array_rand - Pick one or more random keys out of an array
    • array_reduce - Iteratively reduce the array to a single value using a callback function
    • array_replace - Replaces elements from passed arrays into the first array
    • array_replace_recursive - Replaces elements from passed arrays into the first array recursively
    • array_reverse - Return an array with elements in reverse order
    • array_search - Searches the array for a given value and returns the first corresponding key if successful
    • array_shift - Shift an element off the beginning of array
    • array_slice - Extract a slice of the array
    • array_splice - Remove a portion of the array and replace it with something else
    • array_sum - Calculate the sum of values in an array
    • array_udiff - Computes the difference of arrays by using a callback function for data comparison
    • array_udiff_assoc - Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check, compares data by a callback function
    • array_udiff_uassoc - Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check, compares data and indexes by a callback function
    • array_uintersect - Computes the intersection of arrays, compares data by a callback function
    • array_uintersect_assoc - Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check, compares data by a callback function
    • array_uintersect_uassoc - Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check, compares data and indexes by separate callback functions
    • array_unique - Removes duplicate values from an array
    • array_unshift - Prepend one or more elements to the beginning of an array
    • array_values - Return all the values of an array
    • array_walk - Apply a user supplied function to every member of an array
    • array_walk_recursive - Apply a user function recursively to every member of an array
    • arsort - Sort an array in descending order and maintain index association
    • asin - Arc sine
    • asinh - Inverse hyperbolic sine
    • asort - Sort an array in ascending order and maintain index association
    • assert - Checks if assertion is false
    • assert_options - Set/get the various assert flags
    • atan - Arc tangent
    • atan2 - Arc tangent of two variables
    • atanh - Inverse hyperbolic tangent
  • b
    • BackedEnum::from - Maps a scalar to an enum instance
    • BackedEnum::tryFrom - Maps a scalar to an enum instance or null
    • base64_decode - Decodes data encoded with MIME base64
    • base64_encode - Encodes data with MIME base64
    • basename - Returns trailing name component of path
    • BaseResult::getWarnings - Fetch warnings from last operation
    • BaseResult::getWarningsCount - Fetch warning count from last operation
    • base_convert - Convert a number between arbitrary bases
    • bcadd - Add two arbitrary precision numbers
    • bccomp - Compare two arbitrary precision numbers
    • bcdiv - Divide two arbitrary precision numbers
    • bcmod - Get modulus of an arbitrary precision number
    • bcmul - Multiply two arbitrary precision numbers
    • bcpow - Raise an arbitrary precision number to another
    • bcpowmod - Raise an arbitrary precision number to another, reduced by a specified modulus
    • bcscale - Set or get default scale parameter for all bc math functions
    • bcsqrt - Get the square root of an arbitrary precision number
    • bcsub - Subtract one arbitrary precision number from another
    • bin2hex - Convert binary data into hexadecimal representation
    • bindec - Binary to decimal
    • bindtextdomain - Sets or gets the path for a domain
    • bind_textdomain_codeset - Specify or get the character encoding in which the messages from the DOMAIN message catalog will be returned
    • boolval - Get the boolean value of a variable
    • bzclose - Close a bzip2 file
    • bzcompress - Compress a string into bzip2 encoded data
    • bzdecompress - Decompresses bzip2 encoded data
    • bzerrno - Returns a bzip2 error number
    • bzerror - Returns the bzip2 error number and error string in an array
    • bzerrstr - Returns a bzip2 error string
    • bzflush - Do nothing
    • bzopen - Opens a bzip2 compressed file
    • bzread - Binary safe bzip2 file read
    • bzwrite - Binary safe bzip2 file write
  • c
    • CachingIterator::count - The number of elements in the iterator
    • CachingIterator::current - Return the current element
    • CachingIterator::getCache - Retrieve the contents of the cache
    • CachingIterator::getFlags - Get flags used
    • CachingIterator::getInnerIterator - Returns the inner iterator
    • CachingIterator::hasNext - Check whether the inner iterator has a valid next element
    • CachingIterator::key - Return the key for the current element
    • CachingIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
    • CachingIterator::offsetExists - The offsetExists purpose
    • CachingIterator::offsetGet - The offsetGet purpose
    • CachingIterator::offsetSet - The offsetSet purpose
    • CachingIterator::offsetUnset - The offsetUnset purpose
    • CachingIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator
    • CachingIterator::setFlags - The setFlags purpose
    • CachingIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
    • CachingIterator::__construct - Construct a new CachingIterator object for the iterator
    • CachingIterator::__toString - Return the string representation of the current element
    • CallbackFilterIterator::accept - Calls the callback with the current value, the current key and the inner iterator as arguments
    • CallbackFilterIterator::__construct - Create a filtered iterator from another iterator
    • call_user_func - Call the callback given by the first parameter
    • call_user_func_array - Call a callback with an array of parameters
    • cal_days_in_month - Return the number of days in a month for a given year and calendar
    • cal_from_jd - Converts from Julian Day Count to a supported calendar
    • cal_info - Returns information about a particular calendar
    • cal_to_jd - Converts from a supported calendar to Julian Day Count
    • ceil - Round fractions up
    • chdir - Change directory
    • checkdate - Validate a Gregorian date
    • checkdnsrr - Check DNS records corresponding to a given Internet host name or IP address
    • chgrp - Changes file group
    • chmod - Changes file mode
    • chop - Alias of rtrim
    • chown - Changes file owner
    • chr - Generate a single-byte string from a number
    • chroot - Change the root directory
    • chunk_split - Split a string into smaller chunks
    • class_alias - Creates an alias for a class
    • class_exists - Checks if the class has been defined
    • class_implements - Return the interfaces which are implemented by the given class or interface
    • class_parents - Return the parent classes of the given class
    • class_uses - Return the traits used by the given class
    • clearstatcache - Clears file status cache
    • Client::getClient - Get client session
    • Client::__construct - Client constructor
    • cli_get_process_title - Returns the current process title
    • cli_set_process_title - Sets the process title
    • closedir - Close directory handle
    • closelog - Close connection to system logger
    • Closure::bind - Duplicates a closure with a specific bound object and class scope
    • Closure::bindTo - Duplicates the closure with a new bound object and class scope
    • Closure::call - Binds and calls the closure
    • Closure::fromCallable - Converts a callable into a closure
    • Closure::__construct - Constructor that disallows instantiation
    • Collator::asort - Sort array maintaining index association
    • Collator::compare - Compare two Unicode strings
    • Collator::create - Create a collator
    • Collator::getAttribute - Get collation attribute value
    • Collator::getErrorCode - Get collator's last error code
    • Collator::getErrorMessage - Get text for collator's last error code
    • Collator::getLocale - Get the locale name of the collator
    • Collator::getSortKey - Get sorting key for a string
    • Collator::getStrength - Get current collation strength
    • Collator::setAttribute - Set collation attribute
    • Collator::setStrength - Set collation strength
    • Collator::sort - Sort array using specified collator
    • Collator::sortWithSortKeys - Sort array using specified collator and sort keys
    • Collator::__construct - Create a collator
    • Collectable::isGarbage - Determine whether an object has been marked as garbage
    • Collection::add - Add collection document
    • Collection::addOrReplaceOne - Add or replace collection document
    • Collection::count - Get document count
    • Collection::createIndex - Create collection index
    • Collection::dropIndex - Drop collection index
    • Collection::existsInDatabase - Check if collection exists in database
    • Collection::find - Search for document
    • Collection::getName - Get collection name
    • Collection::getOne - Get one document
    • Collection::getSchema - Get schema object
    • Collection::getSession - Get session object
    • Collection::modify - Modify collection documents
    • Collection::remove - Remove collection documents
    • Collection::removeOne - Remove one collection document
    • Collection::replaceOne - Replace one collection document
    • Collection::__construct - Collection constructor
    • CollectionAdd::execute - Execute the statement
    • CollectionAdd::__construct - CollectionAdd constructor
    • CollectionFind::bind - Bind value to query placeholder
    • CollectionFind::execute - Execute the statement
    • CollectionFind::fields - Set document field filter
    • CollectionFind::groupBy - Set grouping criteria
    • CollectionFind::having - Set condition for aggregate functions
    • CollectionFind::limit - Limit number of returned documents
    • CollectionFind::lockExclusive - Execute operation with EXCLUSIVE LOCK
    • CollectionFind::lockShared - Execute operation with SHARED LOCK
    • CollectionFind::offset - Skip given number of elements to be returned
    • CollectionFind::sort - Set the sorting criteria
    • CollectionFind::__construct - CollectionFind constructor
    • CollectionModify::arrayAppend - Append element to an array field
    • CollectionModify::arrayInsert - Insert element into an array field
    • CollectionModify::bind - Bind value to query placeholder
    • CollectionModify::execute - Execute modify operation
    • CollectionModify::limit - Limit number of modified documents
    • CollectionModify::patch - Patch document
    • CollectionModify::replace - Replace document field
    • CollectionModify::set - Set document attribute
    • CollectionModify::skip - Skip elements
    • CollectionModify::sort - Set the sorting criteria
    • CollectionModify::unset - Unset the value of document fields
    • CollectionModify::__construct - CollectionModify constructor
    • CollectionRemove::bind - Bind value to placeholder
    • CollectionRemove::execute - Execute remove operation
    • CollectionRemove::limit - Limit number of documents to remove
    • CollectionRemove::sort - Set the sorting criteria
    • CollectionRemove::__construct - CollectionRemove constructor
    • ColumnResult::getCharacterSetName - Get character set
    • ColumnResult::getCollationName - Get collation name
    • ColumnResult::getColumnLabel - Get column label
    • ColumnResult::getColumnName - Get column name
    • ColumnResult::getFractionalDigits - Get fractional digit length
    • ColumnResult::getLength - Get column field length
    • ColumnResult::getSchemaName - Get schema name
    • ColumnResult::getTableLabel - Get table label
    • ColumnResult::getTableName - Get table name
    • ColumnResult::getType - Get column type
    • ColumnResult::isNumberSigned - Check if signed type
    • ColumnResult::isPadded - Check if padded
    • ColumnResult::__construct - ColumnResult constructor
    • com::__construct - com class constructor
    • CommonMark\CQL::__construct - CQL Construction
    • CommonMark\CQL::__invoke - CQL Execution
    • CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable::accept - Visitation
    • CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitor::enter - Visitation
    • CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitor::leave - Visitation
    • CommonMark\Node::accept - Visitation
    • CommonMark\Node::appendChild - AST Manipulation
    • CommonMark\Node::insertAfter - AST Manipulation
    • CommonMark\Node::insertBefore - AST Manipulation
    • CommonMark\Node::prependChild - AST Manipulation
    • CommonMark\Node::replace - AST Manipulation
    • CommonMark\Node::unlink - AST Manipulation
    • CommonMark\Node\BulletList::__construct - BulletList Construction
    • CommonMark\Node\CodeBlock::__construct - CodeBlock Construction
    • CommonMark\Node\Heading::__construct - Heading Construction
    • CommonMark\Node\Image::__construct - Image Construction
    • CommonMark\Node\Link::__construct - Link Construction
    • CommonMark\Node\OrderedList::__construct - OrderedList Construction
    • CommonMark\Node\Text::__construct - Text Construction
    • CommonMark\Parse - Parsing
    • CommonMark\Parser::finish - Parsing
    • CommonMark\Parser::parse - Parsing
    • CommonMark\Parser::__construct - Parsing
    • CommonMark\Render - Rendering
    • CommonMark\Render\HTML - Rendering
    • CommonMark\Render\Latex - Rendering
    • CommonMark\Render\Man - Rendering
    • CommonMark\Render\XML - Rendering
    • compact - Create array containing variables and their values
    • COMPersistHelper::GetCurFileName - Get current filename
    • COMPersistHelper::GetMaxStreamSize - Get maximum stream size
    • COMPersistHelper::InitNew - Initialize object to default state
    • COMPersistHelper::LoadFromFile - Load object from file
    • COMPersistHelper::LoadFromStream - Load object from stream
    • COMPersistHelper::SaveToFile - Save object to file
    • COMPersistHelper::SaveToStream - Save object to stream
    • COMPersistHelper::__construct - Construct a COMPersistHelper object
    • Componere\Abstract\Definition::addInterface - Add Interface
    • Componere\Abstract\Definition::addMethod - Add Method
    • Componere\Abstract\Definition::addTrait - Add Trait
    • Componere\Abstract\Definition::getReflector - Reflection
    • Componere\cast - Casting
    • Componere\cast_by_ref - Casting
    • Componere\Definition::addConstant - Add Constant
    • Componere\Definition::addProperty - Add Property
    • Componere\Definition::getClosure - Get Closure
    • Componere\Definition::getClosures - Get Closures
    • Componere\Definition::isRegistered - State Detection
    • Componere\Definition::register - Registration
    • Componere\Definition::__construct - Definition Construction
    • Componere\Method::getReflector - Reflection
    • Componere\Method::setPrivate - Accessibility Modification
    • Componere\Method::setProtected - Accessibility Modification
    • Componere\Method::setStatic - Accessibility Modification
    • Componere\Method::__construct - Method Construction
    • Componere\Patch::apply - Application
    • Componere\Patch::derive - Patch Derivation
    • Componere\Patch::getClosure - Get Closure
    • Componere\Patch::getClosures - Get Closures
    • Componere\Patch::isApplied - State Detection
    • Componere\Patch::revert - Reversal
    • Componere\Patch::__construct - Patch Construction
    • Componere\Value::hasDefault - Value Interaction
    • Componere\Value::isPrivate - Accessibility Detection
    • Componere\Value::isProtected - Accessibility Detection
    • Componere\Value::isStatic - Accessibility Detection
    • Componere\Value::setPrivate - Accessibility Modification
    • Componere\Value::setProtected - Accessibility Modification
    • Componere\Value::setStatic - Accessibility Modification
    • Componere\Value::__construct - Value Construction
    • com_create_guid - Generate a globally unique identifier (GUID)
    • com_event_sink - Connect events from a COM object to a PHP object
    • com_get_active_object - Returns a handle to an already running instance of a COM object
    • com_load_typelib - Loads a Typelib
    • com_message_pump - Process COM messages, sleeping for up to timeoutms milliseconds
    • com_print_typeinfo - Print out a PHP class definition for a dispatchable interface
    • connection_aborted - Check whether client disconnected
    • connection_status - Returns connection status bitfield
    • constant - Returns the value of a constant
    • Context parameters - Context parameter listing
    • convert_cyr_string - Convert from one Cyrillic character set to another
    • convert_uudecode - Decode a uuencoded string
    • convert_uuencode - Uuencode a string
    • copy - Copies file
    • cos - Cosine
    • cosh - Hyperbolic cosine
    • count - Counts all elements in an array or in a Countable object
    • Countable::count - Count elements of an object
    • count_chars - Return information about characters used in a string
    • crc32 - Calculates the crc32 polynomial of a string
    • create_function - Create a function dynamically by evaluating a string of code
    • CrudOperationBindable::bind - Bind value to placeholder
    • CrudOperationLimitable::limit - Set result limit
    • CrudOperationSkippable::skip - Number of operations to skip
    • CrudOperationSortable::sort - Sort results
    • crypt - One-way string hashing
    • ctype_alnum - Check for alphanumeric character(s)
    • ctype_alpha - Check for alphabetic character(s)
    • ctype_cntrl - Check for control character(s)
    • ctype_digit - Check for numeric character(s)
    • ctype_graph - Check for any printable character(s) except space
    • ctype_lower - Check for lowercase character(s)
    • ctype_print - Check for printable character(s)
    • ctype_punct - Check for any printable character which is not whitespace or an alphanumeric character
    • ctype_space - Check for whitespace character(s)
    • ctype_upper - Check for uppercase character(s)
    • ctype_xdigit - Check for character(s) representing a hexadecimal digit
    • cubrid_affected_rows - Return the number of rows affected by the last SQL statement
    • cubrid_bind - Bind variables to a prepared statement as parameters
    • cubrid_client_encoding - Return the current CUBRID connection charset
    • cubrid_close - Close CUBRID connection
    • cubrid_close_prepare - Close the request handle
    • cubrid_close_request - Close the request handle
    • cubrid_column_names - Get the column names in result
    • cubrid_column_types - Get column types in result
    • cubrid_col_get - Get contents of collection type column using OID
    • cubrid_col_size - Get the number of elements in collection type column using OID
    • cubrid_commit - Commit a transaction
    • cubrid_connect - Open a connection to a CUBRID Server
    • cubrid_connect_with_url - Establish the environment for connecting to CUBRID server
    • cubrid_current_oid - Get OID of the current cursor location
    • cubrid_data_seek - Move the internal row pointer of the CUBRID result
    • cubrid_db_name - Get db name from results of cubrid_list_dbs
    • cubrid_disconnect - Close a database connection
    • cubrid_drop - Delete an instance using OID
    • cubrid_errno - Return the numerical value of the error message from previous CUBRID operation
    • cubrid_error - Get the error message
    • cubrid_error_code - Get error code for the most recent function call
    • cubrid_error_code_facility - Get the facility code of error
    • cubrid_error_msg - Get last error message for the most recent function call
    • cubrid_execute - Execute a prepared SQL statement
    • cubrid_fetch - Fetch the next row from a result set
    • cubrid_fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
    • cubrid_fetch_assoc - Return the associative array that corresponds to the fetched row
    • cubrid_fetch_field - Get column information from a result and return as an object
    • cubrid_fetch_lengths - Return an array with the lengths of the values of each field from the current row
    • cubrid_fetch_object - Fetch the next row and return it as an object
    • cubrid_fetch_row - Return a numerical array with the values of the current row
    • cubrid_field_flags - Return a string with the flags of the given field offset
    • cubrid_field_len - Get the maximum length of the specified field
    • cubrid_field_name - Return the name of the specified field index
    • cubrid_field_seek - Move the result set cursor to the specified field offset
    • cubrid_field_table - Return the name of the table of the specified field
    • cubrid_field_type - Return the type of the column corresponding to the given field offset
    • cubrid_free_result - Free the memory occupied by the result data
    • cubrid_get - Get a column using OID
    • cubrid_get_autocommit - Get auto-commit mode of the connection
    • cubrid_get_charset - Return the current CUBRID connection charset
    • cubrid_get_class_name - Get the class name using OID
    • cubrid_get_client_info - Return the client library version
    • cubrid_get_db_parameter - Returns the CUBRID database parameters
    • cubrid_get_query_timeout - Get the query timeout value of the request
    • cubrid_get_server_info - Return the CUBRID server version
    • cubrid_insert_id - Return the ID generated for the last updated AUTO_INCREMENT column
    • cubrid_is_instance - Check whether the instance pointed by OID exists
    • cubrid_list_dbs - Return an array with the list of all existing CUBRID databases
    • cubrid_load_from_glo - Read data from a GLO instance and save it in a file
    • cubrid_lob2_bind - Bind a lob object or a string as a lob object to a prepared statement as parameters
    • cubrid_lob2_close - Close LOB object
    • cubrid_lob2_export - Export the lob object to a file
    • cubrid_lob2_import - Import BLOB/CLOB data from a file
    • cubrid_lob2_new - Create a lob object
    • cubrid_lob2_read - Read from BLOB/CLOB data
    • cubrid_lob2_seek - Move the cursor of a lob object
    • cubrid_lob2_seek64 - Move the cursor of a lob object
    • cubrid_lob2_size - Get a lob object's size
    • cubrid_lob2_size64 - Get a lob object's size
    • cubrid_lob2_tell - Tell the cursor position of the LOB object
    • cubrid_lob2_tell64 - Tell the cursor position of the LOB object
    • cubrid_lob2_write - Write to a lob object
    • cubrid_lob_close - Close BLOB/CLOB data
    • cubrid_lob_export - Export BLOB/CLOB data to file
    • cubrid_lob_get - Get BLOB/CLOB data
    • cubrid_lob_send - Read BLOB/CLOB data and send straight to browser
    • cubrid_lob_size - Get BLOB/CLOB data size
    • cubrid_lock_read - Set a read lock on the given OID
    • cubrid_lock_write - Set a write lock on the given OID
    • cubrid_move_cursor - Move the cursor in the result
    • cubrid_new_glo - Create a glo instance
    • cubrid_next_result - Get result of next query when executing multiple SQL statements
    • cubrid_num_cols - Return the number of columns in the result set
    • cubrid_num_fields - Return the number of columns in the result set
    • cubrid_num_rows - Get the number of rows in the result set
    • cubrid_pconnect - Open a persistent connection to a CUBRID server
    • cubrid_pconnect_with_url - Open a persistent connection to CUBRID server
    • cubrid_ping - Ping a server connection or reconnect if there is no connection
    • cubrid_prepare - Prepare a SQL statement for execution
    • cubrid_put - Update a column using OID
    • cubrid_query - Send a CUBRID query
    • cubrid_real_escape_string - Escape special characters in a string for use in an SQL statement
    • cubrid_result - Return the value of a specific field in a specific row
    • cubrid_rollback - Roll back a transaction
    • cubrid_save_to_glo - Save requested file in a GLO instance
    • cubrid_schema - Get the requested schema information
    • cubrid_send_glo - Read data from glo and send it to std output
    • cubrid_seq_drop - Delete an element from sequence type column using OID
    • cubrid_seq_insert - Insert an element to a sequence type column using OID
    • cubrid_seq_put - Update the element value of sequence type column using OID
    • cubrid_set_add - Insert a single element to set type column using OID
    • cubrid_set_autocommit - Set autocommit mode of the connection
    • cubrid_set_db_parameter - Sets the CUBRID database parameters
    • cubrid_set_drop - Delete an element from set type column using OID
    • cubrid_set_query_timeout - Set the timeout time of query execution
    • cubrid_unbuffered_query - Perform a query without fetching the results into memory
    • cubrid_version - Get the CUBRID PHP module's version
    • CURL context options - CURL context option listing
    • CURLFile::getFilename - Get file name
    • CURLFile::getMimeType - Get MIME type
    • CURLFile::getPostFilename - Get file name for POST
    • CURLFile::setMimeType - Set MIME type
    • CURLFile::setPostFilename - Set file name for POST
    • CURLFile::__construct - Create a CURLFile object
    • CURLStringFile::__construct - Create a CURLStringFile object
    • curl_close - Close a cURL session
    • curl_copy_handle - Copy a cURL handle along with all of its preferences
    • curl_errno - Return the last error number
    • curl_error - Return a string containing the last error for the current session
    • curl_escape - URL encodes the given string
    • curl_exec - Perform a cURL session
    • curl_getinfo - Get information regarding a specific transfer
    • curl_init - Initialize a cURL session
    • curl_multi_add_handle - Add a normal cURL handle to a cURL multi handle
    • curl_multi_close - Close a set of cURL handles
    • curl_multi_errno - Return the last multi curl error number
    • curl_multi_exec - Run the sub-connections of the current cURL handle
    • curl_multi_getcontent - Return the content of a cURL handle if CURLOPT_RETURNTRANSFER is set
    • curl_multi_info_read - Get information about the current transfers
    • curl_multi_init - Returns a new cURL multi handle
    • curl_multi_remove_handle - Remove a multi handle from a set of cURL handles
    • curl_multi_select - Wait for activity on any curl_multi connection
    • curl_multi_setopt - Set an option for the cURL multi handle
    • curl_multi_strerror - Return string describing error code
    • curl_pause - Pause and unpause a connection
    • curl_reset - Reset all options of a libcurl session handle
    • curl_setopt - Set an option for a cURL transfer
    • curl_setopt_array - Set multiple options for a cURL transfer
    • curl_share_close - Close a cURL share handle
    • curl_share_errno - Return the last share curl error number
    • curl_share_init - Initialize a cURL share handle
    • curl_share_setopt - Set an option for a cURL share handle
    • curl_share_strerror - Return string describing the given error code
    • curl_strerror - Return string describing the given error code
    • curl_unescape - Decodes the given URL encoded string
    • curl_upkeep - Performs any connection upkeep checks
    • curl_version - Gets cURL version information
    • current - Return the current element in an array
  • d
    • data:// - Data (RFC 2397)
    • DatabaseObject::existsInDatabase - Check if object exists in database
    • DatabaseObject::getName - Get object name
    • DatabaseObject::getSession - Get session name
    • date - Format a Unix timestamp
    • DateInterval::createFromDateString - Sets up a DateInterval from the relative parts of the string
    • DateInterval::format - Formats the interval
    • DateInterval::__construct - Creates a new DateInterval object
    • DatePeriod::getDateInterval - Gets the interval
    • DatePeriod::getEndDate - Gets the end date
    • DatePeriod::getRecurrences - Gets the number of recurrences
    • DatePeriod::getStartDate - Gets the start date
    • DatePeriod::__construct - Creates a new DatePeriod object
    • DateTime::add - Modifies a DateTime object, with added amount of days, months, years, hours, minutes and seconds
    • DateTime::createFromFormat - Parses a time string according to a specified format
    • DateTime::createFromImmutable - Returns new DateTime object encapsulating the given DateTimeImmutable object
    • DateTime::createFromInterface - Returns new DateTime object encapsulating the given DateTimeInterface object
    • DateTime::getLastErrors - Returns the warnings and errors
    • DateTime::modify - Alters the timestamp
    • DateTime::setDate - Sets the date
    • DateTime::setISODate - Sets the ISO date
    • DateTime::setTime - Sets the time
    • DateTime::setTimestamp - Sets the date and time based on an Unix timestamp
    • DateTime::setTimezone - Sets the time zone for the DateTime object
    • DateTime::sub - Subtracts an amount of days, months, years, hours, minutes and seconds from a DateTime object
    • DateTime::__construct - Returns new DateTime object
    • DateTime::__set_state - The __set_state handler
    • DateTime::__wakeup - The __wakeup handler
    • DateTimeImmutable::add - Returns a new object, with added amount of days, months, years, hours, minutes and seconds
    • DateTimeImmutable::createFromFormat - Parses a time string according to a specified format
    • DateTimeImmutable::createFromInterface - Returns new DateTimeImmutable object encapsulating the given DateTimeInterface object
    • DateTimeImmutable::createFromMutable - Returns new DateTimeImmutable object encapsulating the given DateTime object
    • DateTimeImmutable::getLastErrors - Returns the warnings and errors
    • DateTimeImmutable::modify - Creates a new object with modified timestamp
    • DateTimeImmutable::setDate - Sets the date
    • DateTimeImmutable::setISODate - Sets the ISO date
    • DateTimeImmutable::setTime - Sets the time
    • DateTimeImmutable::setTimestamp - Sets the date and time based on a Unix timestamp
    • DateTimeImmutable::setTimezone - Sets the time zone
    • DateTimeImmutable::sub - Subtracts an amount of days, months, years, hours, minutes and seconds
    • DateTimeImmutable::__construct - Returns new DateTimeImmutable object
    • DateTimeImmutable::__set_state - The __set_state handler
    • DateTimeInterface::diff - Returns the difference between two DateTime objects
    • DateTimeInterface::format - Returns date formatted according to given format
    • DateTimeInterface::getOffset - Returns the timezone offset
    • DateTimeInterface::getTimestamp - Gets the Unix timestamp
    • DateTimeInterface::getTimezone - Return time zone relative to given DateTime
    • DateTimeZone::getLocation - Returns location information for a timezone
    • DateTimeZone::getName - Returns the name of the timezone
    • DateTimeZone::getOffset - Returns the timezone offset from GMT
    • DateTimeZone::getTransitions - Returns all transitions for the timezone
    • DateTimeZone::listAbbreviations - Returns associative array containing dst, offset and the timezone name
    • DateTimeZone::listIdentifiers - Returns a numerically indexed array containing all defined timezone identifiers
    • DateTimeZone::__construct - Creates new DateTimeZone object
    • date_add - Alias of DateTime::add
    • date_create - create a new DateTime object
    • date_create_from_format - Alias of DateTime::createFromFormat
    • date_create_immutable - Alias of DateTimeImmutable::__construct
    • date_create_immutable_from_format - Alias of DateTimeImmutable::createFromFormat
    • date_date_set - Alias of DateTime::setDate
    • date_default_timezone_get - Gets the default timezone used by all date/time functions in a script
    • date_default_timezone_set - Sets the default timezone used by all date/time functions in a script
    • date_diff - Alias of DateTime::diff
    • date_format - Alias of DateTime::format
    • date_get_last_errors - Alias of DateTime::getLastErrors
    • date_interval_create_from_date_string - Alias of DateInterval::createFromDateString
    • date_interval_format - Alias of DateInterval::format
    • date_isodate_set - Alias of DateTime::setISODate
    • date_modify - Alias of DateTime::modify
    • date_offset_get - Alias of DateTime::getOffset
    • date_parse - Returns associative array with detailed info about given date/time
    • date_parse_from_format - Get info about given date formatted according to the specified format
    • date_sub - Alias of DateTime::sub
    • date_sunrise - Returns time of sunrise for a given day and location
    • date_sunset - Returns time of sunset for a given day and location
    • date_sun_info - Returns an array with information about sunset/sunrise and twilight begin/end
    • date_timestamp_get - Alias of DateTime::getTimestamp
    • date_timestamp_set - Alias of DateTime::setTimestamp
    • date_timezone_get - Alias of DateTime::getTimezone
    • date_timezone_set - Alias of DateTime::setTimezone
    • date_time_set - Alias of DateTime::setTime
    • db2_autocommit - Returns or sets the AUTOCOMMIT state for a database connection
    • db2_bind_param - Binds a PHP variable to an SQL statement parameter
    • db2_client_info - Returns an object with properties that describe the DB2 database client
    • db2_close - Closes a database connection
    • db2_columns - Returns a result set listing the columns and associated metadata for a table
    • db2_column_privileges - Returns a result set listing the columns and associated privileges for a table
    • db2_commit - Commits a transaction
    • db2_connect - Returns a connection to a database
    • db2_conn_error - Returns a string containing the SQLSTATE returned by the last connection attempt
    • db2_conn_errormsg - Returns the last connection error message and SQLCODE value
    • db2_cursor_type - Returns the cursor type used by a statement resource
    • db2_escape_string - Used to escape certain characters
    • db2_exec - Executes an SQL statement directly
    • db2_execute - Executes a prepared SQL statement
    • db2_fetch_array - Returns an array, indexed by column position, representing a row in a result set
    • db2_fetch_assoc - Returns an array, indexed by column name, representing a row in a result set
    • db2_fetch_both - Returns an array, indexed by both column name and position, representing a row in a result set
    • db2_fetch_object - Returns an object with properties representing columns in the fetched row
    • db2_fetch_row - Sets the result set pointer to the next row or requested row
    • db2_field_display_size - Returns the maximum number of bytes required to display a column
    • db2_field_name - Returns the name of the column in the result set
    • db2_field_num - Returns the position of the named column in a result set
    • db2_field_precision - Returns the precision of the indicated column in a result set
    • db2_field_scale - Returns the scale of the indicated column in a result set
    • db2_field_type - Returns the data type of the indicated column in a result set
    • db2_field_width - Returns the width of the current value of the indicated column in a result set
    • db2_foreign_keys - Returns a result set listing the foreign keys for a table
    • db2_free_result - Frees resources associated with a result set
    • db2_free_stmt - Frees resources associated with the indicated statement resource
    • db2_get_option - Retrieves an option value for a statement resource or a connection resource
    • db2_last_insert_id - Returns the auto generated ID of the last insert query that successfully executed on this connection
    • db2_lob_read - Gets a user defined size of LOB files with each invocation
    • db2_next_result - Requests the next result set from a stored procedure
    • db2_num_fields - Returns the number of fields contained in a result set
    • db2_num_rows - Returns the number of rows affected by an SQL statement
    • db2_pclose - Closes a persistent database connection
    • db2_pconnect - Returns a persistent connection to a database
    • db2_prepare - Prepares an SQL statement to be executed
    • db2_primary_keys - Returns a result set listing primary keys for a table
    • db2_procedures - Returns a result set listing the stored procedures registered in a database
    • db2_procedure_columns - Returns a result set listing stored procedure parameters
    • db2_result - Returns a single column from a row in the result set
    • db2_rollback - Rolls back a transaction
    • db2_server_info - Returns an object with properties that describe the DB2 database server
    • db2_set_option - Set options for connection or statement resources
    • db2_special_columns - Returns a result set listing the unique row identifier columns for a table
    • db2_statistics - Returns a result set listing the index and statistics for a table
    • db2_stmt_error - Returns a string containing the SQLSTATE returned by an SQL statement
    • db2_stmt_errormsg - Returns a string containing the last SQL statement error message
    • db2_tables - Returns a result set listing the tables and associated metadata in a database
    • db2_table_privileges - Returns a result set listing the tables and associated privileges in a database
    • dbase_add_record - Adds a record to a database
    • dbase_close - Closes a database
    • dbase_create - Creates a database
    • dbase_delete_record - Deletes a record from a database
    • dbase_get_header_info - Gets the header info of a database
    • dbase_get_record - Gets a record from a database as an indexed array
    • dbase_get_record_with_names - Gets a record from a database as an associative array
    • dbase_numfields - Gets the number of fields of a database
    • dbase_numrecords - Gets the number of records in a database
    • dbase_open - Opens a database
    • dbase_pack - Packs a database
    • dbase_replace_record - Replaces a record in a database
    • dba_close - Close a DBA database
    • dba_delete - Delete DBA entry specified by key
    • dba_exists - Check whether key exists
    • dba_fetch - Fetch data specified by key
    • dba_firstkey - Fetch first key
    • dba_handlers - List all the handlers available
    • dba_insert - Insert entry
    • dba_key_split - Splits a key in string representation into array representation
    • dba_list - List all open database files
    • dba_nextkey - Fetch next key
    • dba_open - Open database
    • dba_optimize - Optimize database
    • dba_popen - Open database persistently
    • dba_replace - Replace or insert entry
    • dba_sync - Synchronize database
    • dcgettext - Overrides the domain for a single lookup
    • dcngettext - Plural version of dcgettext
    • debug_backtrace - Generates a backtrace
    • debug_print_backtrace - Prints a backtrace
    • debug_zval_dump - Dumps a string representation of an internal zval structure to output
    • decbin - Decimal to binary
    • dechex - Decimal to hexadecimal
    • decoct - Decimal to octal
    • define - Defines a named constant
    • defined - Checks whether a given named constant exists
    • deflate_add - Incrementally deflate data
    • deflate_init - Initialize an incremental deflate context
    • deg2rad - Converts the number in degrees to the radian equivalent
    • delete - See unlink or unset
    • dgettext - Override the current domain
    • die - Equivalent to exit
    • dio_close - Closes the file descriptor given by fd
    • dio_fcntl - Performs a c library fcntl on fd
    • dio_open - Opens a file (creating it if necessary) at a lower level than the C library input/ouput stream functions allow
    • dio_read - Reads bytes from a file descriptor
    • dio_seek - Seeks to pos on fd from whence
    • dio_stat - Gets stat information about the file descriptor fd
    • dio_tcsetattr - Sets terminal attributes and baud rate for a serial port
    • dio_truncate - Truncates file descriptor fd to offset bytes
    • dio_write - Writes data to fd with optional truncation at length
    • dir - Return an instance of the Directory class
    • Directory::close - Close directory handle
    • Directory::read - Read entry from directory handle
    • Directory::rewind - Rewind directory handle
    • DirectoryIterator::current - Return the current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::getATime - Get last access time of the current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::getBasename - Get base name of current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::getCTime - Get inode change time of the current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::getExtension - Gets the file extension
    • DirectoryIterator::getFilename - Return file name of current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::getGroup - Get group for the current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::getInode - Get inode for the current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::getMTime - Get last modification time of current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::getOwner - Get owner of current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::getPath - Get path of current Iterator item without filename
    • DirectoryIterator::getPathname - Return path and file name of current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::getPerms - Get the permissions of current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::getSize - Get size of current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::getType - Determine the type of the current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::isDir - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is a directory
    • DirectoryIterator::isDot - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is '.' or '..'
    • DirectoryIterator::isExecutable - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is executable
    • DirectoryIterator::isFile - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is a regular file
    • DirectoryIterator::isLink - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is a symbolic link
    • DirectoryIterator::isReadable - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item can be read
    • DirectoryIterator::isWritable - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item can be written to
    • DirectoryIterator::key - Return the key for the current DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::next - Move forward to next DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::rewind - Rewind the DirectoryIterator back to the start
    • DirectoryIterator::seek - Seek to a DirectoryIterator item
    • DirectoryIterator::valid - Check whether current DirectoryIterator position is a valid file
    • DirectoryIterator::__construct - Constructs a new directory iterator from a path
    • DirectoryIterator::__toString - Get file name as a string
    • dirname - Returns a parent directory's path
    • diskfreespace - Alias of disk_free_space
    • disk_free_space - Returns available space on filesystem or disk partition
    • disk_total_space - Returns the total size of a filesystem or disk partition
    • dl - Loads a PHP extension at runtime
    • dngettext - Plural version of dgettext
    • dns_check_record - Alias of checkdnsrr
    • dns_get_mx - Alias of getmxrr
    • dns_get_record - Fetch DNS Resource Records associated with a hostname
    • DocResult::fetchAll - Get all rows
    • DocResult::fetchOne - Get one row
    • DocResult::getWarnings - Get warnings from last operation
    • DocResult::getWarningsCount - Get warning count from last operation
    • DocResult::__construct - DocResult constructor
    • DOMAttr::isId - Checks if attribute is a defined ID
    • DOMAttr::__construct - Creates a new DOMAttr object
    • DOMCdataSection::__construct - Constructs a new DOMCdataSection object
    • DOMCharacterData::appendData - Append the string to the end of the character data of the node
    • DOMCharacterData::deleteData - Remove a range of characters from the node
    • DOMCharacterData::insertData - Insert a string at the specified 16-bit unit offset
    • DOMCharacterData::replaceData - Replace a substring within the DOMCharacterData node
    • DOMCharacterData::substringData - Extracts a range of data from the node
    • DOMChildNode::after - Adds nodes after the node
    • DOMChildNode::before - Adds nodes before the node
    • DOMChildNode::remove - Removes the node
    • DOMChildNode::replaceWith - Replaces the node with new nodes
    • DOMComment::__construct - Creates a new DOMComment object
    • DOMDocument::createAttribute - Create new attribute
    • DOMDocument::createAttributeNS - Create new attribute node with an associated namespace
    • DOMDocument::createCDATASection - Create new cdata node
    • DOMDocument::createComment - Create new comment node
    • DOMDocument::createDocumentFragment - Create new document fragment
    • DOMDocument::createElement - Create new element node
    • DOMDocument::createElementNS - Create new element node with an associated namespace
    • DOMDocument::createEntityReference - Create new entity reference node
    • DOMDocument::createProcessingInstruction - Creates new PI node
    • DOMDocument::createTextNode - Create new text node
    • DOMDocument::getElementById - Searches for an element with a certain id
    • DOMDocument::getElementsByTagName - Searches for all elements with given local tag name
    • DOMDocument::getElementsByTagNameNS - Searches for all elements with given tag name in specified namespace
    • DOMDocument::importNode - Import node into current document
    • DOMDocument::load - Load XML from a file
    • DOMDocument::loadHTML - Load HTML from a string
    • DOMDocument::loadHTMLFile - Load HTML from a file
    • DOMDocument::loadXML - Load XML from a string
    • DOMDocument::normalizeDocument - Normalizes the document
    • DOMDocument::registerNodeClass - Register extended class used to create base node type
    • DOMDocument::relaxNGValidate - Performs relaxNG validation on the document
    • DOMDocument::relaxNGValidateSource - Performs relaxNG validation on the document
    • DOMDocument::save - Dumps the internal XML tree back into a file
    • DOMDocument::saveHTML - Dumps the internal document into a string using HTML formatting
    • DOMDocument::saveHTMLFile - Dumps the internal document into a file using HTML formatting
    • DOMDocument::saveXML - Dumps the internal XML tree back into a string
    • DOMDocument::schemaValidate - Validates a document based on a schema. Only XML Schema 1.0 is supported.
    • DOMDocument::schemaValidateSource - Validates a document based on a schema
    • DOMDocument::validate - Validates the document based on its DTD
    • DOMDocument::xinclude - Substitutes XIncludes in a DOMDocument Object
    • DOMDocument::__construct - Creates a new DOMDocument object
    • DOMDocumentFragment::appendXML - Append raw XML data
    • DOMDocumentFragment::__construct - Constructs a DOMDocumentFragment object
    • DOMElement::getAttribute - Returns value of attribute
    • DOMElement::getAttributeNode - Returns attribute node
    • DOMElement::getAttributeNodeNS - Returns attribute node
    • DOMElement::getAttributeNS - Returns value of attribute
    • DOMElement::getElementsByTagName - Gets elements by tagname
    • DOMElement::getElementsByTagNameNS - Get elements by namespaceURI and localName
    • DOMElement::hasAttribute - Checks to see if attribute exists
    • DOMElement::hasAttributeNS - Checks to see if attribute exists
    • DOMElement::removeAttribute - Removes attribute
    • DOMElement::removeAttributeNode - Removes attribute
    • DOMElement::removeAttributeNS - Removes attribute
    • DOMElement::setAttribute - Adds new or modifies existing attribute
    • DOMElement::setAttributeNode - Adds new attribute node to element
    • DOMElement::setAttributeNodeNS - Adds new attribute node to element
    • DOMElement::setAttributeNS - Adds new attribute
    • DOMElement::setIdAttribute - Declares the attribute specified by name to be of type ID
    • DOMElement::setIdAttributeNode - Declares the attribute specified by node to be of type ID
    • DOMElement::setIdAttributeNS - Declares the attribute specified by local name and namespace URI to be of type ID
    • DOMElement::__construct - Creates a new DOMElement object
    • DOMEntityReference::__construct - Creates a new DOMEntityReference object
    • DOMImplementation::createDocument - Creates a DOMDocument object of the specified type with its document element
    • DOMImplementation::createDocumentType - Creates an empty DOMDocumentType object
    • DOMImplementation::hasFeature - Test if the DOM implementation implements a specific feature
    • DOMImplementation::__construct - Creates a new DOMImplementation object
    • DOMNamedNodeMap::count - Get number of nodes in the map
    • DOMNamedNodeMap::getNamedItem - Retrieves a node specified by name
    • DOMNamedNodeMap::getNamedItemNS - Retrieves a node specified by local name and namespace URI
    • DOMNamedNodeMap::item - Retrieves a node specified by index
    • DOMNode::appendChild - Adds new child at the end of the children
    • DOMNode::C14N - Canonicalize nodes to a string
    • DOMNode::C14NFile - Canonicalize nodes to a file
    • DOMNode::cloneNode - Clones a node
    • DOMNode::getLineNo - Get line number for a node
    • DOMNode::getNodePath - Get an XPath for a node
    • DOMNode::hasAttributes - Checks if node has attributes
    • DOMNode::hasChildNodes - Checks if node has children
    • DOMNode::insertBefore - Adds a new child before a reference node
    • DOMNode::isDefaultNamespace - Checks if the specified namespaceURI is the default namespace or not
    • DOMNode::isSameNode - Indicates if two nodes are the same node
    • DOMNode::isSupported - Checks if feature is supported for specified version
    • DOMNode::lookupNamespaceUri - Gets the namespace URI of the node based on the prefix
    • DOMNode::lookupPrefix - Gets the namespace prefix of the node based on the namespace URI
    • DOMNode::normalize - Normalizes the node
    • DOMNode::removeChild - Removes child from list of children
    • DOMNode::replaceChild - Replaces a child
    • DOMNodeList::count - Get number of nodes in the list
    • DOMNodeList::item - Retrieves a node specified by index
    • DOMParentNode::append - Appends nodes after the last child node
    • DOMParentNode::prepend - Prepends nodes before the first child node
    • DOMProcessingInstruction::__construct - Creates a new DOMProcessingInstruction object
    • DOMText::isElementContentWhitespace - Returns whether this text node contains whitespace in element content
    • DOMText::isWhitespaceInElementContent - Indicates whether this text node contains whitespace
    • DOMText::splitText - Breaks this node into two nodes at the specified offset
    • DOMText::__construct - Creates a new DOMText object
    • DOMXPath::evaluate - Evaluates the given XPath expression and returns a typed result if possible
    • DOMXPath::query - Evaluates the given XPath expression
    • DOMXPath::registerNamespace - Registers the namespace with the DOMXPath object
    • DOMXPath::registerPhpFunctions - Register PHP functions as XPath functions
    • DOMXPath::__construct - Creates a new DOMXPath object
    • dom_import_simplexml - Gets a DOMElement object from a SimpleXMLElement object
    • dotnet::__construct - dotnet class constructor
    • doubleval - Alias of floatval
    • Ds\Collection::clear - Removes all values
    • Ds\Collection::copy - Returns a shallow copy of the collection
    • Ds\Collection::isEmpty - Returns whether the collection is empty
    • Ds\Collection::toArray - Converts the collection to an array
    • Ds\Deque::allocate - Allocates enough memory for a required capacity
    • Ds\Deque::apply - Updates all values by applying a callback function to each value
    • Ds\Deque::capacity - Returns the current capacity
    • Ds\Deque::clear - Removes all values from the deque
    • Ds\Deque::contains - Determines if the deque contains given values
    • Ds\Deque::copy - Returns a shallow copy of the deque
    • Ds\Deque::count - Returns the number of values in the collection
    • Ds\Deque::filter - Creates a new deque using a callable to determine which values to include
    • Ds\Deque::find - Attempts to find a value's index
    • Ds\Deque::first - Returns the first value in the deque
    • Ds\Deque::get - Returns the value at a given index
    • Ds\Deque::insert - Inserts values at a given index
    • Ds\Deque::isEmpty - Returns whether the deque is empty
    • Ds\Deque::join - Joins all values together as a string
    • Ds\Deque::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • Ds\Deque::last - Returns the last value
    • Ds\Deque::map - Returns the result of applying a callback to each value
    • Ds\Deque::merge - Returns the result of adding all given values to the deque
    • Ds\Deque::pop - Removes and returns the last value
    • Ds\Deque::push - Adds values to the end of the deque
    • Ds\Deque::reduce - Reduces the deque to a single value using a callback function
    • Ds\Deque::remove - Removes and returns a value by index
    • Ds\Deque::reverse - Reverses the deque in-place
    • Ds\Deque::reversed - Returns a reversed copy
    • Ds\Deque::rotate - Rotates the deque by a given number of rotations
    • Ds\Deque::set - Updates a value at a given index
    • Ds\Deque::shift - Removes and returns the first value
    • Ds\Deque::slice - Returns a sub-deque of a given range
    • Ds\Deque::sort - Sorts the deque in-place
    • Ds\Deque::sorted - Returns a sorted copy
    • Ds\Deque::sum - Returns the sum of all values in the deque
    • Ds\Deque::toArray - Converts the deque to an array
    • Ds\Deque::unshift - Adds values to the front of the deque
    • Ds\Deque::__construct - Creates a new instance
    • Ds\Hashable::equals - Determines whether an object is equal to the current instance
    • Ds\Hashable::hash - Returns a scalar value to be used as a hash value
    • Ds\Map::allocate - Allocates enough memory for a required capacity
    • Ds\Map::apply - Updates all values by applying a callback function to each value
    • Ds\Map::capacity - Returns the current capacity
    • Ds\Map::clear - Removes all values
    • Ds\Map::copy - Returns a shallow copy of the map
    • Ds\Map::count - Returns the number of values in the map
    • Ds\Map::diff - Creates a new map using keys that aren't in another map
    • Ds\Map::filter - Creates a new map using a callable to determine which pairs to include
    • Ds\Map::first - Returns the first pair in the map
    • Ds\Map::get - Returns the value for a given key
    • Ds\Map::hasKey - Determines whether the map contains a given key
    • Ds\Map::hasValue - Determines whether the map contains a given value
    • Ds\Map::intersect - Creates a new map by intersecting keys with another map
    • Ds\Map::isEmpty - Returns whether the map is empty
    • Ds\Map::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • Ds\Map::keys - Returns a set of the map's keys
    • Ds\Map::ksort - Sorts the map in-place by key
    • Ds\Map::ksorted - Returns a copy, sorted by key
    • Ds\Map::last - Returns the last pair of the map
    • Ds\Map::map - Returns the result of applying a callback to each value
    • Ds\Map::merge - Returns the result of adding all given associations
    • Ds\Map::pairs - Returns a sequence containing all the pairs of the map
    • Ds\Map::put - Associates a key with a value
    • Ds\Map::putAll - Associates all key-value pairs of a traversable object or array
    • Ds\Map::reduce - Reduces the map to a single value using a callback function
    • Ds\Map::remove - Removes and returns a value by key
    • Ds\Map::reverse - Reverses the map in-place
    • Ds\Map::reversed - Returns a reversed copy
    • Ds\Map::skip - Returns the pair at a given positional index
    • Ds\Map::slice - Returns a subset of the map defined by a starting index and length
    • Ds\Map::sort - Sorts the map in-place by value
    • Ds\Map::sorted - Returns a copy, sorted by value
    • Ds\Map::sum - Returns the sum of all values in the map
    • Ds\Map::toArray - Converts the map to an array
    • Ds\Map::union - Creates a new map using values from the current instance and another map
    • Ds\Map::values - Returns a sequence of the map's values
    • Ds\Map::xor - Creates a new map using keys of either the current instance or of another map, but not of both
    • Ds\Map::__construct - Creates a new instance
    • Ds\Pair::clear - Removes all values
    • Ds\Pair::copy - Returns a shallow copy of the pair
    • Ds\Pair::isEmpty - Returns whether the pair is empty
    • Ds\Pair::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • Ds\Pair::toArray - Converts the pair to an array
    • Ds\Pair::__construct - Creates a new instance
    • Ds\PriorityQueue::allocate - Allocates enough memory for a required capacity
    • Ds\PriorityQueue::capacity - Returns the current capacity
    • Ds\PriorityQueue::clear - Removes all values
    • Ds\PriorityQueue::copy - Returns a shallow copy of the queue
    • Ds\PriorityQueue::count - Returns the number of values in the queue
    • Ds\PriorityQueue::isEmpty - Returns whether the queue is empty
    • Ds\PriorityQueue::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • Ds\PriorityQueue::peek - Returns the value at the front of the queue
    • Ds\PriorityQueue::pop - Removes and returns the value with the highest priority
    • Ds\PriorityQueue::push - Pushes values into the queue
    • Ds\PriorityQueue::toArray - Converts the queue to an array
    • Ds\PriorityQueue::__construct - Creates a new instance
    • Ds\Queue::allocate - Allocates enough memory for a required capacity
    • Ds\Queue::capacity - Returns the current capacity
    • Ds\Queue::clear - Removes all values
    • Ds\Queue::copy - Returns a shallow copy of the queue
    • Ds\Queue::count - Returns the number of values in the queue
    • Ds\Queue::isEmpty - Returns whether the queue is empty
    • Ds\Queue::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • Ds\Queue::peek - Returns the value at the front of the queue
    • Ds\Queue::pop - Removes and returns the value at the front of the queue
    • Ds\Queue::push - Pushes values into the queue
    • Ds\Queue::toArray - Converts the queue to an array
    • Ds\Queue::__construct - Creates a new instance
    • Ds\Sequence::allocate - Allocates enough memory for a required capacity
    • Ds\Sequence::apply - Updates all values by applying a callback function to each value
    • Ds\Sequence::capacity - Returns the current capacity
    • Ds\Sequence::contains - Determines if the sequence contains given values
    • Ds\Sequence::filter - Creates a new sequence using a callable to determine which values to include
    • Ds\Sequence::find - Attempts to find a value's index
    • Ds\Sequence::first - Returns the first value in the sequence
    • Ds\Sequence::get - Returns the value at a given index
    • Ds\Sequence::insert - Inserts values at a given index
    • Ds\Sequence::join - Joins all values together as a string
    • Ds\Sequence::last - Returns the last value
    • Ds\Sequence::map - Returns the result of applying a callback to each value
    • Ds\Sequence::merge - Returns the result of adding all given values to the sequence
    • Ds\Sequence::pop - Removes and returns the last value
    • Ds\Sequence::push - Adds values to the end of the sequence
    • Ds\Sequence::reduce - Reduces the sequence to a single value using a callback function
    • Ds\Sequence::remove - Removes and returns a value by index
    • Ds\Sequence::reverse - Reverses the sequence in-place
    • Ds\Sequence::reversed - Returns a reversed copy
    • Ds\Sequence::rotate - Rotates the sequence by a given number of rotations
    • Ds\Sequence::set - Updates a value at a given index
    • Ds\Sequence::shift - Removes and returns the first value
    • Ds\Sequence::slice - Returns a sub-sequence of a given range
    • Ds\Sequence::sort - Sorts the sequence in-place
    • Ds\Sequence::sorted - Returns a sorted copy
    • Ds\Sequence::sum - Returns the sum of all values in the sequence
    • Ds\Sequence::unshift - Adds values to the front of the sequence
    • Ds\Set::add - Adds values to the set
    • Ds\Set::allocate - Allocates enough memory for a required capacity
    • Ds\Set::capacity - Returns the current capacity
    • Ds\Set::clear - Removes all values
    • Ds\Set::contains - Determines if the set contains all values
    • Ds\Set::copy - Returns a shallow copy of the set
    • Ds\Set::count - Returns the number of values in the set
    • Ds\Set::diff - Creates a new set using values that aren't in another set
    • Ds\Set::filter - Creates a new set using a callable to determine which values to include
    • Ds\Set::first - Returns the first value in the set
    • Ds\Set::get - Returns the value at a given index
    • Ds\Set::intersect - Creates a new set by intersecting values with another set
    • Ds\Set::isEmpty - Returns whether the set is empty
    • Ds\Set::join - Joins all values together as a string
    • Ds\Set::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • Ds\Set::last - Returns the last value in the set
    • Ds\Set::merge - Returns the result of adding all given values to the set
    • Ds\Set::reduce - Reduces the set to a single value using a callback function
    • Ds\Set::remove - Removes all given values from the set
    • Ds\Set::reverse - Reverses the set in-place
    • Ds\Set::reversed - Returns a reversed copy
    • Ds\Set::slice - Returns a sub-set of a given range
    • Ds\Set::sort - Sorts the set in-place
    • Ds\Set::sorted - Returns a sorted copy
    • Ds\Set::sum - Returns the sum of all values in the set
    • Ds\Set::toArray - Converts the set to an array
    • Ds\Set::union - Creates a new set using values from the current instance and another set
    • Ds\Set::xor - Creates a new set using values in either the current instance or in another set, but not in both
    • Ds\Set::__construct - Creates a new instance
    • Ds\Stack::allocate - Allocates enough memory for a required capacity
    • Ds\Stack::capacity - Returns the current capacity
    • Ds\Stack::clear - Removes all values
    • Ds\Stack::copy - Returns a shallow copy of the stack
    • Ds\Stack::count - Returns the number of values in the stack
    • Ds\Stack::isEmpty - Returns whether the stack is empty
    • Ds\Stack::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • Ds\Stack::peek - Returns the value at the top of the stack
    • Ds\Stack::pop - Removes and returns the value at the top of the stack
    • Ds\Stack::push - Pushes values onto the stack
    • Ds\Stack::toArray - Converts the stack to an array
    • Ds\Stack::__construct - Creates a new instance
    • Ds\Vector::allocate - Allocates enough memory for a required capacity
    • Ds\Vector::apply - Updates all values by applying a callback function to each value
    • Ds\Vector::capacity - Returns the current capacity
    • Ds\Vector::clear - Removes all values
    • Ds\Vector::contains - Determines if the vector contains given values
    • Ds\Vector::copy - Returns a shallow copy of the vector
    • Ds\Vector::count - Returns the number of values in the collection
    • Ds\Vector::filter - Creates a new vector using a callable to determine which values to include
    • Ds\Vector::find - Attempts to find a value's index
    • Ds\Vector::first - Returns the first value in the vector
    • Ds\Vector::get - Returns the value at a given index
    • Ds\Vector::insert - Inserts values at a given index
    • Ds\Vector::isEmpty - Returns whether the vector is empty
    • Ds\Vector::join - Joins all values together as a string
    • Ds\Vector::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • Ds\Vector::last - Returns the last value
    • Ds\Vector::map - Returns the result of applying a callback to each value
    • Ds\Vector::merge - Returns the result of adding all given values to the vector
    • Ds\Vector::pop - Removes and returns the last value
    • Ds\Vector::push - Adds values to the end of the vector
    • Ds\Vector::reduce - Reduces the vector to a single value using a callback function
    • Ds\Vector::remove - Removes and returns a value by index
    • Ds\Vector::reverse - Reverses the vector in-place
    • Ds\Vector::reversed - Returns a reversed copy
    • Ds\Vector::rotate - Rotates the vector by a given number of rotations
    • Ds\Vector::set - Updates a value at a given index
    • Ds\Vector::shift - Removes and returns the first value
    • Ds\Vector::slice - Returns a sub-vector of a given range
    • Ds\Vector::sort - Sorts the vector in-place
    • Ds\Vector::sorted - Returns a sorted copy
    • Ds\Vector::sum - Returns the sum of all values in the vector
    • Ds\Vector::toArray - Converts the vector to an array
    • Ds\Vector::unshift - Adds values to the front of the vector
    • Ds\Vector::__construct - Creates a new instance
  • e
    • each - Return the current key and value pair from an array and advance the array cursor
    • easter_date - Get Unix timestamp for midnight on Easter of a given year
    • easter_days - Get number of days after March 21 on which Easter falls for a given year
    • echo - Output one or more strings
    • eio_busy - Artificially increase load. Could be useful in tests, benchmarking
    • eio_cancel - Cancels a request
    • eio_chmod - Change file/directory permissions
    • eio_chown - Change file/directory permissions
    • eio_close - Close file
    • eio_custom - Execute custom request like any other eio_* call
    • eio_dup2 - Duplicate a file descriptor
    • eio_event_loop - Polls libeio until all requests proceeded
    • eio_fallocate - Allows the caller to directly manipulate the allocated disk space for a file
    • eio_fchmod - Change file permissions
    • eio_fchown - Change file ownership
    • eio_fdatasync - Synchronize a file's in-core state with storage device
    • eio_fstat - Get file status
    • eio_fstatvfs - Get file system statistics
    • eio_fsync - Synchronize a file's in-core state with storage device
    • eio_ftruncate - Truncate a file
    • eio_futime - Change file last access and modification times
    • eio_get_event_stream - Get stream representing a variable used in internal communications with libeio
    • eio_get_last_error - Returns string describing the last error associated with a request resource
    • eio_grp - Creates a request group
    • eio_grp_add - Adds a request to the request group
    • eio_grp_cancel - Cancels a request group
    • eio_grp_limit - Set group limit
    • eio_init - (Re-)initialize Eio
    • eio_link - Create a hardlink for file
    • eio_lstat - Get file status
    • eio_mkdir - Create directory
    • eio_mknod - Create a special or ordinary file
    • eio_nop - Does nothing, except go through the whole request cycle
    • eio_npending - Returns number of finished, but unhandled requests
    • eio_nready - Returns number of not-yet handled requests
    • eio_nreqs - Returns number of requests to be processed
    • eio_nthreads - Returns number of threads currently in use
    • eio_open - Opens a file
    • eio_poll - Can be to be called whenever there are pending requests that need finishing
    • eio_read - Read from a file descriptor at given offset
    • eio_readahead - Perform file readahead into page cache
    • eio_readdir - Reads through a whole directory
    • eio_readlink - Read value of a symbolic link
    • eio_realpath - Get the canonicalized absolute pathname
    • eio_rename - Change the name or location of a file
    • eio_rmdir - Remove a directory
    • eio_seek - Repositions the offset of the open file associated with the fd argument to the argument offset according to the directive whence
    • eio_sendfile - Transfer data between file descriptors
    • eio_set_max_idle - Set maximum number of idle threads
    • eio_set_max_parallel - Set maximum parallel threads
    • eio_set_max_poll_reqs - Set maximum number of requests processed in a poll
    • eio_set_max_poll_time - Set maximum poll time
    • eio_set_min_parallel - Set minimum parallel thread number
    • eio_stat - Get file status
    • eio_statvfs - Get file system statistics
    • eio_symlink - Create a symbolic link
    • eio_sync - Commit buffer cache to disk
    • eio_syncfs - Calls Linux' syncfs syscall, if available
    • eio_sync_file_range - Sync a file segment with disk
    • eio_truncate - Truncate a file
    • eio_unlink - Delete a name and possibly the file it refers to
    • eio_utime - Change file last access and modification times
    • eio_write - Write to file
    • empty - Determine whether a variable is empty
    • EmptyIterator::current - The current() method
    • EmptyIterator::key - The key() method
    • EmptyIterator::next - The next() method
    • EmptyIterator::rewind - The rewind() method
    • EmptyIterator::valid - The valid() method
    • enchant_broker_describe - Enumerates the Enchant providers
    • enchant_broker_dict_exists - Whether a dictionary exists or not. Using non-empty tag
    • enchant_broker_free - Free the broker resource and its dictionaries
    • enchant_broker_free_dict - Free a dictionary resource
    • enchant_broker_get_dict_path - Get the directory path for a given backend
    • enchant_broker_get_error - Returns the last error of the broker
    • enchant_broker_init - Create a new broker object capable of requesting
    • enchant_broker_list_dicts - Returns a list of available dictionaries
    • enchant_broker_request_dict - Create a new dictionary using a tag
    • enchant_broker_request_pwl_dict - Creates a dictionary using a PWL file
    • enchant_broker_set_dict_path - Set the directory path for a given backend
    • enchant_broker_set_ordering - Declares a preference of dictionaries to use for the language
    • enchant_dict_add - Add a word to personal word list
    • enchant_dict_add_to_personal - Alias of enchant_dict_add
    • enchant_dict_add_to_session - Add 'word' to this spell-checking session
    • enchant_dict_check - Check whether a word is correctly spelled or not
    • enchant_dict_describe - Describes an individual dictionary
    • enchant_dict_get_error - Returns the last error of the current spelling-session
    • enchant_dict_is_added - Whether or not 'word' exists in this spelling-session
    • enchant_dict_is_in_session - Alias of enchant_dict_is_added
    • enchant_dict_quick_check - Check the word is correctly spelled and provide suggestions
    • enchant_dict_store_replacement - Add a correction for a word
    • enchant_dict_suggest - Will return a list of values if any of those pre-conditions are not met
    • end - Set the internal pointer of an array to its last element
    • enum_exists - Checks if the enum has been defined
    • Error::getCode - Gets the error code
    • Error::getFile - Gets the file in which the error occurred
    • Error::getLine - Gets the line in which the error occurred
    • Error::getMessage - Gets the error message
    • Error::getPrevious - Returns previous Throwable
    • Error::getTrace - Gets the stack trace
    • Error::getTraceAsString - Gets the stack trace as a string
    • Error::__clone - Clone the error
    • Error::__construct - Construct the error object
    • Error::__toString - String representation of the error
    • ErrorException::getSeverity - Gets the exception severity
    • ErrorException::__construct - Constructs the exception
    • error_clear_last - Clear the most recent error
    • error_get_last - Get the last occurred error
    • error_log - Send an error message to the defined error handling routines
    • error_reporting - Sets which PHP errors are reported
    • escapeshellarg - Escape a string to be used as a shell argument
    • escapeshellcmd - Escape shell metacharacters
    • Ev::backend - Returns an integer describing the backend used by libev
    • Ev::depth - Returns recursion depth
    • Ev::embeddableBackends - Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops
    • Ev::feedSignal - Feed a signal event info Ev
    • Ev::feedSignalEvent - Feed signal event into the default loop
    • Ev::iteration - Return the number of times the default event loop has polled for new events
    • Ev::now - Returns the time when the last iteration of the default event loop has started
    • Ev::nowUpdate - Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time returned by Ev::now in the progress
    • Ev::recommendedBackends - Returns a bit mask of recommended backends for current platform
    • Ev::resume - Resume previously suspended default event loop
    • Ev::run - Begin checking for events and calling callbacks for the default loop
    • Ev::sleep - Block the process for the given number of seconds
    • Ev::stop - Stops the default event loop
    • Ev::supportedBackends - Returns the set of backends supported by current libev configuration
    • Ev::suspend - Suspend the default event loop
    • Ev::time - Returns the current time in fractional seconds since the epoch
    • Ev::verify - Performs internal consistency checks(for debugging)
    • eval - Evaluate a string as PHP code
    • EvCheck::createStopped - Create instance of a stopped EvCheck watcher
    • EvCheck::__construct - Constructs the EvCheck watcher object
    • EvChild::createStopped - Create instance of a stopped EvCheck watcher
    • EvChild::set - Configures the watcher
    • EvChild::__construct - Constructs the EvChild watcher object
    • EvEmbed::createStopped - Create stopped EvEmbed watcher object
    • EvEmbed::set - Configures the watcher
    • EvEmbed::sweep - Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop
    • EvEmbed::__construct - Constructs the EvEmbed object
    • Event::add - Makes event pending
    • Event::addSignal - Alias of Event::add
    • Event::addTimer - Alias of Event::add
    • Event::del - Makes event non-pending
    • Event::delSignal - Alias of Event::del
    • Event::delTimer - Alias of Event::del
    • Event::free - Make event non-pending and free resources allocated for this event
    • Event::getSupportedMethods - Returns array with of the names of the methods supported in this version of Libevent
    • Event::pending - Detects whether event is pending or scheduled
    • Event::set - Re-configures event
    • Event::setPriority - Set event priority
    • Event::setTimer - Re-configures timer event
    • Event::signal - Constructs signal event object
    • Event::timer - Constructs timer event object
    • Event::__construct - Constructs Event object
    • EventBase::dispatch - Dispatch pending events
    • EventBase::exit - Stop dispatching events
    • EventBase::free - Free resources allocated for this event base
    • EventBase::getFeatures - Returns bitmask of features supported
    • EventBase::getMethod - Returns event method in use
    • EventBase::getTimeOfDayCached - Returns the current event base time
    • EventBase::gotExit - Checks if the event loop was told to exit
    • EventBase::gotStop - Checks if the event loop was told to exit
    • EventBase::loop - Dispatch pending events
    • EventBase::priorityInit - Sets number of priorities per event base
    • EventBase::reInit - Re-initialize event base(after a fork)
    • EventBase::stop - Tells event_base to stop dispatching events
    • EventBase::__construct - Constructs EventBase object
    • EventBuffer::add - Append data to the end of an event buffer
    • EventBuffer::addBuffer - Move all data from a buffer provided to the current instance of EventBuffer
    • EventBuffer::appendFrom - Moves the specified number of bytes from a source buffer to the end of the current buffer
    • EventBuffer::copyout - Copies out specified number of bytes from the front of the buffer
    • EventBuffer::drain - Removes specified number of bytes from the front of the buffer without copying it anywhere
    • EventBuffer::enableLocking - Description
    • EventBuffer::expand - Reserves space in buffer
    • EventBuffer::freeze - Prevent calls that modify an event buffer from succeeding
    • EventBuffer::lock - Acquires a lock on buffer
    • EventBuffer::prepend - Prepend data to the front of the buffer
    • EventBuffer::prependBuffer - Moves all data from source buffer to the front of current buffer
    • EventBuffer::pullup - Linearizes data within buffer and returns it's contents as a string
    • EventBuffer::read - Read data from an evbuffer and drain the bytes read
    • EventBuffer::readFrom - Read data from a file onto the end of the buffer
    • EventBuffer::readLine - Extracts a line from the front of the buffer
    • EventBuffer::search - Scans the buffer for an occurrence of a string
    • EventBuffer::searchEol - Scans the buffer for an occurrence of an end of line
    • EventBuffer::substr - Substracts a portion of the buffer data
    • EventBuffer::unfreeze - Re-enable calls that modify an event buffer
    • EventBuffer::unlock - Releases lock acquired by EventBuffer::lock
    • EventBuffer::write - Write contents of the buffer to a file or socket
    • EventBuffer::__construct - Constructs EventBuffer object
    • EventBufferEvent::close - Closes file descriptor associated with the current buffer event
    • EventBufferEvent::connect - Connect buffer event's file descriptor to given address or UNIX socket
    • EventBufferEvent::connectHost - Connects to a hostname with optionally asyncronous DNS resolving
    • EventBufferEvent::createPair - Creates two buffer events connected to each other
    • EventBufferEvent::disable - Disable events read, write, or both on a buffer event
    • EventBufferEvent::enable - Enable events read, write, or both on a buffer event
    • EventBufferEvent::free - Free a buffer event
    • EventBufferEvent::getDnsErrorString - Returns string describing the last failed DNS lookup attempt
    • EventBufferEvent::getEnabled - Returns bitmask of events currently enabled on the buffer event
    • EventBufferEvent::getInput - Returns underlying input buffer associated with current buffer event
    • EventBufferEvent::getOutput - Returns underlying output buffer associated with current buffer event
    • EventBufferEvent::read - Read buffer's data
    • EventBufferEvent::readBuffer - Drains the entire contents of the input buffer and places them into buf
    • EventBufferEvent::setCallbacks - Assigns read, write and event(status) callbacks
    • EventBufferEvent::setPriority - Assign a priority to a bufferevent
    • EventBufferEvent::setTimeouts - Set the read and write timeout for a buffer event
    • EventBufferEvent::setWatermark - Adjusts read and/or write watermarks
    • EventBufferEvent::sslError - Returns most recent OpenSSL error reported on the buffer event
    • EventBufferEvent::sslFilter - Create a new SSL buffer event to send its data over another buffer event
    • EventBufferEvent::sslGetCipherInfo - Returns a textual description of the cipher
    • EventBufferEvent::sslGetCipherName - Returns the current cipher name of the SSL connection
    • EventBufferEvent::sslGetCipherVersion - Returns version of cipher used by current SSL connection
    • EventBufferEvent::sslGetProtocol - Returns the name of the protocol used for current SSL connection
    • EventBufferEvent::sslRenegotiate - Tells a bufferevent to begin SSL renegotiation
    • EventBufferEvent::sslSocket - Creates a new SSL buffer event to send its data over an SSL on a socket
    • EventBufferEvent::write - Adds data to a buffer event's output buffer
    • EventBufferEvent::writeBuffer - Adds contents of the entire buffer to a buffer event's output buffer
    • EventBufferEvent::__construct - Constructs EventBufferEvent object
    • EventConfig::avoidMethod - Tells libevent to avoid specific event method
    • EventConfig::requireFeatures - Enters a required event method feature that the application demands
    • EventConfig::setFlags - Sets one or more flags to configure the eventual EventBase will be initialized
    • EventConfig::setMaxDispatchInterval - Prevents priority inversion
    • EventConfig::__construct - Constructs EventConfig object
    • EventDnsBase::addNameserverIp - Adds a nameserver to the DNS base
    • EventDnsBase::addSearch - Adds a domain to the list of search domains
    • EventDnsBase::clearSearch - Removes all current search suffixes
    • EventDnsBase::countNameservers - Gets the number of configured nameservers
    • EventDnsBase::loadHosts - Loads a hosts file (in the same format as /etc/hosts) from hosts file
    • EventDnsBase::parseResolvConf - Scans the resolv.conf-formatted file
    • EventDnsBase::setOption - Set the value of a configuration option
    • EventDnsBase::setSearchNdots - Set the 'ndots' parameter for searches
    • EventDnsBase::__construct - Constructs EventDnsBase object
    • EventHttp::accept - Makes an HTTP server accept connections on the specified socket stream or resource
    • EventHttp::addServerAlias - Adds a server alias to the HTTP server object
    • EventHttp::bind - Binds an HTTP server on the specified address and port
    • EventHttp::removeServerAlias - Removes server alias
    • EventHttp::setAllowedMethods - Sets the what HTTP methods are supported in requests accepted by this server, and passed to user callbacks
    • EventHttp::setCallback - Sets a callback for specified URI
    • EventHttp::setDefaultCallback - Sets default callback to handle requests that are not caught by specific callbacks
    • EventHttp::setMaxBodySize - Sets maximum request body size
    • EventHttp::setMaxHeadersSize - Sets maximum HTTP header size
    • EventHttp::setTimeout - Sets the timeout for an HTTP request
    • EventHttp::__construct - Constructs EventHttp object(the HTTP server)
    • EventHttpConnection::getBase - Returns event base associated with the connection
    • EventHttpConnection::getPeer - Gets the remote address and port associated with the connection
    • EventHttpConnection::makeRequest - Makes an HTTP request over the specified connection
    • EventHttpConnection::setCloseCallback - Set callback for connection close
    • EventHttpConnection::setLocalAddress - Sets the IP address from which HTTP connections are made
    • EventHttpConnection::setLocalPort - Sets the local port from which connections are made
    • EventHttpConnection::setMaxBodySize - Sets maximum body size for the connection
    • EventHttpConnection::setMaxHeadersSize - Sets maximum header size
    • EventHttpConnection::setRetries - Sets the retry limit for the connection
    • EventHttpConnection::setTimeout - Sets the timeout for the connection
    • EventHttpConnection::__construct - Constructs EventHttpConnection object
    • EventHttpRequest::addHeader - Adds an HTTP header to the headers of the request
    • EventHttpRequest::cancel - Cancels a pending HTTP request
    • EventHttpRequest::clearHeaders - Removes all output headers from the header list of the request
    • EventHttpRequest::closeConnection - Closes associated HTTP connection
    • EventHttpRequest::findHeader - Finds the value belonging a header
    • EventHttpRequest::free - Frees the object and removes associated events
    • EventHttpRequest::getBufferEvent - Returns EventBufferEvent object
    • EventHttpRequest::getCommand - Returns the request command(method)
    • EventHttpRequest::getConnection - Returns EventHttpConnection object
    • EventHttpRequest::getHost - Returns the request host
    • EventHttpRequest::getInputBuffer - Returns the input buffer
    • EventHttpRequest::getInputHeaders - Returns associative array of the input headers
    • EventHttpRequest::getOutputBuffer - Returns the output buffer of the request
    • EventHttpRequest::getOutputHeaders - Returns associative array of the output headers
    • EventHttpRequest::getResponseCode - Returns the response code
    • EventHttpRequest::getUri - Returns the request URI
    • EventHttpRequest::removeHeader - Removes an HTTP header from the headers of the request
    • EventHttpRequest::sendError - Send an HTML error message to the client
    • EventHttpRequest::sendReply - Send an HTML reply to the client
    • EventHttpRequest::sendReplyChunk - Send another data chunk as part of an ongoing chunked reply
    • EventHttpRequest::sendReplyEnd - Complete a chunked reply, freeing the request as appropriate
    • EventHttpRequest::sendReplyStart - Initiate a chunked reply
    • EventHttpRequest::__construct - Constructs EventHttpRequest object
    • EventListener::disable - Disables an event connect listener object
    • EventListener::enable - Enables an event connect listener object
    • EventListener::getBase - Returns event base associated with the event listener
    • EventListener::getSocketName - Retreives the current address to which the listener's socket is bound
    • EventListener::setCallback - The setCallback purpose
    • EventListener::setErrorCallback - Set event listener's error callback
    • EventListener::__construct - Creates new connection listener associated with an event base
    • EventSslContext::__construct - Constructs an OpenSSL context for use with Event classes
    • EventUtil::getLastSocketErrno - Returns the most recent socket error number
    • EventUtil::getLastSocketError - Returns the most recent socket error
    • EventUtil::getSocketFd - Returns numeric file descriptor of a socket, or stream
    • EventUtil::getSocketName - Retreives the current address to which the socket is bound
    • EventUtil::setSocketOption - Sets socket options
    • EventUtil::sslRandPoll - Generates entropy by means of OpenSSL's RAND_poll()
    • EventUtil::__construct - The abstract constructor
    • EvFork::createStopped - Creates a stopped instance of EvFork watcher class
    • EvFork::__construct - Constructs the EvFork watcher object
    • EvIdle::createStopped - Creates instance of a stopped EvIdle watcher object
    • EvIdle::__construct - Constructs the EvIdle watcher object
    • EvIo::createStopped - Create stopped EvIo watcher object
    • EvIo::set - Configures the watcher
    • EvIo::__construct - Constructs EvIo watcher object
    • EvLoop::backend - Returns an integer describing the backend used by libev
    • EvLoop::check - Creates EvCheck object associated with the current event loop instance
    • EvLoop::child - Creates EvChild object associated with the current event loop
    • EvLoop::defaultLoop - Returns or creates the default event loop
    • EvLoop::embed - Creates an instance of EvEmbed watcher associated with the current EvLoop object
    • EvLoop::fork - Creates EvFork watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
    • EvLoop::idle - Creates EvIdle watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
    • EvLoop::invokePending - Invoke all pending watchers while resetting their pending state
    • EvLoop::io - Create EvIo watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
    • EvLoop::loopFork - Must be called after a fork
    • EvLoop::now - Returns the current "event loop time"
    • EvLoop::nowUpdate - Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time returned by EvLoop::now in the progress
    • EvLoop::periodic - Creates EvPeriodic watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
    • EvLoop::prepare - Creates EvPrepare watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
    • EvLoop::resume - Resume previously suspended default event loop
    • EvLoop::run - Begin checking for events and calling callbacks for the loop
    • EvLoop::signal - Creates EvSignal watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
    • EvLoop::stat - Creates EvStat watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
    • EvLoop::stop - Stops the event loop
    • EvLoop::suspend - Suspend the loop
    • EvLoop::timer - Creates EvTimer watcher object associated with the current event loop instance
    • EvLoop::verify - Performs internal consistency checks(for debugging)
    • EvLoop::__construct - Constructs the event loop object
    • EvPeriodic::again - Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again
    • EvPeriodic::at - Returns the absolute time that this watcher is supposed to trigger next
    • EvPeriodic::createStopped - Create a stopped EvPeriodic watcher
    • EvPeriodic::set - Configures the watcher
    • EvPeriodic::__construct - Constructs EvPeriodic watcher object
    • EvPrepare::createStopped - Creates a stopped instance of EvPrepare watcher
    • EvPrepare::__construct - Constructs EvPrepare watcher object
    • EvSignal::createStopped - Create stopped EvSignal watcher object
    • EvSignal::set - Configures the watcher
    • EvSignal::__construct - Constructs EvSignal watcher object
    • EvStat::attr - Returns the values most recently detected by Ev
    • EvStat::createStopped - Create a stopped EvStat watcher object
    • EvStat::prev - Returns the previous set of values returned by EvStat::attr
    • EvStat::set - Configures the watcher
    • EvStat::stat - Initiates the stat call
    • EvStat::__construct - Constructs EvStat watcher object
    • EvTimer::again - Restarts the timer watcher
    • EvTimer::createStopped - Creates EvTimer stopped watcher object
    • EvTimer::set - Configures the watcher
    • EvTimer::__construct - Constructs an EvTimer watcher object
    • EvWatcher::clear - Clear watcher pending status
    • EvWatcher::feed - Feeds the given revents set into the event loop
    • EvWatcher::getLoop - Returns the loop responsible for the watcher
    • EvWatcher::invoke - Invokes the watcher callback with the given received events bit mask
    • EvWatcher::keepalive - Configures whether to keep the loop from returning
    • EvWatcher::setCallback - Sets new callback for the watcher
    • EvWatcher::start - Starts the watcher
    • EvWatcher::stop - Stops the watcher
    • EvWatcher::__construct - Abstract constructor of a watcher object
    • Exception::getCode - Gets the Exception code
    • Exception::getFile - Gets the file in which the exception was created
    • Exception::getLine - Gets the line in which the exception was created
    • Exception::getMessage - Gets the Exception message
    • Exception::getPrevious - Returns previous Throwable
    • Exception::getTrace - Gets the stack trace
    • Exception::getTraceAsString - Gets the stack trace as a string
    • Exception::__clone - Clone the exception
    • Exception::__construct - Construct the exception
    • Exception::__toString - String representation of the exception
    • exec - Execute an external program
    • Executable::execute - Execute statement
    • ExecutionStatus::__construct - ExecutionStatus constructor
    • exif_imagetype - Determine the type of an image
    • exif_read_data - Reads the EXIF headers from an image file
    • exif_tagname - Get the header name for an index
    • exif_thumbnail - Retrieve the embedded thumbnail of an image
    • exit - Output a message and terminate the current script
    • exp - Calculates the exponent of e
    • expect:// - Process Interaction Streams
    • expect_expectl - Waits until the output from a process matches one of the patterns, a specified time period has passed, or an EOF is seen
    • expect_popen - Execute command via Bourne shell, and open the PTY stream to the process
    • explode - Split a string by a string
    • expm1 - Returns exp(number) - 1, computed in a way that is accurate even when the value of number is close to zero
    • expression - Bind prepared statement variables as parameters
    • Expression::__construct - Expression constructor
    • extension_loaded - Find out whether an extension is loaded
    • extract - Import variables into the current symbol table from an array
    • ezmlm_hash - Calculate the hash value needed by EZMLM
  • f
    • FANNConnection::getFromNeuron - Returns the postions of starting neuron
    • FANNConnection::getToNeuron - Returns the postions of terminating neuron
    • FANNConnection::getWeight - Returns the connection weight
    • FANNConnection::setWeight - Sets the connections weight
    • FANNConnection::__construct - The connection constructor
    • fann_cascadetrain_on_data - Trains on an entire dataset, for a period of time using the Cascade2 training algorithm
    • fann_cascadetrain_on_file - Trains on an entire dataset read from file, for a period of time using the Cascade2 training algorithm
    • fann_clear_scaling_params - Clears scaling parameters
    • fann_copy - Creates a copy of a fann structure
    • fann_create_from_file - Constructs a backpropagation neural network from a configuration file
    • fann_create_shortcut - Creates a standard backpropagation neural network which is not fully connectected and has shortcut connections
    • fann_create_shortcut_array - Creates a standard backpropagation neural network which is not fully connectected and has shortcut connections
    • fann_create_sparse - Creates a standard backpropagation neural network, which is not fully connected
    • fann_create_sparse_array - Creates a standard backpropagation neural network, which is not fully connected using an array of layer sizes
    • fann_create_standard - Creates a standard fully connected backpropagation neural network
    • fann_create_standard_array - Creates a standard fully connected backpropagation neural network using an array of layer sizes
    • fann_create_train - Creates an empty training data struct
    • fann_create_train_from_callback - Creates the training data struct from a user supplied function
    • fann_descale_input - Scale data in input vector after get it from ann based on previously calculated parameters
    • fann_descale_output - Scale data in output vector after get it from ann based on previously calculated parameters
    • fann_descale_train - Descale input and output data based on previously calculated parameters
    • fann_destroy - Destroys the entire network and properly freeing all the associated memory
    • fann_destroy_train - Destructs the training data
    • fann_duplicate_train_data - Returns an exact copy of a fann train data
    • fann_get_activation_function - Returns the activation function
    • fann_get_activation_steepness - Returns the activation steepness for supplied neuron and layer number
    • fann_get_bias_array - Get the number of bias in each layer in the network
    • fann_get_bit_fail - The number of fail bits
    • fann_get_bit_fail_limit - Returns the bit fail limit used during training
    • fann_get_cascade_activation_functions - Returns the cascade activation functions
    • fann_get_cascade_activation_functions_count - Returns the number of cascade activation functions
    • fann_get_cascade_activation_steepnesses - Returns the cascade activation steepnesses
    • fann_get_cascade_activation_steepnesses_count - The number of activation steepnesses
    • fann_get_cascade_candidate_change_fraction - Returns the cascade candidate change fraction
    • fann_get_cascade_candidate_limit - Return the candidate limit
    • fann_get_cascade_candidate_stagnation_epochs - Returns the number of cascade candidate stagnation epochs
    • fann_get_cascade_max_cand_epochs - Returns the maximum candidate epochs
    • fann_get_cascade_max_out_epochs - Returns the maximum out epochs
    • fann_get_cascade_min_cand_epochs - Returns the minimum candidate epochs
    • fann_get_cascade_min_out_epochs - Returns the minimum out epochs
    • fann_get_cascade_num_candidates - Returns the number of candidates used during training
    • fann_get_cascade_num_candidate_groups - Returns the number of candidate groups
    • fann_get_cascade_output_change_fraction - Returns the cascade output change fraction
    • fann_get_cascade_output_stagnation_epochs - Returns the number of cascade output stagnation epochs
    • fann_get_cascade_weight_multiplier - Returns the weight multiplier
    • fann_get_connection_array - Get connections in the network
    • fann_get_connection_rate - Get the connection rate used when the network was created
    • fann_get_errno - Returns the last error number
    • fann_get_errstr - Returns the last errstr
    • fann_get_layer_array - Get the number of neurons in each layer in the network
    • fann_get_learning_momentum - Returns the learning momentum
    • fann_get_learning_rate - Returns the learning rate
    • fann_get_MSE - Reads the mean square error from the network
    • fann_get_network_type - Get the type of neural network it was created as
    • fann_get_num_input - Get the number of input neurons
    • fann_get_num_layers - Get the number of layers in the neural network
    • fann_get_num_output - Get the number of output neurons
    • fann_get_quickprop_decay - Returns the decay which is a factor that weights should decrease in each iteration during quickprop training
    • fann_get_quickprop_mu - Returns the mu factor
    • fann_get_rprop_decrease_factor - Returns the increase factor used during RPROP training
    • fann_get_rprop_delta_max - Returns the maximum step-size
    • fann_get_rprop_delta_min - Returns the minimum step-size
    • fann_get_rprop_delta_zero - Returns the initial step-size
    • fann_get_rprop_increase_factor - Returns the increase factor used during RPROP training
    • fann_get_sarprop_step_error_shift - Returns the sarprop step error shift
    • fann_get_sarprop_step_error_threshold_factor - Returns the sarprop step error threshold factor
    • fann_get_sarprop_temperature - Returns the sarprop temperature
    • fann_get_sarprop_weight_decay_shift - Returns the sarprop weight decay shift
    • fann_get_total_connections - Get the total number of connections in the entire network
    • fann_get_total_neurons - Get the total number of neurons in the entire network
    • fann_get_training_algorithm - Returns the training algorithm
    • fann_get_train_error_function - Returns the error function used during training
    • fann_get_train_stop_function - Returns the stop function used during training
    • fann_init_weights - Initialize the weights using Widrow + Nguyen’s algorithm
    • fann_length_train_data - Returns the number of training patterns in the train data
    • fann_merge_train_data - Merges the train data
    • fann_num_input_train_data - Returns the number of inputs in each of the training patterns in the train data
    • fann_num_output_train_data - Returns the number of outputs in each of the training patterns in the train data
    • fann_print_error - Prints the error string
    • fann_randomize_weights - Give each connection a random weight between min_weight and max_weight
    • fann_read_train_from_file - Reads a file that stores training data
    • fann_reset_errno - Resets the last error number
    • fann_reset_errstr - Resets the last error string
    • fann_reset_MSE - Resets the mean square error from the network
    • fann_run - Will run input through the neural network
    • fann_save - Saves the entire network to a configuration file
    • fann_save_train - Save the training structure to a file
    • fann_scale_input - Scale data in input vector before feed it to ann based on previously calculated parameters
    • fann_scale_input_train_data - Scales the inputs in the training data to the specified range
    • fann_scale_output - Scale data in output vector before feed it to ann based on previously calculated parameters
    • fann_scale_output_train_data - Scales the outputs in the training data to the specified range
    • fann_scale_train - Scale input and output data based on previously calculated parameters
    • fann_scale_train_data - Scales the inputs and outputs in the training data to the specified range
    • fann_set_activation_function - Sets the activation function for supplied neuron and layer
    • fann_set_activation_function_hidden - Sets the activation function for all of the hidden layers
    • fann_set_activation_function_layer - Sets the activation function for all the neurons in the supplied layer
    • fann_set_activation_function_output - Sets the activation function for the output layer
    • fann_set_activation_steepness - Sets the activation steepness for supplied neuron and layer number
    • fann_set_activation_steepness_hidden - Sets the steepness of the activation steepness for all neurons in the all hidden layers
    • fann_set_activation_steepness_layer - Sets the activation steepness for all of the neurons in the supplied layer number
    • fann_set_activation_steepness_output - Sets the steepness of the activation steepness in the output layer
    • fann_set_bit_fail_limit - Set the bit fail limit used during training
    • fann_set_callback - Sets the callback function for use during training
    • fann_set_cascade_activation_functions - Sets the array of cascade candidate activation functions
    • fann_set_cascade_activation_steepnesses - Sets the array of cascade candidate activation steepnesses
    • fann_set_cascade_candidate_change_fraction - Sets the cascade candidate change fraction
    • fann_set_cascade_candidate_limit - Sets the candidate limit
    • fann_set_cascade_candidate_stagnation_epochs - Sets the number of cascade candidate stagnation epochs
    • fann_set_cascade_max_cand_epochs - Sets the max candidate epochs
    • fann_set_cascade_max_out_epochs - Sets the maximum out epochs
    • fann_set_cascade_min_cand_epochs - Sets the min candidate epochs
    • fann_set_cascade_min_out_epochs - Sets the minimum out epochs
    • fann_set_cascade_num_candidate_groups - Sets the number of candidate groups
    • fann_set_cascade_output_change_fraction - Sets the cascade output change fraction
    • fann_set_cascade_output_stagnation_epochs - Sets the number of cascade output stagnation epochs
    • fann_set_cascade_weight_multiplier - Sets the weight multiplier
    • fann_set_error_log - Sets where the errors are logged to
    • fann_set_input_scaling_params - Calculate input scaling parameters for future use based on training data
    • fann_set_learning_momentum - Sets the learning momentum
    • fann_set_learning_rate - Sets the learning rate
    • fann_set_output_scaling_params - Calculate output scaling parameters for future use based on training data
    • fann_set_quickprop_decay - Sets the quickprop decay factor
    • fann_set_quickprop_mu - Sets the quickprop mu factor
    • fann_set_rprop_decrease_factor - Sets the decrease factor used during RPROP training
    • fann_set_rprop_delta_max - Sets the maximum step-size
    • fann_set_rprop_delta_min - Sets the minimum step-size
    • fann_set_rprop_delta_zero - Sets the initial step-size
    • fann_set_rprop_increase_factor - Sets the increase factor used during RPROP training
    • fann_set_sarprop_step_error_shift - Sets the sarprop step error shift
    • fann_set_sarprop_step_error_threshold_factor - Sets the sarprop step error threshold factor
    • fann_set_sarprop_temperature - Sets the sarprop temperature
    • fann_set_sarprop_weight_decay_shift - Sets the sarprop weight decay shift
    • fann_set_scaling_params - Calculate input and output scaling parameters for future use based on training data
    • fann_set_training_algorithm - Sets the training algorithm
    • fann_set_train_error_function - Sets the error function used during training
    • fann_set_train_stop_function - Sets the stop function used during training
    • fann_set_weight - Set a connection in the network
    • fann_set_weight_array - Set connections in the network
    • fann_shuffle_train_data - Shuffles training data, randomizing the order
    • fann_subset_train_data - Returns an copy of a subset of the train data
    • fann_test - Test with a set of inputs, and a set of desired outputs
    • fann_test_data - Test a set of training data and calculates the MSE for the training data
    • fann_train - Train one iteration with a set of inputs, and a set of desired outputs
    • fann_train_epoch - Train one epoch with a set of training data
    • fann_train_on_data - Trains on an entire dataset for a period of time
    • fann_train_on_file - Trains on an entire dataset, which is read from file, for a period of time
    • fastcgi_finish_request - Flushes all response data to the client
    • fbird_add_user - Alias of ibase_add_user
    • fbird_affected_rows - Alias of ibase_affected_rows
    • fbird_backup - Alias of ibase_backup
    • fbird_blob_add - Alias of ibase_blob_add
    • fbird_blob_cancel - Cancel creating blob
    • fbird_blob_close - Alias of ibase_blob_close
    • fbird_blob_create - Alias of ibase_blob_create
    • fbird_blob_echo - Alias of ibase_blob_echo
    • fbird_blob_get - Alias of ibase_blob_get
    • fbird_blob_import - Alias of ibase_blob_import
    • fbird_blob_info - Alias of ibase_blob_info
    • fbird_blob_open - Alias of ibase_blob_open
    • fbird_close - Alias of ibase_close
    • fbird_commit - Alias of ibase_commit
    • fbird_commit_ret - Alias of ibase_commit_ret
    • fbird_connect - Alias of ibase_connect
    • fbird_db_info - Alias of ibase_db_info
    • fbird_delete_user - Alias of ibase_delete_user
    • fbird_drop_db - Alias of ibase_drop_db
    • fbird_errcode - Alias of ibase_errcode
    • fbird_errmsg - Alias of ibase_errmsg
    • fbird_execute - Alias of ibase_execute
    • fbird_fetch_assoc - Alias of ibase_fetch_assoc
    • fbird_fetch_object - Alias of ibase_fetch_object
    • fbird_fetch_row - Alias of ibase_fetch_row
    • fbird_field_info - Alias of ibase_field_info
    • fbird_free_event_handler - Alias of ibase_free_event_handler
    • fbird_free_query - Alias of ibase_free_query
    • fbird_free_result - Alias of ibase_free_result
    • fbird_gen_id - Alias of ibase_gen_id
    • fbird_maintain_db - Alias of ibase_maintain_db
    • fbird_modify_user - Alias of ibase_modify_user
    • fbird_name_result - Alias of ibase_name_result
    • fbird_num_fields - Alias of ibase_num_fields
    • fbird_num_params - Alias of ibase_num_params
    • fbird_param_info - Alias of ibase_param_info
    • fbird_pconnect - Alias of ibase_pconnect
    • fbird_prepare - Alias of ibase_prepare
    • fbird_query - Alias of ibase_query
    • fbird_restore - Alias of ibase_restore
    • fbird_rollback - Alias of ibase_rollback
    • fbird_rollback_ret - Alias of ibase_rollback_ret
    • fbird_server_info - Alias of ibase_server_info
    • fbird_service_attach - Alias of ibase_service_attach
    • fbird_service_detach - Alias of ibase_service_detach
    • fbird_set_event_handler - Alias of ibase_set_event_handler
    • fbird_trans - Alias of ibase_trans
    • fbird_wait_event - Alias of ibase_wait_event
    • fclose - Closes an open file pointer
    • fdatasync - Synchronizes data (but not meta-data) to the file
    • fdf_add_doc_javascript - Adds javascript code to the FDF document
    • fdf_add_template - Adds a template into the FDF document
    • fdf_close - Close an FDF document
    • fdf_create - Create a new FDF document
    • fdf_enum_values - Call a user defined function for each document value
    • fdf_errno - Return error code for last fdf operation
    • fdf_error - Return error description for FDF error code
    • fdf_get_ap - Get the appearance of a field
    • fdf_get_attachment - Extracts uploaded file embedded in the FDF
    • fdf_get_encoding - Get the value of the /Encoding key
    • fdf_get_file - Get the value of the /F key
    • fdf_get_flags - Gets the flags of a field
    • fdf_get_opt - Gets a value from the opt array of a field
    • fdf_get_status - Get the value of the /STATUS key
    • fdf_get_value - Get the value of a field
    • fdf_get_version - Gets version number for FDF API or file
    • fdf_header - Sets FDF-specific output headers
    • fdf_next_field_name - Get the next field name
    • fdf_open - Open a FDF document
    • fdf_open_string - Read a FDF document from a string
    • fdf_remove_item - Sets target frame for form
    • fdf_save - Save a FDF document
    • fdf_save_string - Returns the FDF document as a string
    • fdf_set_ap - Set the appearance of a field
    • fdf_set_encoding - Sets FDF character encoding
    • fdf_set_file - Set PDF document to display FDF data in
    • fdf_set_flags - Sets a flag of a field
    • fdf_set_javascript_action - Sets an javascript action of a field
    • fdf_set_on_import_javascript - Adds javascript code to be executed when Acrobat opens the FDF
    • fdf_set_opt - Sets an option of a field
    • fdf_set_status - Set the value of the /STATUS key
    • fdf_set_submit_form_action - Sets a submit form action of a field
    • fdf_set_target_frame - Set target frame for form display
    • fdf_set_value - Set the value of a field
    • fdf_set_version - Sets version number for a FDF file
    • fdiv - Divides two numbers, according to IEEE 754
    • feof - Tests for end-of-file on a file pointer
    • FFI::addr - Creates an unmanaged pointer to C data
    • FFI::alignof - Gets the alignment
    • FFI::arrayType - Dynamically constructs a new C array type
    • FFI::cast - Performs a C type cast
    • FFI::cdef - Creates a new FFI object
    • FFI::free - Releases an unmanaged data structure
    • FFI::isNull - Checks whether a FFI\CData is a null pointer
    • FFI::load - Loads C declarations from a C header file
    • FFI::memcmp - Compares memory areas
    • FFI::memcpy - Copies one memory area to another
    • FFI::memset - Fills a memory area
    • FFI::new - Creates a C data structure
    • FFI::scope - Instantiates an FFI object with C declarations parsed during preloading
    • FFI::sizeof - Gets the size of C data or types
    • FFI::string - Creates a PHP string from a memory area
    • FFI::type - Creates an FFI\CType object from a C declaration
    • FFI::typeof - Gets the FFI\CType of FFI\CData
    • FFI\CType::getAlignment - Description
    • FFI\CType::getArrayElementType - Description
    • FFI\CType::getArrayLength - Description
    • FFI\CType::getAttributes - Description
    • FFI\CType::getEnumKind - Description
    • FFI\CType::getFuncABI - Description
    • FFI\CType::getFuncParameterCount - Description
    • FFI\CType::getFuncParameterType - Description
    • FFI\CType::getFuncReturnType - Description
    • FFI\CType::getKind - Description
    • FFI\CType::getName - Description
    • FFI\CType::getPointerType - Description
    • FFI\CType::getSize - Description
    • FFI\CType::getStructFieldNames - Description
    • FFI\CType::getStructFieldOffset - Description
    • FFI\CType::getStructFieldType - Description
    • fflush - Flushes the output to a file
    • fgetc - Gets character from file pointer
    • fgetcsv - Gets line from file pointer and parse for CSV fields
    • fgets - Gets line from file pointer
    • fgetss - Gets line from file pointer and strip HTML tags
    • Fiber::getCurrent - Gets the currently executing Fiber instance
    • Fiber::getReturn - Gets the value returned by the Fiber
    • Fiber::isRunning - Determines if the fiber is running
    • Fiber::isStarted - Determines if the fiber has started
    • Fiber::isSuspended - Determines if the fiber is suspended
    • Fiber::isTerminated - Determines if the fiber has terminated
    • Fiber::resume - Resumes execution of the fiber with a value
    • Fiber::start - Start execution of the fiber
    • Fiber::suspend - Suspends execution of the current fiber
    • Fiber::throw - Resumes execution of the fiber with an exception
    • Fiber::__construct - Creates a new Fiber instance
    • FiberError::__construct - Constructor to disallow direct instantiation
    • file - Reads entire file into an array
    • file:// - Accessing local filesystem
    • fileatime - Gets last access time of file
    • filectime - Gets inode change time of file
    • filegroup - Gets file group
    • fileinode - Gets file inode
    • filemtime - Gets file modification time
    • fileowner - Gets file owner
    • fileperms - Gets file permissions
    • filesize - Gets file size
    • FilesystemIterator::current - The current file
    • FilesystemIterator::getFlags - Get the handling flags
    • FilesystemIterator::key - Retrieve the key for the current file
    • FilesystemIterator::next - Move to the next file
    • FilesystemIterator::rewind - Rewinds back to the beginning
    • FilesystemIterator::setFlags - Sets handling flags
    • FilesystemIterator::__construct - Constructs a new filesystem iterator
    • filetype - Gets file type
    • file_exists - Checks whether a file or directory exists
    • file_get_contents - Reads entire file into a string
    • file_put_contents - Write data to a file
    • FilterIterator::accept - Check whether the current element of the iterator is acceptable
    • FilterIterator::current - Get the current element value
    • FilterIterator::getInnerIterator - Get the inner iterator
    • FilterIterator::key - Get the current key
    • FilterIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
    • FilterIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator
    • FilterIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
    • FilterIterator::__construct - Construct a filterIterator
    • filter_has_var - Checks if variable of specified type exists
    • filter_id - Returns the filter ID belonging to a named filter
    • filter_input - Gets a specific external variable by name and optionally filters it
    • filter_input_array - Gets external variables and optionally filters them
    • filter_list - Returns a list of all supported filters
    • filter_var - Filters a variable with a specified filter
    • filter_var_array - Gets multiple variables and optionally filters them
    • finfo::buffer - Alias of finfo_buffer()
    • finfo::file - Alias of finfo_file()
    • finfo::set_flags - Alias of finfo_set_flags()
    • finfo::__construct - Alias of finfo_open
    • finfo_close - Close finfo instance
    • finfo_open - Create a new finfo instance
    • floatval - Get float value of a variable
    • flock - Portable advisory file locking
    • floor - Round fractions down
    • flush - Flush system output buffer
    • fmod - Returns the floating point remainder (modulo) of the division of the arguments
    • fnmatch - Match filename against a pattern
    • fopen - Opens file or URL
    • forward_static_call - Call a static method
    • forward_static_call_array - Call a static method and pass the arguments as array
    • fpassthru - Output all remaining data on a file pointer
    • fpm_get_status - Returns the current FPM pool status
    • fprintf - Write a formatted string to a stream
    • fputcsv - Format line as CSV and write to file pointer
    • fputs - Alias of fwrite
    • fread - Binary-safe file read
    • frenchtojd - Converts a date from the French Republican Calendar to a Julian Day Count
    • fscanf - Parses input from a file according to a format
    • fseek - Seeks on a file pointer
    • fsockopen - Open Internet or Unix domain socket connection
    • fstat - Gets information about a file using an open file pointer
    • fsync - Synchronizes changes to the file (including meta-data)
    • ftell - Returns the current position of the file read/write pointer
    • ftok - Convert a pathname and a project identifier to a System V IPC key
    • ftp:// - Accessing FTP(s) URLs
    • FTP context options - FTP context option listing
    • ftp_alloc - Allocates space for a file to be uploaded
    • ftp_append - Append the contents of a file to another file on the FTP server
    • ftp_cdup - Changes to the parent directory
    • ftp_chdir - Changes the current directory on a FTP server
    • ftp_chmod - Set permissions on a file via FTP
    • ftp_close - Closes an FTP connection
    • ftp_connect - Opens an FTP connection
    • ftp_delete - Deletes a file on the FTP server
    • ftp_exec - Requests execution of a command on the FTP server
    • ftp_fget - Downloads a file from the FTP server and saves to an open file
    • ftp_fput - Uploads from an open file to the FTP server
    • ftp_get - Downloads a file from the FTP server
    • ftp_get_option - Retrieves various runtime behaviours of the current FTP connection
    • ftp_login - Logs in to an FTP connection
    • ftp_mdtm - Returns the last modified time of the given file
    • ftp_mkdir - Creates a directory
    • ftp_mlsd - Returns a list of files in the given directory
    • ftp_nb_continue - Continues retrieving/sending a file (non-blocking)
    • ftp_nb_fget - Retrieves a file from the FTP server and writes it to an open file (non-blocking)
    • ftp_nb_fput - Stores a file from an open file to the FTP server (non-blocking)
    • ftp_nb_get - Retrieves a file from the FTP server and writes it to a local file (non-blocking)
    • ftp_nb_put - Stores a file on the FTP server (non-blocking)
    • ftp_nlist - Returns a list of files in the given directory
    • ftp_pasv - Turns passive mode on or off
    • ftp_put - Uploads a file to the FTP server
    • ftp_pwd - Returns the current directory name
    • ftp_quit - Alias of ftp_close
    • ftp_raw - Sends an arbitrary command to an FTP server
    • ftp_rawlist - Returns a detailed list of files in the given directory
    • ftp_rename - Renames a file or a directory on the FTP server
    • ftp_rmdir - Removes a directory
    • ftp_set_option - Set miscellaneous runtime FTP options
    • ftp_site - Sends a SITE command to the server
    • ftp_size - Returns the size of the given file
    • ftp_ssl_connect - Opens a Secure SSL-FTP connection
    • ftp_systype - Returns the system type identifier of the remote FTP server
    • ftruncate - Truncates a file to a given length
    • function_exists - Return true if the given function has been defined
    • func_get_arg - Return an item from the argument list
    • func_get_args - Returns an array comprising a function's argument list
    • func_num_args - Returns the number of arguments passed to the function
    • fwrite - Binary-safe file write
  • g
    • gc_collect_cycles - Forces collection of any existing garbage cycles
    • gc_disable - Deactivates the circular reference collector
    • gc_enable - Activates the circular reference collector
    • gc_enabled - Returns status of the circular reference collector
    • gc_mem_caches - Reclaims memory used by the Zend Engine memory manager
    • gc_status - Gets information about the garbage collector
    • gd_info - Retrieve information about the currently installed GD library
    • GearmanClient::addOptions - Add client options
    • GearmanClient::addServer - Add a job server to the client
    • GearmanClient::addServers - Add a list of job servers to the client
    • GearmanClient::addTask - Add a task to be run in parallel
    • GearmanClient::addTaskBackground - Add a background task to be run in parallel
    • GearmanClient::addTaskHigh - Add a high priority task to run in parallel
    • GearmanClient::addTaskHighBackground - Add a high priority background task to be run in parallel
    • GearmanClient::addTaskLow - Add a low priority task to run in parallel
    • GearmanClient::addTaskLowBackground - Add a low priority background task to be run in parallel
    • GearmanClient::addTaskStatus - Add a task to get status
    • GearmanClient::clearCallbacks - Clear all task callback functions
    • GearmanClient::clone - Create a copy of a GearmanClient object
    • GearmanClient::context - Get the application context
    • GearmanClient::data - Get the application data (deprecated)
    • GearmanClient::do - Run a single task and return a result [deprecated]
    • GearmanClient::doBackground - Run a task in the background
    • GearmanClient::doHigh - Run a single high priority task
    • GearmanClient::doHighBackground - Run a high priority task in the background
    • GearmanClient::doJobHandle - Get the job handle for the running task
    • GearmanClient::doLow - Run a single low priority task
    • GearmanClient::doLowBackground - Run a low priority task in the background
    • GearmanClient::doNormal - Run a single task and return a result
    • GearmanClient::doStatus - Get the status for the running task
    • GearmanClient::echo - Send data to all job servers to see if they echo it back [deprecated]
    • GearmanClient::error - Returns an error string for the last error encountered
    • GearmanClient::getErrno - Get an errno value
    • GearmanClient::jobStatus - Get the status of a background job
    • GearmanClient::ping - Send data to all job servers to see if they echo it back
    • GearmanClient::removeOptions - Remove client options
    • GearmanClient::returnCode - Get the last Gearman return code
    • GearmanClient::runTasks - Run a list of tasks in parallel
    • GearmanClient::setClientCallback - Callback function when there is a data packet for a task (deprecated)
    • GearmanClient::setCompleteCallback - Set a function to be called on task completion
    • GearmanClient::setContext - Set application context
    • GearmanClient::setCreatedCallback - Set a callback for when a task is queued
    • GearmanClient::setData - Set application data (deprecated)
    • GearmanClient::setDataCallback - Callback function when there is a data packet for a task
    • GearmanClient::setExceptionCallback - Set a callback for worker exceptions
    • GearmanClient::setFailCallback - Set callback for job failure
    • GearmanClient::setOptions - Set client options
    • GearmanClient::setStatusCallback - Set a callback for collecting task status
    • GearmanClient::setTimeout - Set socket I/O activity timeout
    • GearmanClient::setWarningCallback - Set a callback for worker warnings
    • GearmanClient::setWorkloadCallback - Set a callback for accepting incremental data updates
    • GearmanClient::timeout - Get current socket I/O activity timeout value
    • GearmanClient::wait - Wait for I/O activity on all connections in a client
    • GearmanClient::__construct - Create a GearmanClient instance
    • GearmanJob::complete - Send the result and complete status (deprecated)
    • GearmanJob::data - Send data for a running job (deprecated)
    • GearmanJob::exception - Send exception for running job (deprecated)
    • GearmanJob::fail - Send fail status (deprecated)
    • GearmanJob::functionName - Get function name
    • GearmanJob::handle - Get the job handle
    • GearmanJob::returnCode - Get last return code
    • GearmanJob::sendComplete - Send the result and complete status
    • GearmanJob::sendData - Send data for a running job
    • GearmanJob::sendException - Send exception for running job (exception)
    • GearmanJob::sendFail - Send fail status
    • GearmanJob::sendStatus - Send status
    • GearmanJob::sendWarning - Send a warning
    • GearmanJob::setReturn - Set a return value
    • GearmanJob::status - Send status (deprecated)
    • GearmanJob::unique - Get the unique identifier
    • GearmanJob::warning - Send a warning (deprecated)
    • GearmanJob::workload - Get workload
    • GearmanJob::workloadSize - Get size of work load
    • GearmanJob::__construct - Create a GearmanJob instance
    • GearmanTask::create - Create a task (deprecated)
    • GearmanTask::data - Get data returned for a task
    • GearmanTask::dataSize - Get the size of returned data
    • GearmanTask::function - Get associated function name (deprecated)
    • GearmanTask::functionName - Get associated function name
    • GearmanTask::isKnown - Determine if task is known
    • GearmanTask::isRunning - Test whether the task is currently running
    • GearmanTask::jobHandle - Get the job handle
    • GearmanTask::recvData - Read work or result data into a buffer for a task
    • GearmanTask::returnCode - Get the last return code
    • GearmanTask::sendData - Send data for a task (deprecated)
    • GearmanTask::sendWorkload - Send data for a task
    • GearmanTask::taskDenominator - Get completion percentage denominator
    • GearmanTask::taskNumerator - Get completion percentage numerator
    • GearmanTask::unique - Get the unique identifier for a task
    • GearmanTask::uuid - Get the unique identifier for a task (deprecated)
    • GearmanTask::__construct - Create a GearmanTask instance
    • GearmanWorker::addFunction - Register and add callback function
    • GearmanWorker::addOptions - Add worker options
    • GearmanWorker::addServer - Add a job server
    • GearmanWorker::addServers - Add job servers
    • GearmanWorker::clone - Create a copy of the worker
    • GearmanWorker::echo - Test job server response
    • GearmanWorker::error - Get the last error encountered
    • GearmanWorker::getErrno - Get errno
    • GearmanWorker::options - Get worker options
    • GearmanWorker::register - Register a function with the job server
    • GearmanWorker::removeOptions - Remove worker options
    • GearmanWorker::returnCode - Get last Gearman return code
    • GearmanWorker::setId - Give the worker an identifier so it can be tracked when asking gearmand for the list of available workers
    • GearmanWorker::setOptions - Set worker options
    • GearmanWorker::setTimeout - Set socket I/O activity timeout
    • GearmanWorker::timeout - Get socket I/O activity timeout
    • GearmanWorker::unregister - Unregister a function name with the job servers
    • GearmanWorker::unregisterAll - Unregister all function names with the job servers
    • GearmanWorker::wait - Wait for activity from one of the job servers
    • GearmanWorker::work - Wait for and perform jobs
    • GearmanWorker::__construct - Create a GearmanWorker instance
    • Gender\Gender::connect - Connect to an external name dictionary
    • Gender\Gender::country - Get textual country representation
    • Gender\Gender::get - Get gender of a name
    • Gender\Gender::isNick - Check if the name0 is an alias of the name1
    • Gender\Gender::similarNames - Get similar names
    • Gender\Gender::__construct - Construct the Gender object
    • Generator::current - Get the yielded value
    • Generator::getReturn - Get the return value of a generator
    • Generator::key - Get the yielded key
    • Generator::next - Resume execution of the generator
    • Generator::rewind - Rewind the iterator
    • Generator::send - Send a value to the generator
    • Generator::throw - Throw an exception into the generator
    • Generator::valid - Check if the iterator has been closed
    • Generator::__wakeup - Serialize callback
    • geoip_asnum_by_name - Get the Autonomous System Numbers (ASN)
    • geoip_continent_code_by_name - Get the two letter continent code
    • geoip_country_code3_by_name - Get the three letter country code
    • geoip_country_code_by_name - Get the two letter country code
    • geoip_country_name_by_name - Get the full country name
    • geoip_database_info - Get GeoIP Database information
    • geoip_db_avail - Determine if GeoIP Database is available
    • geoip_db_filename - Returns the filename of the corresponding GeoIP Database
    • geoip_db_get_all_info - Returns detailed information about all GeoIP database types
    • geoip_domain_by_name - Get the second level domain name
    • geoip_id_by_name - Get the Internet connection type
    • geoip_isp_by_name - Get the Internet Service Provider (ISP) name
    • geoip_netspeedcell_by_name - Get the Internet connection speed
    • geoip_org_by_name - Get the organization name
    • geoip_record_by_name - Returns the detailed City information found in the GeoIP Database
    • geoip_region_by_name - Get the country code and region
    • geoip_region_name_by_code - Returns the region name for some country and region code combo
    • geoip_setup_custom_directory - Set a custom directory for the GeoIP database
    • geoip_time_zone_by_country_and_region - Returns the time zone for some country and region code combo
    • getallheaders - Fetch all HTTP request headers
    • getcwd - Gets the current working directory
    • getdate - Get date/time information
    • getenv - Gets the value of an environment variable
    • gethostbyaddr - Get the Internet host name corresponding to a given IP address
    • gethostbyname - Get the IPv4 address corresponding to a given Internet host name
    • gethostbynamel - Get a list of IPv4 addresses corresponding to a given Internet host name
    • gethostname - Gets the host name
    • getimagesize - Get the size of an image
    • getimagesizefromstring - Get the size of an image from a string
    • getlastmod - Gets time of last page modification
    • getmxrr - Get MX records corresponding to a given Internet host name
    • getmygid - Get PHP script owner's GID
    • getmyinode - Gets the inode of the current script
    • getmypid - Gets PHP's process ID
    • getmyuid - Gets PHP script owner's UID
    • getopt - Gets options from the command line argument list
    • getprotobyname - Get protocol number associated with protocol name
    • getprotobynumber - Get protocol name associated with protocol number
    • getrandmax - Show largest possible random value
    • getrusage - Gets the current resource usages
    • getservbyname - Get port number associated with an Internet service and protocol
    • getservbyport - Get Internet service which corresponds to port and protocol
    • getSession - Connect to a MySQL server
    • gettext - Lookup a message in the current domain
    • gettimeofday - Get current time
    • gettype - Get the type of a variable
    • get_browser - Tells what the user's browser is capable of
    • get_called_class - The "Late Static Binding" class name
    • get_cfg_var - Gets the value of a PHP configuration option
    • get_class - Returns the name of the class of an object
    • get_class_methods - Gets the class methods' names
    • get_class_vars - Get the default properties of the class
    • get_current_user - Gets the name of the owner of the current PHP script
    • get_debug_type - Gets the type name of a variable in a way that is suitable for debugging
    • get_declared_classes - Returns an array with the name of the defined classes
    • get_declared_interfaces - Returns an array of all declared interfaces
    • get_declared_traits - Returns an array of all declared traits
    • get_defined_constants - Returns an associative array with the names of all the constants and their values
    • get_defined_functions - Returns an array of all defined functions
    • get_defined_vars - Returns an array of all defined variables
    • get_extension_funcs - Returns an array with the names of the functions of a module
    • get_headers - Fetches all the headers sent by the server in response to an HTTP request
    • get_html_translation_table - Returns the translation table used by htmlspecialchars and htmlentities
    • get_included_files - Returns an array with the names of included or required files
    • get_include_path - Gets the current include_path configuration option
    • get_loaded_extensions - Returns an array with the names of all modules compiled and loaded
    • get_magic_quotes_gpc - Gets the current configuration setting of magic_quotes_gpc
    • get_magic_quotes_runtime - Gets the current active configuration setting of magic_quotes_runtime
    • get_mangled_object_vars - Returns an array of mangled object properties
    • get_meta_tags - Extracts all meta tag content attributes from a file and returns an array
    • get_object_vars - Gets the properties of the given object
    • get_parent_class - Retrieves the parent class name for object or class
    • get_required_files - Alias of get_included_files
    • get_resources - Returns active resources
    • get_resource_id - Returns an integer identifier for the given resource
    • get_resource_type - Returns the resource type
    • glob - Find pathnames matching a pattern
    • glob:// - Find pathnames matching pattern
    • GlobIterator::count - Get the number of directories and files
    • GlobIterator::__construct - Construct a directory using glob
    • Gmagick::addimage - Adds new image to Gmagick object image list
    • Gmagick::addnoiseimage - Adds random noise to the image
    • Gmagick::annotateimage - Annotates an image with text
    • Gmagick::blurimage - Adds blur filter to image
    • Gmagick::borderimage - Surrounds the image with a border
    • Gmagick::charcoalimage - Simulates a charcoal drawing
    • Gmagick::chopimage - Removes a region of an image and trims
    • Gmagick::clear - Clears all resources associated to Gmagick object
    • Gmagick::commentimage - Adds a comment to your image
    • Gmagick::compositeimage - Composite one image onto another
    • Gmagick::cropimage - Extracts a region of the image
    • Gmagick::cropthumbnailimage - Creates a crop thumbnail
    • Gmagick::current - The current purpose
    • Gmagick::cyclecolormapimage - Displaces an image's colormap
    • Gmagick::deconstructimages - Returns certain pixel differences between images
    • Gmagick::despeckleimage - The despeckleimage purpose
    • Gmagick::destroy - The destroy purpose
    • Gmagick::drawimage - Renders the GmagickDraw object on the current image
    • Gmagick::edgeimage - Enhance edges within the image
    • Gmagick::embossimage - Returns a grayscale image with a three-dimensional effect
    • Gmagick::enhanceimage - Improves the quality of a noisy image
    • Gmagick::equalizeimage - Equalizes the image histogram
    • Gmagick::flipimage - Creates a vertical mirror image
    • Gmagick::flopimage - Creates a horizontal mirror image
    • Gmagick::frameimage - Adds a simulated three-dimensional border
    • Gmagick::gammaimage - Gamma-corrects an image
    • Gmagick::getcopyright - Returns the GraphicsMagick API copyright as a string
    • Gmagick::getfilename - The filename associated with an image sequence
    • Gmagick::getimagebackgroundcolor - Returns the image background color
    • Gmagick::getimageblueprimary - Returns the chromaticy blue primary point
    • Gmagick::getimagebordercolor - Returns the image border color
    • Gmagick::getimagechanneldepth - Gets the depth for a particular image channel
    • Gmagick::getimagecolors - Returns the color of the specified colormap index
    • Gmagick::getimagecolorspace - Gets the image colorspace
    • Gmagick::getimagecompose - Returns the composite operator associated with the image
    • Gmagick::getimagedelay - Gets the image delay
    • Gmagick::getimagedepth - Gets the depth of the image
    • Gmagick::getimagedispose - Gets the image disposal method
    • Gmagick::getimageextrema - Gets the extrema for the image
    • Gmagick::getimagefilename - Returns the filename of a particular image in a sequence
    • Gmagick::getimageformat - Returns the format of a particular image in a sequence
    • Gmagick::getimagegamma - Gets the image gamma
    • Gmagick::getimagegreenprimary - Returns the chromaticy green primary point
    • Gmagick::getimageheight - Returns the image height
    • Gmagick::getimagehistogram - Gets the image histogram
    • Gmagick::getimageindex - Gets the index of the current active image
    • Gmagick::getimageinterlacescheme - Gets the image interlace scheme
    • Gmagick::getimageiterations - Gets the image iterations
    • Gmagick::getimagematte - Check if the image has a matte channel
    • Gmagick::getimagemattecolor - Returns the image matte color
    • Gmagick::getimageprofile - Returns the named image profile
    • Gmagick::getimageredprimary - Returns the chromaticity red primary point
    • Gmagick::getimagerenderingintent - Gets the image rendering intent
    • Gmagick::getimageresolution - Gets the image X and Y resolution
    • Gmagick::getimagescene - Gets the image scene
    • Gmagick::getimagesignature - Generates an SHA-256 message digest
    • Gmagick::getimagetype - Gets the potential image type
    • Gmagick::getimageunits - Gets the image units of resolution
    • Gmagick::getimagewhitepoint - Returns the chromaticity white point
    • Gmagick::getimagewidth - Returns the width of the image
    • Gmagick::getpackagename - Returns the GraphicsMagick package name
    • Gmagick::getquantumdepth - Returns the Gmagick quantum depth as a string
    • Gmagick::getreleasedate - Returns the GraphicsMagick release date as a string
    • Gmagick::getsamplingfactors - Gets the horizontal and vertical sampling factor
    • Gmagick::getsize - Returns the size associated with the Gmagick object
    • Gmagick::getversion - Returns the GraphicsMagick API version
    • Gmagick::hasnextimage - Checks if the object has more images
    • Gmagick::haspreviousimage - Checks if the object has a previous image
    • Gmagick::implodeimage - Creates a new image as a copy
    • Gmagick::labelimage - Adds a label to an image
    • Gmagick::levelimage - Adjusts the levels of an image
    • Gmagick::magnifyimage - Scales an image proportionally 2x
    • Gmagick::mapimage - Replaces the colors of an image with the closest color from a reference image
    • Gmagick::medianfilterimage - Applies a digital filter
    • Gmagick::minifyimage - Scales an image proportionally to half its size
    • Gmagick::modulateimage - Control the brightness, saturation, and hue
    • Gmagick::motionblurimage - Simulates motion blur
    • Gmagick::newimage - Creates a new image
    • Gmagick::nextimage - Moves to the next image
    • Gmagick::normalizeimage - Enhances the contrast of a color image
    • Gmagick::oilpaintimage - Simulates an oil painting
    • Gmagick::previousimage - Move to the previous image in the object
    • Gmagick::profileimage - Adds or removes a profile from an image
    • Gmagick::quantizeimage - Analyzes the colors within a reference image
    • Gmagick::quantizeimages - The quantizeimages purpose
    • Gmagick::queryfontmetrics - Returns an array representing the font metrics
    • Gmagick::queryfonts - Returns the configured fonts
    • Gmagick::queryformats - Returns formats supported by Gmagick
    • Gmagick::radialblurimage - Radial blurs an image
    • Gmagick::raiseimage - Creates a simulated 3d button-like effect
    • Gmagick::read - Reads image from filename
    • Gmagick::readimage - Reads image from filename
    • Gmagick::readimageblob - Reads image from a binary string
    • Gmagick::readimagefile - The readimagefile purpose
    • Gmagick::reducenoiseimage - Smooths the contours of an image
    • Gmagick::removeimage - Removes an image from the image list
    • Gmagick::removeimageprofile - Removes the named image profile and returns it
    • Gmagick::resampleimage - Resample image to desired resolution
    • Gmagick::resizeimage - Scales an image
    • Gmagick::rollimage - Offsets an image
    • Gmagick::rotateimage - Rotates an image
    • Gmagick::scaleimage - Scales the size of an image
    • Gmagick::separateimagechannel - Separates a channel from the image
    • Gmagick::setCompressionQuality - Sets the object's default compression quality
    • Gmagick::setfilename - Sets the filename before you read or write the image
    • Gmagick::setimagebackgroundcolor - Sets the image background color
    • Gmagick::setimageblueprimary - Sets the image chromaticity blue primary point
    • Gmagick::setimagebordercolor - Sets the image border color
    • Gmagick::setimagechanneldepth - Sets the depth of a particular image channel
    • Gmagick::setimagecolorspace - Sets the image colorspace
    • Gmagick::setimagecompose - Sets the image composite operator
    • Gmagick::setimagedelay - Sets the image delay
    • Gmagick::setimagedepth - Sets the image depth
    • Gmagick::setimagedispose - Sets the image disposal method
    • Gmagick::setimagefilename - Sets the filename of a particular image in a sequence
    • Gmagick::setimageformat - Sets the format of a particular image
    • Gmagick::setimagegamma - Sets the image gamma
    • Gmagick::setimagegreenprimary - Sets the image chromaticity green primary point
    • Gmagick::setimageindex - Set the iterator to the position in the image list specified with the index parameter
    • Gmagick::setimageinterlacescheme - Sets the interlace scheme of the image
    • Gmagick::setimageiterations - Sets the image iterations
    • Gmagick::setimageprofile - Adds a named profile to the Gmagick object
    • Gmagick::setimageredprimary - Sets the image chromaticity red primary point
    • Gmagick::setimagerenderingintent - Sets the image rendering intent
    • Gmagick::setimageresolution - Sets the image resolution
    • Gmagick::setimagescene - Sets the image scene
    • Gmagick::setimagetype - Sets the image type
    • Gmagick::setimageunits - Sets the image units of resolution
    • Gmagick::setimagewhitepoint - Sets the image chromaticity white point
    • Gmagick::setsamplingfactors - Sets the image sampling factors
    • Gmagick::setsize - Sets the size of the Gmagick object
    • Gmagick::shearimage - Creating a parallelogram
    • Gmagick::solarizeimage - Applies a solarizing effect to the image
    • Gmagick::spreadimage - Randomly displaces each pixel in a block
    • Gmagick::stripimage - Strips an image of all profiles and comments
    • Gmagick::swirlimage - Swirls the pixels about the center of the image
    • Gmagick::thumbnailimage - Changes the size of an image
    • Gmagick::trimimage - Remove edges from the image
    • Gmagick::write - Alias of Gmagick::writeimage
    • Gmagick::writeimage - Writes an image to the specified filename
    • Gmagick::__construct - The Gmagick constructor
    • GmagickDraw::annotate - Draws text on the image
    • GmagickDraw::arc - Draws an arc
    • GmagickDraw::bezier - Draws a bezier curve
    • GmagickDraw::ellipse - Draws an ellipse on the image
    • GmagickDraw::getfillcolor - Returns the fill color
    • GmagickDraw::getfillopacity - Returns the opacity used when drawing
    • GmagickDraw::getfont - Returns the font
    • GmagickDraw::getfontsize - Returns the font pointsize
    • GmagickDraw::getfontstyle - Returns the font style
    • GmagickDraw::getfontweight - Returns the font weight
    • GmagickDraw::getstrokecolor - Returns the color used for stroking object outlines
    • GmagickDraw::getstrokeopacity - Returns the opacity of stroked object outlines
    • GmagickDraw::getstrokewidth - Returns the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
    • GmagickDraw::gettextdecoration - Returns the text decoration
    • GmagickDraw::gettextencoding - Returns the code set used for text annotations
    • GmagickDraw::line - Draws a line
    • GmagickDraw::point - Draws a point
    • GmagickDraw::polygon - Draws a polygon
    • GmagickDraw::polyline - Draws a polyline
    • GmagickDraw::rectangle - Draws a rectangle
    • GmagickDraw::rotate - Applies the specified rotation to the current coordinate space
    • GmagickDraw::roundrectangle - Draws a rounded rectangle
    • GmagickDraw::scale - Adjusts the scaling factor
    • GmagickDraw::setfillcolor - Sets the fill color to be used for drawing filled objects
    • GmagickDraw::setfillopacity - The setfillopacity purpose
    • GmagickDraw::setfont - Sets the fully-specified font to use when annotating with text
    • GmagickDraw::setfontsize - Sets the font pointsize to use when annotating with text
    • GmagickDraw::setfontstyle - Sets the font style to use when annotating with text
    • GmagickDraw::setfontweight - Sets the font weight
    • GmagickDraw::setstrokecolor - Sets the color used for stroking object outlines
    • GmagickDraw::setstrokeopacity - Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines
    • GmagickDraw::setstrokewidth - Sets the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
    • GmagickDraw::settextdecoration - Specifies a decoration
    • GmagickDraw::settextencoding - Specifies the text code set
    • GmagickPixel::getcolor - Returns the color
    • GmagickPixel::getcolorcount - Returns the color count associated with this color
    • GmagickPixel::getcolorvalue - Gets the normalized value of the provided color channel
    • GmagickPixel::setcolor - Sets the color
    • GmagickPixel::setcolorvalue - Sets the normalized value of one of the channels
    • GmagickPixel::__construct - The GmagickPixel constructor
    • gmdate - Format a GMT/UTC date/time
    • gmmktime - Get Unix timestamp for a GMT date
    • GMP::__serialize - Serializes the GMP object
    • GMP::__unserialize - Deserializes the data parameter into a GMP object
    • gmp_abs - Absolute value
    • gmp_add - Add numbers
    • gmp_and - Bitwise AND
    • gmp_binomial - Calculates binomial coefficient
    • gmp_clrbit - Clear bit
    • gmp_cmp - Compare numbers
    • gmp_com - Calculates one's complement
    • gmp_div - Alias of gmp_div_q
    • gmp_divexact - Exact division of numbers
    • gmp_div_q - Divide numbers
    • gmp_div_qr - Divide numbers and get quotient and remainder
    • gmp_div_r - Remainder of the division of numbers
    • gmp_export - Export to a binary string
    • gmp_fact - Factorial
    • gmp_gcd - Calculate GCD
    • gmp_gcdext - Calculate GCD and multipliers
    • gmp_hamdist - Hamming distance
    • gmp_import - Import from a binary string
    • gmp_init - Create GMP number
    • gmp_intval - Convert GMP number to integer
    • gmp_invert - Inverse by modulo
    • gmp_jacobi - Jacobi symbol
    • gmp_kronecker - Kronecker symbol
    • gmp_lcm - Calculate LCM
    • gmp_legendre - Legendre symbol
    • gmp_mod - Modulo operation
    • gmp_mul - Multiply numbers
    • gmp_neg - Negate number
    • gmp_nextprime - Find next prime number
    • gmp_or - Bitwise OR
    • gmp_perfect_power - Perfect power check
    • gmp_perfect_square - Perfect square check
    • gmp_popcount - Population count
    • gmp_pow - Raise number into power
    • gmp_powm - Raise number into power with modulo
    • gmp_prob_prime - Check if number is "probably prime"
    • gmp_random - Random number
    • gmp_random_bits - Random number
    • gmp_random_range - Random number
    • gmp_random_seed - Sets the RNG seed
    • gmp_root - Take the integer part of nth root
    • gmp_rootrem - Take the integer part and remainder of nth root
    • gmp_scan0 - Scan for 0
    • gmp_scan1 - Scan for 1
    • gmp_setbit - Set bit
    • gmp_sign - Sign of number
    • gmp_sqrt - Calculate square root
    • gmp_sqrtrem - Square root with remainder
    • gmp_strval - Convert GMP number to string
    • gmp_sub - Subtract numbers
    • gmp_testbit - Tests if a bit is set
    • gmp_xor - Bitwise XOR
    • gmstrftime - Format a GMT/UTC time/date according to locale settings
    • gnupg_adddecryptkey - Add a key for decryption
    • gnupg_addencryptkey - Add a key for encryption
    • gnupg_addsignkey - Add a key for signing
    • gnupg_cleardecryptkeys - Removes all keys which were set for decryption before
    • gnupg_clearencryptkeys - Removes all keys which were set for encryption before
    • gnupg_clearsignkeys - Removes all keys which were set for signing before
    • gnupg_decrypt - Decrypts a given text
    • gnupg_decryptverify - Decrypts and verifies a given text
    • gnupg_deletekey - Delete a key from the keyring
    • gnupg_encrypt - Encrypts a given text
    • gnupg_encryptsign - Encrypts and signs a given text
    • gnupg_export - Exports a key
    • gnupg_getengineinfo - Returns the engine info
    • gnupg_geterror - Returns the errortext, if a function fails
    • gnupg_geterrorinfo - Returns the error info
    • gnupg_getprotocol - Returns the currently active protocol for all operations
    • gnupg_gettrustlist - Search the trust items
    • gnupg_import - Imports a key
    • gnupg_init - Initialize a connection
    • gnupg_keyinfo - Returns an array with information about all keys that matches the given pattern
    • gnupg_listsignatures - List key signatures
    • gnupg_setarmor - Toggle armored output
    • gnupg_seterrormode - Sets the mode for error_reporting
    • gnupg_setsignmode - Sets the mode for signing
    • gnupg_sign - Signs a given text
    • gnupg_verify - Verifies a signed text
    • grapheme_extract - Function to extract a sequence of default grapheme clusters from a text buffer, which must be encoded in UTF-8
    • grapheme_stripos - Find position (in grapheme units) of first occurrence of a case-insensitive string
    • grapheme_stristr - Returns part of haystack string from the first occurrence of case-insensitive needle to the end of haystack
    • grapheme_strlen - Get string length in grapheme units
    • grapheme_strpos - Find position (in grapheme units) of first occurrence of a string
    • grapheme_strripos - Find position (in grapheme units) of last occurrence of a case-insensitive string
    • grapheme_strrpos - Find position (in grapheme units) of last occurrence of a string
    • grapheme_strstr - Returns part of haystack string from the first occurrence of needle to the end of haystack
    • grapheme_substr - Return part of a string
    • gregoriantojd - Converts a Gregorian date to Julian Day Count
    • gzclose - Close an open gz-file pointer
    • gzcompress - Compress a string
    • gzdecode - Decodes a gzip compressed string
    • gzdeflate - Deflate a string
    • gzencode - Create a gzip compressed string
    • gzeof - Test for EOF on a gz-file pointer
    • gzfile - Read entire gz-file into an array
    • gzgetc - Get character from gz-file pointer
    • gzgets - Get line from file pointer
    • gzgetss - Get line from gz-file pointer and strip HTML tags
    • gzinflate - Inflate a deflated string
    • gzopen - Open gz-file
    • gzpassthru - Output all remaining data on a gz-file pointer
    • gzputs - Alias of gzwrite
    • gzread - Binary-safe gz-file read
    • gzrewind - Rewind the position of a gz-file pointer
    • gzseek - Seek on a gz-file pointer
    • gztell - Tell gz-file pointer read/write position
    • gzuncompress - Uncompress a compressed string
    • gzwrite - Binary-safe gz-file write
  • h
    • hash - Generate a hash value (message digest)
    • HashContext::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
    • HashContext::__serialize - Serializes the HashContext object
    • HashContext::__unserialize - Deserializes the data parameter into a HashContext object
    • hash_algos - Return a list of registered hashing algorithms
    • hash_copy - Copy hashing context
    • hash_equals - Timing attack safe string comparison
    • hash_file - Generate a hash value using the contents of a given file
    • hash_final - Finalize an incremental hash and return resulting digest
    • hash_hkdf - Generate a HKDF key derivation of a supplied key input
    • hash_hmac - Generate a keyed hash value using the HMAC method
    • hash_hmac_algos - Return a list of registered hashing algorithms suitable for hash_hmac
    • hash_hmac_file - Generate a keyed hash value using the HMAC method and the contents of a given file
    • hash_init - Initialize an incremental hashing context
    • hash_pbkdf2 - Generate a PBKDF2 key derivation of a supplied password
    • hash_update - Pump data into an active hashing context
    • hash_update_file - Pump data into an active hashing context from a file
    • hash_update_stream - Pump data into an active hashing context from an open stream
    • header - Send a raw HTTP header
    • headers_list - Returns a list of response headers sent (or ready to send)
    • headers_sent - Checks if or where headers have been sent
    • header_register_callback - Call a header function
    • header_remove - Remove previously set headers
    • hebrev - Convert logical Hebrew text to visual text
    • hebrevc - Convert logical Hebrew text to visual text with newline conversion
    • hex2bin - Decodes a hexadecimally encoded binary string
    • hexdec - Hexadecimal to decimal
    • highlight_file - Syntax highlighting of a file
    • highlight_string - Syntax highlighting of a string
    • hrtime - Get the system's high resolution time
    • HRTime\PerformanceCounter::getFrequency - Timer frequency in ticks per second
    • HRTime\PerformanceCounter::getTicks - Current ticks from the system
    • HRTime\PerformanceCounter::getTicksSince - Ticks elapsed since the given value
    • HRTime\StopWatch::getElapsedTicks - Get elapsed ticks for all intervals
    • HRTime\StopWatch::getElapsedTime - Get elapsed time for all intervals
    • HRTime\StopWatch::getLastElapsedTicks - Get elapsed ticks for the last interval
    • HRTime\StopWatch::getLastElapsedTime - Get elapsed time for the last interval
    • HRTime\StopWatch::isRunning - Whether the measurement is running
    • HRTime\StopWatch::start - Start time measurement
    • HRTime\StopWatch::stop - Stop time measurement
    • htmlentities - Convert all applicable characters to HTML entities
    • htmlspecialchars - Convert special characters to HTML entities
    • htmlspecialchars_decode - Convert special HTML entities back to characters
    • html_entity_decode - Convert HTML entities to their corresponding characters
    • http:// - Accessing HTTP(s) URLs
    • HTTP context options - HTTP context option listing
    • http_build_query - Generate URL-encoded query string
    • http_response_code - Get or Set the HTTP response code
    • hypot - Calculate the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angle triangle
  • i
    • ibase_add_user - Add a user to a security database
    • ibase_affected_rows - Return the number of rows that were affected by the previous query
    • ibase_backup - Initiates a backup task in the service manager and returns immediately
    • ibase_blob_add - Add data into a newly created blob
    • ibase_blob_cancel - Cancel creating blob
    • ibase_blob_close - Close blob
    • ibase_blob_create - Create a new blob for adding data
    • ibase_blob_echo - Output blob contents to browser
    • ibase_blob_get - Get len bytes data from open blob
    • ibase_blob_import - Create blob, copy file in it, and close it
    • ibase_blob_info - Return blob length and other useful info
    • ibase_blob_open - Open blob for retrieving data parts
    • ibase_close - Close a connection to an InterBase database
    • ibase_commit - Commit a transaction
    • ibase_commit_ret - Commit a transaction without closing it
    • ibase_connect - Open a connection to a database
    • ibase_db_info - Request statistics about a database
    • ibase_delete_user - Delete a user from a security database
    • ibase_drop_db - Drops a database
    • ibase_errcode - Return an error code
    • ibase_errmsg - Return error messages
    • ibase_execute - Execute a previously prepared query
    • ibase_fetch_assoc - Fetch a result row from a query as an associative array
    • ibase_fetch_object - Get an object from a InterBase database
    • ibase_fetch_row - Fetch a row from an InterBase database
    • ibase_field_info - Get information about a field
    • ibase_free_event_handler - Cancels a registered event handler
    • ibase_free_query - Free memory allocated by a prepared query
    • ibase_free_result - Free a result set
    • ibase_gen_id - Increments the named generator and returns its new value
    • ibase_maintain_db - Execute a maintenance command on the database server
    • ibase_modify_user - Modify a user to a security database
    • ibase_name_result - Assigns a name to a result set
    • ibase_num_fields - Get the number of fields in a result set
    • ibase_num_params - Return the number of parameters in a prepared query
    • ibase_param_info - Return information about a parameter in a prepared query
    • ibase_pconnect - Open a persistent connection to an InterBase database
    • ibase_prepare - Prepare a query for later binding of parameter placeholders and execution
    • ibase_query - Execute a query on an InterBase database
    • ibase_restore - Initiates a restore task in the service manager and returns immediately
    • ibase_rollback - Roll back a transaction
    • ibase_rollback_ret - Roll back a transaction without closing it
    • ibase_server_info - Request information about a database server
    • ibase_service_attach - Connect to the service manager
    • ibase_service_detach - Disconnect from the service manager
    • ibase_set_event_handler - Register a callback function to be called when events are posted
    • ibase_trans - Begin a transaction
    • ibase_wait_event - Wait for an event to be posted by the database
    • iconv - Convert a string from one character encoding to another
    • iconv_get_encoding - Retrieve internal configuration variables of iconv extension
    • iconv_mime_decode - Decodes a MIME header field
    • iconv_mime_decode_headers - Decodes multiple MIME header fields at once
    • iconv_mime_encode - Composes a MIME header field
    • iconv_set_encoding - Set current setting for character encoding conversion
    • iconv_strlen - Returns the character count of string
    • iconv_strpos - Finds position of first occurrence of a needle within a haystack
    • iconv_strrpos - Finds the last occurrence of a needle within a haystack
    • iconv_substr - Cut out part of a string
    • idate - Format a local time/date part as integer
    • idn_to_ascii - Convert domain name to IDNA ASCII form
    • idn_to_utf8 - Convert domain name from IDNA ASCII to Unicode
    • igbinary_serialize - Generates a compact, storable binary representation of a value
    • igbinary_unserialize - Creates a PHP value from a stored representation from igbinary_serialize
    • ignore_user_abort - Set whether a client disconnect should abort script execution
    • image2wbmp - Output image to browser or file
    • imageaffine - Return an image containing the affine transformed src image, using an optional clipping area
    • imageaffinematrixconcat - Concatenate two affine transformation matrices
    • imageaffinematrixget - Get an affine transformation matrix
    • imagealphablending - Set the blending mode for an image
    • imageantialias - Should antialias functions be used or not
    • imagearc - Draws an arc
    • imageavif - Output image to browser or file
    • imagebmp - Output a BMP image to browser or file
    • imagechar - Draw a character horizontally
    • imagecharup - Draw a character vertically
    • imagecolorallocate - Allocate a color for an image
    • imagecolorallocatealpha - Allocate a color for an image
    • imagecolorat - Get the index of the color of a pixel
    • imagecolorclosest - Get the index of the closest color to the specified color
    • imagecolorclosestalpha - Get the index of the closest color to the specified color + alpha
    • imagecolorclosesthwb - Get the index of the color which has the hue, white and blackness
    • imagecolordeallocate - De-allocate a color for an image
    • imagecolorexact - Get the index of the specified color
    • imagecolorexactalpha - Get the index of the specified color + alpha
    • imagecolormatch - Makes the colors of the palette version of an image more closely match the true color version
    • imagecolorresolve - Get the index of the specified color or its closest possible alternative
    • imagecolorresolvealpha - Get the index of the specified color + alpha or its closest possible alternative
    • imagecolorset - Set the color for the specified palette index
    • imagecolorsforindex - Get the colors for an index
    • imagecolorstotal - Find out the number of colors in an image's palette
    • imagecolortransparent - Define a color as transparent
    • imageconvolution - Apply a 3x3 convolution matrix, using coefficient and offset
    • imagecopy - Copy part of an image
    • imagecopymerge - Copy and merge part of an image
    • imagecopymergegray - Copy and merge part of an image with gray scale
    • imagecopyresampled - Copy and resize part of an image with resampling
    • imagecopyresized - Copy and resize part of an image
    • imagecreate - Create a new palette based image
    • imagecreatefromavif - Create a new image from file or URL
    • imagecreatefrombmp - Create a new image from file or URL
    • imagecreatefromgd - Create a new image from GD file or URL
    • imagecreatefromgd2 - Create a new image from GD2 file or URL
    • imagecreatefromgd2part - Create a new image from a given part of GD2 file or URL
    • imagecreatefromgif - Create a new image from file or URL
    • imagecreatefromjpeg - Create a new image from file or URL
    • imagecreatefrompng - Create a new image from file or URL
    • imagecreatefromstring - Create a new image from the image stream in the string
    • imagecreatefromtga - Create a new image from file or URL
    • imagecreatefromwbmp - Create a new image from file or URL
    • imagecreatefromwebp - Create a new image from file or URL
    • imagecreatefromxbm - Create a new image from file or URL
    • imagecreatefromxpm - Create a new image from file or URL
    • imagecreatetruecolor - Create a new true color image
    • imagecrop - Crop an image to the given rectangle
    • imagecropauto - Crop an image automatically using one of the available modes
    • imagedashedline - Draw a dashed line
    • imagedestroy - Destroy an image
    • imageellipse - Draw an ellipse
    • imagefill - Flood fill
    • imagefilledarc - Draw a partial arc and fill it
    • imagefilledellipse - Draw a filled ellipse
    • imagefilledpolygon - Draw a filled polygon
    • imagefilledrectangle - Draw a filled rectangle
    • imagefilltoborder - Flood fill to specific color
    • imagefilter - Applies a filter to an image
    • imageflip - Flips an image using a given mode
    • imagefontheight - Get font height
    • imagefontwidth - Get font width
    • imageftbbox - Give the bounding box of a text using fonts via freetype2
    • imagefttext - Write text to the image using fonts using FreeType 2
    • imagegammacorrect - Apply a gamma correction to a GD image
    • imagegd - Output GD image to browser or file
    • imagegd2 - Output GD2 image to browser or file
    • imagegetclip - Get the clipping rectangle
    • imagegetinterpolation - Get the interpolation method
    • imagegif - Output image to browser or file
    • imagegrabscreen - Captures the whole screen
    • imagegrabwindow - Captures a window
    • imageinterlace - Enable or disable interlace
    • imageistruecolor - Finds whether an image is a truecolor image
    • imagejpeg - Output image to browser or file
    • imagelayereffect - Set the alpha blending flag to use layering effects
    • imageline - Draw a line
    • imageloadfont - Load a new font
    • imageopenpolygon - Draws an open polygon
    • imagepalettecopy - Copy the palette from one image to another
    • imagepalettetotruecolor - Converts a palette based image to true color
    • imagepng - Output a PNG image to either the browser or a file
    • imagepolygon - Draws a polygon
    • imagerectangle - Draw a rectangle
    • imageresolution - Get or set the resolution of the image
    • imagerotate - Rotate an image with a given angle
    • imagesavealpha - Whether to retain full alpha channel information when saving PNG images
    • imagescale - Scale an image using the given new width and height
    • imagesetbrush - Set the brush image for line drawing
    • imagesetclip - Set the clipping rectangle
    • imagesetinterpolation - Set the interpolation method
    • imagesetpixel - Set a single pixel
    • imagesetstyle - Set the style for line drawing
    • imagesetthickness - Set the thickness for line drawing
    • imagesettile - Set the tile image for filling
    • imagestring - Draw a string horizontally
    • imagestringup - Draw a string vertically
    • imagesx - Get image width
    • imagesy - Get image height
    • imagetruecolortopalette - Convert a true color image to a palette image
    • imagettfbbox - Give the bounding box of a text using TrueType fonts
    • imagettftext - Write text to the image using TrueType fonts
    • imagetypes - Return the image types supported by this PHP build
    • imagewbmp - Output image to browser or file
    • imagewebp - Output a WebP image to browser or file
    • imagexbm - Output an XBM image to browser or file
    • image_type_to_extension - Get file extension for image type
    • image_type_to_mime_type - Get Mime-Type for image-type returned by getimagesize, exif_read_data, exif_thumbnail, exif_imagetype
    • Imagick::adaptiveBlurImage - Adds adaptive blur filter to image
    • Imagick::adaptiveResizeImage - Adaptively resize image with data dependent triangulation
    • Imagick::adaptiveSharpenImage - Adaptively sharpen the image
    • Imagick::adaptiveThresholdImage - Selects a threshold for each pixel based on a range of intensity
    • Imagick::addImage - Adds new image to Imagick object image list
    • Imagick::addNoiseImage - Adds random noise to the image
    • Imagick::affineTransformImage - Transforms an image
    • Imagick::animateImages - Animates an image or images
    • Imagick::annotateImage - Annotates an image with text
    • Imagick::appendImages - Append a set of images
    • Imagick::autoLevelImage - Description
    • Imagick::averageImages - Average a set of images
    • Imagick::blackThresholdImage - Forces all pixels below the threshold into black
    • Imagick::blueShiftImage - Description
    • Imagick::blurImage - Adds blur filter to image
    • Imagick::borderImage - Surrounds the image with a border
    • Imagick::brightnessContrastImage - Description
    • Imagick::charcoalImage - Simulates a charcoal drawing
    • Imagick::chopImage - Removes a region of an image and trims
    • Imagick::clampImage - Description
    • Imagick::clear - Clears all resources associated to Imagick object
    • Imagick::clipImage - Clips along the first path from the 8BIM profile
    • Imagick::clipImagePath - Description
    • Imagick::clipPathImage - Clips along the named paths from the 8BIM profile
    • Imagick::clone - Makes an exact copy of the Imagick object
    • Imagick::clutImage - Replaces colors in the image
    • Imagick::coalesceImages - Composites a set of images
    • Imagick::colorFloodfillImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
    • Imagick::colorizeImage - Blends the fill color with the image
    • Imagick::colorMatrixImage - Description
    • Imagick::combineImages - Combines one or more images into a single image
    • Imagick::commentImage - Adds a comment to your image
    • Imagick::compareImageChannels - Returns the difference in one or more images
    • Imagick::compareImageLayers - Returns the maximum bounding region between images
    • Imagick::compareImages - Compares an image to a reconstructed image
    • Imagick::compositeImage - Composite one image onto another
    • Imagick::contrastImage - Change the contrast of the image
    • Imagick::contrastStretchImage - Enhances the contrast of a color image
    • Imagick::convolveImage - Applies a custom convolution kernel to the image
    • Imagick::count - Get the number of images
    • Imagick::cropImage - Extracts a region of the image
    • Imagick::cropThumbnailImage - Creates a crop thumbnail
    • Imagick::current - Returns a reference to the current Imagick object
    • Imagick::cycleColormapImage - Displaces an image's colormap
    • Imagick::decipherImage - Deciphers an image
    • Imagick::deconstructImages - Returns certain pixel differences between images
    • Imagick::deleteImageArtifact - Delete image artifact
    • Imagick::deleteImageProperty - Description
    • Imagick::deskewImage - Removes skew from the image
    • Imagick::despeckleImage - Reduces the speckle noise in an image
    • Imagick::destroy - Destroys the Imagick object
    • Imagick::displayImage - Displays an image
    • Imagick::displayImages - Displays an image or image sequence
    • Imagick::distortImage - Distorts an image using various distortion methods
    • Imagick::drawImage - Renders the ImagickDraw object on the current image
    • Imagick::edgeImage - Enhance edges within the image
    • Imagick::embossImage - Returns a grayscale image with a three-dimensional effect
    • Imagick::encipherImage - Enciphers an image
    • Imagick::enhanceImage - Improves the quality of a noisy image
    • Imagick::equalizeImage - Equalizes the image histogram
    • Imagick::evaluateImage - Applies an expression to an image
    • Imagick::exportImagePixels - Exports raw image pixels
    • Imagick::extentImage - Set image size
    • Imagick::filter - Description
    • Imagick::flattenImages - Merges a sequence of images
    • Imagick::flipImage - Creates a vertical mirror image
    • Imagick::floodFillPaintImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
    • Imagick::flopImage - Creates a horizontal mirror image
    • Imagick::forwardFourierTransformImage - Description
    • Imagick::frameImage - Adds a simulated three-dimensional border
    • Imagick::functionImage - Applies a function on the image
    • Imagick::fxImage - Evaluate expression for each pixel in the image
    • Imagick::gammaImage - Gamma-corrects an image
    • Imagick::gaussianBlurImage - Blurs an image
    • Imagick::getColorspace - Gets the colorspace
    • Imagick::getCompression - Gets the object compression type
    • Imagick::getCompressionQuality - Gets the object compression quality
    • Imagick::getCopyright - Returns the ImageMagick API copyright as a string
    • Imagick::getFilename - The filename associated with an image sequence
    • Imagick::getFont - Gets font
    • Imagick::getFormat - Returns the format of the Imagick object
    • Imagick::getGravity - Gets the gravity
    • Imagick::getHomeURL - Returns the ImageMagick home URL
    • Imagick::getImage - Returns a new Imagick object
    • Imagick::getImageAlphaChannel - Checks if the image has an alpha channel
    • Imagick::getImageArtifact - Get image artifact
    • Imagick::getImageAttribute - Returns a named attribute
    • Imagick::getImageBackgroundColor - Returns the image background color
    • Imagick::getImageBlob - Returns the image sequence as a blob
    • Imagick::getImageBluePrimary - Returns the chromaticy blue primary point
    • Imagick::getImageBorderColor - Returns the image border color
    • Imagick::getImageChannelDepth - Gets the depth for a particular image channel
    • Imagick::getImageChannelDistortion - Compares image channels of an image to a reconstructed image
    • Imagick::getImageChannelDistortions - Gets channel distortions
    • Imagick::getImageChannelExtrema - Gets the extrema for one or more image channels
    • Imagick::getImageChannelKurtosis - The getImageChannelKurtosis purpose
    • Imagick::getImageChannelMean - Gets the mean and standard deviation
    • Imagick::getImageChannelRange - Gets channel range
    • Imagick::getImageChannelStatistics - Returns statistics for each channel in the image
    • Imagick::getImageClipMask - Gets image clip mask
    • Imagick::getImageColormapColor - Returns the color of the specified colormap index
    • Imagick::getImageColors - Gets the number of unique colors in the image
    • Imagick::getImageColorspace - Gets the image colorspace
    • Imagick::getImageCompose - Returns the composite operator associated with the image
    • Imagick::getImageCompression - Gets the current image's compression type
    • Imagick::getImageCompressionQuality - Gets the current image's compression quality
    • Imagick::getImageDelay - Gets the image delay
    • Imagick::getImageDepth - Gets the image depth
    • Imagick::getImageDispose - Gets the image disposal method
    • Imagick::getImageDistortion - Compares an image to a reconstructed image
    • Imagick::getImageExtrema - Gets the extrema for the image
    • Imagick::getImageFilename - Returns the filename of a particular image in a sequence
    • Imagick::getImageFormat - Returns the format of a particular image in a sequence
    • Imagick::getImageGamma - Gets the image gamma
    • Imagick::getImageGeometry - Gets the width and height as an associative array
    • Imagick::getImageGravity - Gets the image gravity
    • Imagick::getImageGreenPrimary - Returns the chromaticy green primary point
    • Imagick::getImageHeight - Returns the image height
    • Imagick::getImageHistogram - Gets the image histogram
    • Imagick::getImageIndex - Gets the index of the current active image
    • Imagick::getImageInterlaceScheme - Gets the image interlace scheme
    • Imagick::getImageInterpolateMethod - Returns the interpolation method
    • Imagick::getImageIterations - Gets the image iterations
    • Imagick::getImageLength - Returns the image length in bytes
    • Imagick::getImageMatte - Return if the image has a matte channel
    • Imagick::getImageMatteColor - Returns the image matte color
    • Imagick::getImageMimeType - Description
    • Imagick::getImageOrientation - Gets the image orientation
    • Imagick::getImagePage - Returns the page geometry
    • Imagick::getImagePixelColor - Returns the color of the specified pixel
    • Imagick::getImageProfile - Returns the named image profile
    • Imagick::getImageProfiles - Returns the image profiles
    • Imagick::getImageProperties - Returns the image properties
    • Imagick::getImageProperty - Returns the named image property
    • Imagick::getImageRedPrimary - Returns the chromaticity red primary point
    • Imagick::getImageRegion - Extracts a region of the image
    • Imagick::getImageRenderingIntent - Gets the image rendering intent
    • Imagick::getImageResolution - Gets the image X and Y resolution
    • Imagick::getImagesBlob - Returns all image sequences as a blob
    • Imagick::getImageScene - Gets the image scene
    • Imagick::getImageSignature - Generates an SHA-256 message digest
    • Imagick::getImageSize - Returns the image length in bytes
    • Imagick::getImageTicksPerSecond - Gets the image ticks-per-second
    • Imagick::getImageTotalInkDensity - Gets the image total ink density
    • Imagick::getImageType - Gets the potential image type
    • Imagick::getImageUnits - Gets the image units of resolution
    • Imagick::getImageVirtualPixelMethod - Returns the virtual pixel method
    • Imagick::getImageWhitePoint - Returns the chromaticity white point
    • Imagick::getImageWidth - Returns the image width
    • Imagick::getInterlaceScheme - Gets the object interlace scheme
    • Imagick::getIteratorIndex - Gets the index of the current active image
    • Imagick::getNumberImages - Returns the number of images in the object
    • Imagick::getOption - Returns a value associated with the specified key
    • Imagick::getPackageName - Returns the ImageMagick package name
    • Imagick::getPage - Returns the page geometry
    • Imagick::getPixelIterator - Returns a MagickPixelIterator
    • Imagick::getPixelRegionIterator - Get an ImagickPixelIterator for an image section
    • Imagick::getPointSize - Gets point size
    • Imagick::getQuantum - Description
    • Imagick::getQuantumDepth - Gets the quantum depth
    • Imagick::getQuantumRange - Returns the Imagick quantum range
    • Imagick::getRegistry - Description
    • Imagick::getReleaseDate - Returns the ImageMagick release date
    • Imagick::getResource - Returns the specified resource's memory usage
    • Imagick::getResourceLimit - Returns the specified resource limit
    • Imagick::getSamplingFactors - Gets the horizontal and vertical sampling factor
    • Imagick::getSize - Returns the size associated with the Imagick object
    • Imagick::getSizeOffset - Returns the size offset
    • Imagick::getVersion - Returns the ImageMagick API version
    • Imagick::haldClutImage - Replaces colors in the image
    • Imagick::hasNextImage - Checks if the object has more images
    • Imagick::hasPreviousImage - Checks if the object has a previous image
    • Imagick::identifyFormat - Description
    • Imagick::identifyImage - Identifies an image and fetches attributes
    • Imagick::implodeImage - Creates a new image as a copy
    • Imagick::importImagePixels - Imports image pixels
    • Imagick::inverseFourierTransformImage - Description
    • Imagick::labelImage - Adds a label to an image
    • Imagick::levelImage - Adjusts the levels of an image
    • Imagick::linearStretchImage - Stretches with saturation the image intensity
    • Imagick::liquidRescaleImage - Animates an image or images
    • Imagick::listRegistry - Description
    • Imagick::magnifyImage - Scales an image proportionally 2x
    • Imagick::mapImage - Replaces the colors of an image with the closest color from a reference image
    • Imagick::matteFloodfillImage - Changes the transparency value of a color
    • Imagick::medianFilterImage - Applies a digital filter
    • Imagick::mergeImageLayers - Merges image layers
    • Imagick::minifyImage - Scales an image proportionally to half its size
    • Imagick::modulateImage - Control the brightness, saturation, and hue
    • Imagick::montageImage - Creates a composite image
    • Imagick::morphImages - Method morphs a set of images
    • Imagick::morphology - Description
    • Imagick::mosaicImages - Forms a mosaic from images
    • Imagick::motionBlurImage - Simulates motion blur
    • Imagick::negateImage - Negates the colors in the reference image
    • Imagick::newImage - Creates a new image
    • Imagick::newPseudoImage - Creates a new image
    • Imagick::nextImage - Moves to the next image
    • Imagick::normalizeImage - Enhances the contrast of a color image
    • Imagick::oilPaintImage - Simulates an oil painting
    • Imagick::opaquePaintImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
    • Imagick::optimizeImageLayers - Removes repeated portions of images to optimize
    • Imagick::orderedPosterizeImage - Performs an ordered dither
    • Imagick::paintFloodfillImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
    • Imagick::paintOpaqueImage - Change any pixel that matches color
    • Imagick::paintTransparentImage - Changes any pixel that matches color with the color defined by fill
    • Imagick::pingImage - Fetch basic attributes about the image
    • Imagick::pingImageBlob - Quickly fetch attributes
    • Imagick::pingImageFile - Get basic image attributes in a lightweight manner
    • Imagick::polaroidImage - Simulates a Polaroid picture
    • Imagick::posterizeImage - Reduces the image to a limited number of color level
    • Imagick::previewImages - Quickly pin-point appropriate parameters for image processing
    • Imagick::previousImage - Move to the previous image in the object
    • Imagick::profileImage - Adds or removes a profile from an image
    • Imagick::quantizeImage - Analyzes the colors within a reference image
    • Imagick::quantizeImages - Analyzes the colors within a sequence of images
    • Imagick::queryFontMetrics - Returns an array representing the font metrics
    • Imagick::queryFonts - Returns the configured fonts
    • Imagick::queryFormats - Returns formats supported by Imagick
    • Imagick::radialBlurImage - Radial blurs an image
    • Imagick::raiseImage - Creates a simulated 3d button-like effect
    • Imagick::randomThresholdImage - Creates a high-contrast, two-color image
    • Imagick::readImage - Reads image from filename
    • Imagick::readImageBlob - Reads image from a binary string
    • Imagick::readImageFile - Reads image from open filehandle
    • Imagick::readimages - Description
    • Imagick::recolorImage - Recolors image
    • Imagick::reduceNoiseImage - Smooths the contours of an image
    • Imagick::remapImage - Remaps image colors
    • Imagick::removeImage - Removes an image from the image list
    • Imagick::removeImageProfile - Removes the named image profile and returns it
    • Imagick::render - Renders all preceding drawing commands
    • Imagick::resampleImage - Resample image to desired resolution
    • Imagick::resetImagePage - Reset image page
    • Imagick::resizeImage - Scales an image
    • Imagick::rollImage - Offsets an image
    • Imagick::rotateImage - Rotates an image
    • Imagick::rotationalBlurImage - Description
    • Imagick::roundCorners - Rounds image corners
    • Imagick::sampleImage - Scales an image with pixel sampling
    • Imagick::scaleImage - Scales the size of an image
    • Imagick::segmentImage - Segments an image
    • Imagick::selectiveBlurImage - Description
    • Imagick::separateImageChannel - Separates a channel from the image
    • Imagick::sepiaToneImage - Sepia tones an image
    • Imagick::setBackgroundColor - Sets the object's default background color
    • Imagick::setColorspace - Set colorspace
    • Imagick::setCompression - Sets the object's default compression type
    • Imagick::setCompressionQuality - Sets the object's default compression quality
    • Imagick::setFilename - Sets the filename before you read or write the image
    • Imagick::setFirstIterator - Sets the Imagick iterator to the first image
    • Imagick::setFont - Sets font
    • Imagick::setFormat - Sets the format of the Imagick object
    • Imagick::setGravity - Sets the gravity
    • Imagick::setImage - Replaces image in the object
    • Imagick::setImageAlphaChannel - Sets image alpha channel
    • Imagick::setImageArtifact - Set image artifact
    • Imagick::setImageAttribute - Description
    • Imagick::setImageBackgroundColor - Sets the image background color
    • Imagick::setImageBias - Sets the image bias for any method that convolves an image
    • Imagick::setImageBiasQuantum - Description
    • Imagick::setImageBluePrimary - Sets the image chromaticity blue primary point
    • Imagick::setImageBorderColor - Sets the image border color
    • Imagick::setImageChannelDepth - Sets the depth of a particular image channel
    • Imagick::setImageClipMask - Sets image clip mask
    • Imagick::setImageColormapColor - Sets the color of the specified colormap index
    • Imagick::setImageColorspace - Sets the image colorspace
    • Imagick::setImageCompose - Sets the image composite operator
    • Imagick::setImageCompression - Sets the image compression
    • Imagick::setImageCompressionQuality - Sets the image compression quality
    • Imagick::setImageDelay - Sets the image delay
    • Imagick::setImageDepth - Sets the image depth
    • Imagick::setImageDispose - Sets the image disposal method
    • Imagick::setImageExtent - Sets the image size
    • Imagick::setImageFilename - Sets the filename of a particular image
    • Imagick::setImageFormat - Sets the format of a particular image
    • Imagick::setImageGamma - Sets the image gamma
    • Imagick::setImageGravity - Sets the image gravity
    • Imagick::setImageGreenPrimary - Sets the image chromaticity green primary point
    • Imagick::setImageIndex - Set the iterator position
    • Imagick::setImageInterlaceScheme - Sets the image compression
    • Imagick::setImageInterpolateMethod - Sets the image interpolate pixel method
    • Imagick::setImageIterations - Sets the image iterations
    • Imagick::setImageMatte - Sets the image matte channel
    • Imagick::setImageMatteColor - Sets the image matte color
    • Imagick::setImageOpacity - Sets the image opacity level
    • Imagick::setImageOrientation - Sets the image orientation
    • Imagick::setImagePage - Sets the page geometry of the image
    • Imagick::setImageProfile - Adds a named profile to the Imagick object
    • Imagick::setImageProperty - Sets an image property
    • Imagick::setImageRedPrimary - Sets the image chromaticity red primary point
    • Imagick::setImageRenderingIntent - Sets the image rendering intent
    • Imagick::setImageResolution - Sets the image resolution
    • Imagick::setImageScene - Sets the image scene
    • Imagick::setImageTicksPerSecond - Sets the image ticks-per-second
    • Imagick::setImageType - Sets the image type
    • Imagick::setImageUnits - Sets the image units of resolution
    • Imagick::setImageVirtualPixelMethod - Sets the image virtual pixel method
    • Imagick::setImageWhitePoint - Sets the image chromaticity white point
    • Imagick::setInterlaceScheme - Sets the image compression
    • Imagick::setIteratorIndex - Set the iterator position
    • Imagick::setLastIterator - Sets the Imagick iterator to the last image
    • Imagick::setOption - Set an option
    • Imagick::setPage - Sets the page geometry of the Imagick object
    • Imagick::setPointSize - Sets point size
    • Imagick::setProgressMonitor - Description
    • Imagick::setRegistry - Description
    • Imagick::setResolution - Sets the image resolution
    • Imagick::setResourceLimit - Sets the limit for a particular resource
    • Imagick::setSamplingFactors - Sets the image sampling factors
    • Imagick::setSize - Sets the size of the Imagick object
    • Imagick::setSizeOffset - Sets the size and offset of the Imagick object
    • Imagick::setType - Sets the image type attribute
    • Imagick::shadeImage - Creates a 3D effect
    • Imagick::shadowImage - Simulates an image shadow
    • Imagick::sharpenImage - Sharpens an image
    • Imagick::shaveImage - Shaves pixels from the image edges
    • Imagick::shearImage - Creating a parallelogram
    • Imagick::sigmoidalContrastImage - Adjusts the contrast of an image
    • Imagick::sketchImage - Simulates a pencil sketch
    • Imagick::smushImages - Description
    • Imagick::solarizeImage - Applies a solarizing effect to the image
    • Imagick::sparseColorImage - Interpolates colors
    • Imagick::spliceImage - Splices a solid color into the image
    • Imagick::spreadImage - Randomly displaces each pixel in a block
    • Imagick::statisticImage - Description
    • Imagick::steganoImage - Hides a digital watermark within the image
    • Imagick::stereoImage - Composites two images
    • Imagick::stripImage - Strips an image of all profiles and comments
    • Imagick::subImageMatch - Description
    • Imagick::swirlImage - Swirls the pixels about the center of the image
    • Imagick::textureImage - Repeatedly tiles the texture image
    • Imagick::thresholdImage - Changes the value of individual pixels based on a threshold
    • Imagick::thumbnailImage - Changes the size of an image
    • Imagick::tintImage - Applies a color vector to each pixel in the image
    • Imagick::transformImage - Convenience method for setting crop size and the image geometry
    • Imagick::transformImageColorspace - Transforms an image to a new colorspace
    • Imagick::transparentPaintImage - Paints pixels transparent
    • Imagick::transposeImage - Creates a vertical mirror image
    • Imagick::transverseImage - Creates a horizontal mirror image
    • Imagick::trimImage - Remove edges from the image
    • Imagick::uniqueImageColors - Discards all but one of any pixel color
    • Imagick::unsharpMaskImage - Sharpens an image
    • Imagick::valid - Checks if the current item is valid
    • Imagick::vignetteImage - Adds vignette filter to the image
    • Imagick::waveImage - Applies wave filter to the image
    • Imagick::whiteThresholdImage - Force all pixels above the threshold into white
    • Imagick::writeImage - Writes an image to the specified filename
    • Imagick::writeImageFile - Writes an image to a filehandle
    • Imagick::writeImages - Writes an image or image sequence
    • Imagick::writeImagesFile - Writes frames to a filehandle
    • Imagick::__construct - The Imagick constructor
    • Imagick::__toString - Returns the image as a string
    • ImagickDraw::affine - Adjusts the current affine transformation matrix
    • ImagickDraw::annotation - Draws text on the image
    • ImagickDraw::arc - Draws an arc
    • ImagickDraw::bezier - Draws a bezier curve
    • ImagickDraw::circle - Draws a circle
    • ImagickDraw::clear - Clears the ImagickDraw
    • ImagickDraw::clone - Makes an exact copy of the specified ImagickDraw object
    • ImagickDraw::color - Draws color on image
    • ImagickDraw::comment - Adds a comment
    • ImagickDraw::composite - Composites an image onto the current image
    • ImagickDraw::destroy - Frees all associated resources
    • ImagickDraw::ellipse - Draws an ellipse on the image
    • ImagickDraw::getClipPath - Obtains the current clipping path ID
    • ImagickDraw::getClipRule - Returns the current polygon fill rule
    • ImagickDraw::getClipUnits - Returns the interpretation of clip path units
    • ImagickDraw::getFillColor - Returns the fill color
    • ImagickDraw::getFillOpacity - Returns the opacity used when drawing
    • ImagickDraw::getFillRule - Returns the fill rule
    • ImagickDraw::getFont - Returns the font
    • ImagickDraw::getFontFamily - Returns the font family
    • ImagickDraw::getFontSize - Returns the font pointsize
    • ImagickDraw::getFontStretch - Description
    • ImagickDraw::getFontStyle - Returns the font style
    • ImagickDraw::getFontWeight - Returns the font weight
    • ImagickDraw::getGravity - Returns the text placement gravity
    • ImagickDraw::getStrokeAntialias - Returns the current stroke antialias setting
    • ImagickDraw::getStrokeColor - Returns the color used for stroking object outlines
    • ImagickDraw::getStrokeDashArray - Returns an array representing the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths
    • ImagickDraw::getStrokeDashOffset - Returns the offset into the dash pattern to start the dash
    • ImagickDraw::getStrokeLineCap - Returns the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked
    • ImagickDraw::getStrokeLineJoin - Returns the shape to be used at the corners of paths when they are stroked
    • ImagickDraw::getStrokeMiterLimit - Returns the stroke miter limit
    • ImagickDraw::getStrokeOpacity - Returns the opacity of stroked object outlines
    • ImagickDraw::getStrokeWidth - Returns the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
    • ImagickDraw::getTextAlignment - Returns the text alignment
    • ImagickDraw::getTextAntialias - Returns the current text antialias setting
    • ImagickDraw::getTextDecoration - Returns the text decoration
    • ImagickDraw::getTextEncoding - Returns the code set used for text annotations
    • ImagickDraw::getTextInterlineSpacing - Description
    • ImagickDraw::getTextInterwordSpacing - Description
    • ImagickDraw::getTextKerning - Description
    • ImagickDraw::getTextUnderColor - Returns the text under color
    • ImagickDraw::getVectorGraphics - Returns a string containing vector graphics
    • ImagickDraw::line - Draws a line
    • ImagickDraw::matte - Paints on the image's opacity channel
    • ImagickDraw::pathClose - Adds a path element to the current path
    • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToAbsolute - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
    • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierAbsolute - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
    • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierRelative - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
    • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
    • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothRelative - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
    • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToRelative - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
    • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToSmoothAbsolute - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
    • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToSmoothRelative - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
    • ImagickDraw::pathEllipticArcAbsolute - Draws an elliptical arc
    • ImagickDraw::pathEllipticArcRelative - Draws an elliptical arc
    • ImagickDraw::pathFinish - Terminates the current path
    • ImagickDraw::pathLineToAbsolute - Draws a line path
    • ImagickDraw::pathLineToHorizontalAbsolute - Draws a horizontal line path
    • ImagickDraw::pathLineToHorizontalRelative - Draws a horizontal line
    • ImagickDraw::pathLineToRelative - Draws a line path
    • ImagickDraw::pathLineToVerticalAbsolute - Draws a vertical line
    • ImagickDraw::pathLineToVerticalRelative - Draws a vertical line path
    • ImagickDraw::pathMoveToAbsolute - Starts a new sub-path
    • ImagickDraw::pathMoveToRelative - Starts a new sub-path
    • ImagickDraw::pathStart - Declares the start of a path drawing list
    • ImagickDraw::point - Draws a point
    • ImagickDraw::polygon - Draws a polygon
    • ImagickDraw::polyline - Draws a polyline
    • ImagickDraw::pop - Destroys the current ImagickDraw in the stack, and returns to the previously pushed ImagickDraw
    • ImagickDraw::popClipPath - Terminates a clip path definition
    • ImagickDraw::popDefs - Terminates a definition list
    • ImagickDraw::popPattern - Terminates a pattern definition
    • ImagickDraw::push - Clones the current ImagickDraw and pushes it to the stack
    • ImagickDraw::pushClipPath - Starts a clip path definition
    • ImagickDraw::pushDefs - Indicates that following commands create named elements for early processing
    • ImagickDraw::pushPattern - Indicates that subsequent commands up to a ImagickDraw::opPattern() command comprise the definition of a named pattern
    • ImagickDraw::rectangle - Draws a rectangle
    • ImagickDraw::render - Renders all preceding drawing commands onto the image
    • ImagickDraw::resetVectorGraphics - Description
    • ImagickDraw::rotate - Applies the specified rotation to the current coordinate space
    • ImagickDraw::roundRectangle - Draws a rounded rectangle
    • ImagickDraw::scale - Adjusts the scaling factor
    • ImagickDraw::setClipPath - Associates a named clipping path with the image
    • ImagickDraw::setClipRule - Set the polygon fill rule to be used by the clipping path
    • ImagickDraw::setClipUnits - Sets the interpretation of clip path units
    • ImagickDraw::setFillAlpha - Sets the opacity to use when drawing using the fill color or fill texture
    • ImagickDraw::setFillColor - Sets the fill color to be used for drawing filled objects
    • ImagickDraw::setFillOpacity - Sets the opacity to use when drawing using the fill color or fill texture
    • ImagickDraw::setFillPatternURL - Sets the URL to use as a fill pattern for filling objects
    • ImagickDraw::setFillRule - Sets the fill rule to use while drawing polygons
    • ImagickDraw::setFont - Sets the fully-specified font to use when annotating with text
    • ImagickDraw::setFontFamily - Sets the font family to use when annotating with text
    • ImagickDraw::setFontSize - Sets the font pointsize to use when annotating with text
    • ImagickDraw::setFontStretch - Sets the font stretch to use when annotating with text
    • ImagickDraw::setFontStyle - Sets the font style to use when annotating with text
    • ImagickDraw::setFontWeight - Sets the font weight
    • ImagickDraw::setGravity - Sets the text placement gravity
    • ImagickDraw::setResolution - Description
    • ImagickDraw::setStrokeAlpha - Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines
    • ImagickDraw::setStrokeAntialias - Controls whether stroked outlines are antialiased
    • ImagickDraw::setStrokeColor - Sets the color used for stroking object outlines
    • ImagickDraw::setStrokeDashArray - Specifies the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths
    • ImagickDraw::setStrokeDashOffset - Specifies the offset into the dash pattern to start the dash
    • ImagickDraw::setStrokeLineCap - Specifies the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked
    • ImagickDraw::setStrokeLineJoin - Specifies the shape to be used at the corners of paths when they are stroked
    • ImagickDraw::setStrokeMiterLimit - Specifies the miter limit
    • ImagickDraw::setStrokeOpacity - Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines
    • ImagickDraw::setStrokePatternURL - Sets the pattern used for stroking object outlines
    • ImagickDraw::setStrokeWidth - Sets the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
    • ImagickDraw::setTextAlignment - Specifies a text alignment
    • ImagickDraw::setTextAntialias - Controls whether text is antialiased
    • ImagickDraw::setTextDecoration - Specifies a decoration
    • ImagickDraw::setTextEncoding - Specifies the text code set
    • ImagickDraw::setTextInterlineSpacing - Description
    • ImagickDraw::setTextInterwordSpacing - Description
    • ImagickDraw::setTextKerning - Description
    • ImagickDraw::setTextUnderColor - Specifies the color of a background rectangle
    • ImagickDraw::setVectorGraphics - Sets the vector graphics
    • ImagickDraw::setViewbox - Sets the overall canvas size
    • ImagickDraw::skewX - Skews the current coordinate system in the horizontal direction
    • ImagickDraw::skewY - Skews the current coordinate system in the vertical direction
    • ImagickDraw::translate - Applies a translation to the current coordinate system
    • ImagickDraw::__construct - The ImagickDraw constructor
    • ImagickKernel::addKernel - Description
    • ImagickKernel::addUnityKernel - Description
    • ImagickKernel::fromBuiltIn - Description
    • ImagickKernel::fromMatrix - Description
    • ImagickKernel::getMatrix - Description
    • ImagickKernel::scale - Description
    • ImagickKernel::separate - Description
    • ImagickPixel::clear - Clears resources associated with this object
    • ImagickPixel::destroy - Deallocates resources associated with this object
    • ImagickPixel::getColor - Returns the color
    • ImagickPixel::getColorAsString - Returns the color as a string
    • ImagickPixel::getColorCount - Returns the color count associated with this color
    • ImagickPixel::getColorQuantum - Description
    • ImagickPixel::getColorValue - Gets the normalized value of the provided color channel
    • ImagickPixel::getColorValueQuantum - Description
    • ImagickPixel::getHSL - Returns the normalized HSL color of the ImagickPixel object
    • ImagickPixel::getIndex - Description
    • ImagickPixel::isPixelSimilar - Check the distance between this color and another
    • ImagickPixel::isPixelSimilarQuantum - Description
    • ImagickPixel::isSimilar - Check the distance between this color and another
    • ImagickPixel::setColor - Sets the color
    • ImagickPixel::setColorCount - Description
    • ImagickPixel::setColorValue - Sets the normalized value of one of the channels
    • ImagickPixel::setColorValueQuantum - Description
    • ImagickPixel::setHSL - Sets the normalized HSL color
    • ImagickPixel::setIndex - Description
    • ImagickPixel::__construct - The ImagickPixel constructor
    • ImagickPixelIterator::clear - Clear resources associated with a PixelIterator
    • ImagickPixelIterator::destroy - Deallocates resources associated with a PixelIterator
    • ImagickPixelIterator::getCurrentIteratorRow - Returns the current row of ImagickPixel objects
    • ImagickPixelIterator::getIteratorRow - Returns the current pixel iterator row
    • ImagickPixelIterator::getNextIteratorRow - Returns the next row of the pixel iterator
    • ImagickPixelIterator::getPreviousIteratorRow - Returns the previous row
    • ImagickPixelIterator::newPixelIterator - Returns a new pixel iterator
    • ImagickPixelIterator::newPixelRegionIterator - Returns a new pixel iterator
    • ImagickPixelIterator::resetIterator - Resets the pixel iterator
    • ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorFirstRow - Sets the pixel iterator to the first pixel row
    • ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorLastRow - Sets the pixel iterator to the last pixel row
    • ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorRow - Set the pixel iterator row
    • ImagickPixelIterator::syncIterator - Syncs the pixel iterator
    • ImagickPixelIterator::__construct - The ImagickPixelIterator constructor
    • imap_8bit - Convert an 8bit string to a quoted-printable string
    • imap_alerts - Returns all IMAP alert messages that have occurred
    • imap_append - Append a string message to a specified mailbox
    • imap_base64 - Decode BASE64 encoded text
    • imap_binary - Convert an 8bit string to a base64 string
    • imap_body - Read the message body
    • imap_bodystruct - Read the structure of a specified body section of a specific message
    • imap_check - Check current mailbox
    • imap_clearflag_full - Clears flags on messages
    • imap_close - Close an IMAP stream
    • imap_create - Alias of imap_createmailbox
    • imap_createmailbox - Create a new mailbox
    • imap_delete - Mark a message for deletion from current mailbox
    • imap_deletemailbox - Delete a mailbox
    • imap_errors - Returns all of the IMAP errors that have occurred
    • imap_expunge - Delete all messages marked for deletion
    • imap_fetchbody - Fetch a particular section of the body of the message
    • imap_fetchheader - Returns header for a message
    • imap_fetchmime - Fetch MIME headers for a particular section of the message
    • imap_fetchstructure - Read the structure of a particular message
    • imap_fetchtext - Alias of imap_body
    • imap_fetch_overview - Read an overview of the information in the headers of the given message
    • imap_gc - Clears IMAP cache
    • imap_getacl - Gets the ACL for a given mailbox
    • imap_getmailboxes - Read the list of mailboxes, returning detailed information on each one
    • imap_getsubscribed - List all the subscribed mailboxes
    • imap_get_quota - Retrieve the quota level settings, and usage statics per mailbox
    • imap_get_quotaroot - Retrieve the quota settings per user
    • imap_header - Alias of imap_headerinfo
    • imap_headerinfo - Read the header of the message
    • imap_headers - Returns headers for all messages in a mailbox
    • imap_last_error - Gets the last IMAP error that occurred during this page request
    • imap_list - Read the list of mailboxes
    • imap_listmailbox - Alias of imap_list
    • imap_listscan - Returns the list of mailboxes that matches the given text
    • imap_listsubscribed - Alias of imap_lsub
    • imap_lsub - List all the subscribed mailboxes
    • imap_mail - Send an email message
    • imap_mailboxmsginfo - Get information about the current mailbox
    • imap_mail_compose - Create a MIME message based on given envelope and body sections
    • imap_mail_copy - Copy specified messages to a mailbox
    • imap_mail_move - Move specified messages to a mailbox
    • imap_mime_header_decode - Decode MIME header elements
    • imap_msgno - Gets the message sequence number for the given UID
    • imap_mutf7_to_utf8 - Decode a modified UTF-7 string to UTF-8
    • imap_num_msg - Gets the number of messages in the current mailbox
    • imap_num_recent - Gets the number of recent messages in current mailbox
    • imap_open - Open an IMAP stream to a mailbox
    • imap_ping - Check if the IMAP stream is still active
    • imap_qprint - Convert a quoted-printable string to an 8 bit string
    • imap_rename - Alias of imap_renamemailbox
    • imap_renamemailbox - Rename an old mailbox to new mailbox
    • imap_reopen - Reopen IMAP stream to new mailbox
    • imap_rfc822_parse_adrlist - Parses an address string
    • imap_rfc822_parse_headers - Parse mail headers from a string
    • imap_rfc822_write_address - Returns a properly formatted email address given the mailbox, host, and personal info
    • imap_savebody - Save a specific body section to a file
    • imap_scan - Alias of imap_listscan
    • imap_scanmailbox - Alias of imap_listscan
    • imap_search - This function returns an array of messages matching the given search criteria
    • imap_setacl - Sets the ACL for a given mailbox
    • imap_setflag_full - Sets flags on messages
    • imap_set_quota - Sets a quota for a given mailbox
    • imap_sort - Gets and sort messages
    • imap_status - Returns status information on a mailbox
    • imap_subscribe - Subscribe to a mailbox
    • imap_thread - Returns a tree of threaded message
    • imap_timeout - Set or fetch imap timeout
    • imap_uid - This function returns the UID for the given message sequence number
    • imap_undelete - Unmark the message which is marked deleted
    • imap_unsubscribe - Unsubscribe from a mailbox
    • imap_utf7_decode - Decodes a modified UTF-7 encoded string
    • imap_utf7_encode - Converts ISO-8859-1 string to modified UTF-7 text
    • imap_utf8 - Converts MIME-encoded text to UTF-8
    • imap_utf8_to_mutf7 - Encode a UTF-8 string to modified UTF-7
    • implode - Join array elements with a string
    • inet_ntop - Converts a packed internet address to a human readable representation
    • inet_pton - Converts a human readable IP address to its packed in_addr representation
    • InfiniteIterator::next - Moves the inner Iterator forward or rewinds it
    • InfiniteIterator::__construct - Constructs an InfiniteIterator
    • inflate_add - Incrementally inflate encoded data
    • inflate_get_read_len - Get number of bytes read so far
    • inflate_get_status - Get decompression status
    • inflate_init - Initialize an incremental inflate context
    • ini_alter - Alias of ini_set
    • ini_get - Gets the value of a configuration option
    • ini_get_all - Gets all configuration options
    • ini_restore - Restores the value of a configuration option
    • ini_set - Sets the value of a configuration option
    • inotify_add_watch - Add a watch to an initialized inotify instance
    • inotify_init - Initialize an inotify instance
    • inotify_queue_len - Return a number upper than zero if there are pending events
    • inotify_read - Read events from an inotify instance
    • inotify_rm_watch - Remove an existing watch from an inotify instance
    • intdiv - Integer division
    • interface_exists - Checks if the interface has been defined
    • InternalIterator::current - Return the current element
    • InternalIterator::key - Return the key of the current element
    • InternalIterator::next - Move forward to next element
    • InternalIterator::rewind - Rewind the Iterator to the first element
    • InternalIterator::valid - Check if current position is valid
    • InternalIterator::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
    • IntlBreakIterator::createCharacterInstance - Create break iterator for boundaries of combining character sequences
    • IntlBreakIterator::createCodePointInstance - Create break iterator for boundaries of code points
    • IntlBreakIterator::createLineInstance - Create break iterator for logically possible line breaks
    • IntlBreakIterator::createSentenceInstance - Create break iterator for sentence breaks
    • IntlBreakIterator::createTitleInstance - Create break iterator for title-casing breaks
    • IntlBreakIterator::createWordInstance - Create break iterator for word breaks
    • IntlBreakIterator::current - Get index of current position
    • IntlBreakIterator::first - Set position to the first character in the text
    • IntlBreakIterator::following - Advance the iterator to the first boundary following specified offset
    • IntlBreakIterator::getErrorCode - Get last error code on the object
    • IntlBreakIterator::getErrorMessage - Get last error message on the object
    • IntlBreakIterator::getLocale - Get the locale associated with the object
    • IntlBreakIterator::getPartsIterator - Create iterator for navigating fragments between boundaries
    • IntlBreakIterator::getText - Get the text being scanned
    • IntlBreakIterator::isBoundary - Tell whether an offset is a boundaryʼs offset
    • IntlBreakIterator::last - Set the iterator position to index beyond the last character
    • IntlBreakIterator::next - Advance the iterator the next boundary
    • IntlBreakIterator::preceding - Set the iterator position to the first boundary before an offset
    • IntlBreakIterator::previous - Set the iterator position to the boundary immediately before the current
    • IntlBreakIterator::setText - Set the text being scanned
    • IntlBreakIterator::__construct - Private constructor for disallowing instantiation
    • IntlCalendar::add - Add a (signed) amount of time to a field
    • IntlCalendar::after - Whether this objectʼs time is after that of the passed object
    • IntlCalendar::before - Whether this objectʼs time is before that of the passed object
    • IntlCalendar::clear - Clear a field or all fields
    • IntlCalendar::createInstance - Create a new IntlCalendar
    • IntlCalendar::equals - Compare time of two IntlCalendar objects for equality
    • IntlCalendar::fieldDifference - Calculate difference between given time and this objectʼs time
    • IntlCalendar::fromDateTime - Create an IntlCalendar from a DateTime object or string
    • IntlCalendar::get - Get the value for a field
    • IntlCalendar::getActualMaximum - The maximum value for a field, considering the objectʼs current time
    • IntlCalendar::getActualMinimum - The minimum value for a field, considering the objectʼs current time
    • IntlCalendar::getAvailableLocales - Get array of locales for which there is data
    • IntlCalendar::getDayOfWeekType - Tell whether a day is a weekday, weekend or a day that has a transition between the two
    • IntlCalendar::getErrorCode - Get last error code on the object
    • IntlCalendar::getErrorMessage - Get last error message on the object
    • IntlCalendar::getFirstDayOfWeek - Get the first day of the week for the calendarʼs locale
    • IntlCalendar::getGreatestMinimum - Get the largest local minimum value for a field
    • IntlCalendar::getKeywordValuesForLocale - Get set of locale keyword values
    • IntlCalendar::getLeastMaximum - Get the smallest local maximum for a field
    • IntlCalendar::getLocale - Get the locale associated with the object
    • IntlCalendar::getMaximum - Get the global maximum value for a field
    • IntlCalendar::getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek - Get minimal number of days the first week in a year or month can have
    • IntlCalendar::getMinimum - Get the global minimum value for a field
    • IntlCalendar::getNow - Get number representing the current time
    • IntlCalendar::getRepeatedWallTimeOption - Get behavior for handling repeating wall time
    • IntlCalendar::getSkippedWallTimeOption - Get behavior for handling skipped wall time
    • IntlCalendar::getTime - Get time currently represented by the object
    • IntlCalendar::getTimeZone - Get the objectʼs timezone
    • IntlCalendar::getType - Get the calendar type
    • IntlCalendar::getWeekendTransition - Get time of the day at which weekend begins or ends
    • IntlCalendar::inDaylightTime - Whether the objectʼs time is in Daylight Savings Time
    • IntlCalendar::isEquivalentTo - Whether another calendar is equal but for a different time
    • IntlCalendar::isLenient - Whether date/time interpretation is in lenient mode
    • IntlCalendar::isSet - Whether a field is set
    • IntlCalendar::isWeekend - Whether a certain date/time is in the weekend
    • IntlCalendar::roll - Add value to field without carrying into more significant fields
    • IntlCalendar::set - Set a time field or several common fields at once
    • IntlCalendar::setFirstDayOfWeek - Set the day on which the week is deemed to start
    • IntlCalendar::setLenient - Set whether date/time interpretation is to be lenient
    • IntlCalendar::setMinimalDaysInFirstWeek - Set minimal number of days the first week in a year or month can have
    • IntlCalendar::setRepeatedWallTimeOption - Set behavior for handling repeating wall times at negative timezone offset transitions
    • IntlCalendar::setSkippedWallTimeOption - Set behavior for handling skipped wall times at positive timezone offset transitions
    • IntlCalendar::setTime - Set the calendar time in milliseconds since the epoch
    • IntlCalendar::setTimeZone - Set the timezone used by this calendar
    • IntlCalendar::toDateTime - Convert an IntlCalendar into a DateTime object
    • IntlCalendar::__construct - Private constructor for disallowing instantiation
    • IntlChar::charAge - Get the "age" of the code point
    • IntlChar::charDigitValue - Get the decimal digit value of a decimal digit character
    • IntlChar::charDirection - Get bidirectional category value for a code point
    • IntlChar::charFromName - Find Unicode character by name and return its code point value
    • IntlChar::charMirror - Get the "mirror-image" character for a code point
    • IntlChar::charName - Retrieve the name of a Unicode character
    • IntlChar::charType - Get the general category value for a code point
    • IntlChar::chr - Return Unicode character by code point value
    • IntlChar::digit - Get the decimal digit value of a code point for a given radix
    • IntlChar::enumCharNames - Enumerate all assigned Unicode characters within a range
    • IntlChar::enumCharTypes - Enumerate all code points with their Unicode general categories
    • IntlChar::foldCase - Perform case folding on a code point
    • IntlChar::forDigit - Get character representation for a given digit and radix
    • IntlChar::getBidiPairedBracket - Get the paired bracket character for a code point
    • IntlChar::getBlockCode - Get the Unicode allocation block containing a code point
    • IntlChar::getCombiningClass - Get the combining class of a code point
    • IntlChar::getFC_NFKC_Closure - Get the FC_NFKC_Closure property for a code point
    • IntlChar::getIntPropertyMaxValue - Get the max value for a Unicode property
    • IntlChar::getIntPropertyMinValue - Get the min value for a Unicode property
    • IntlChar::getIntPropertyValue - Get the value for a Unicode property for a code point
    • IntlChar::getNumericValue - Get the numeric value for a Unicode code point
    • IntlChar::getPropertyEnum - Get the property constant value for a given property name
    • IntlChar::getPropertyName - Get the Unicode name for a property
    • IntlChar::getPropertyValueEnum - Get the property value for a given value name
    • IntlChar::getPropertyValueName - Get the Unicode name for a property value
    • IntlChar::getUnicodeVersion - Get the Unicode version
    • IntlChar::hasBinaryProperty - Check a binary Unicode property for a code point
    • IntlChar::isalnum - Check if code point is an alphanumeric character
    • IntlChar::isalpha - Check if code point is a letter character
    • IntlChar::isbase - Check if code point is a base character
    • IntlChar::isblank - Check if code point is a "blank" or "horizontal space" character
    • IntlChar::iscntrl - Check if code point is a control character
    • IntlChar::isdefined - Check whether the code point is defined
    • IntlChar::isdigit - Check if code point is a digit character
    • IntlChar::isgraph - Check if code point is a graphic character
    • IntlChar::isIDIgnorable - Check if code point is an ignorable character
    • IntlChar::isIDPart - Check if code point is permissible in an identifier
    • IntlChar::isIDStart - Check if code point is permissible as the first character in an identifier
    • IntlChar::isISOControl - Check if code point is an ISO control code
    • IntlChar::isJavaIDPart - Check if code point is permissible in a Java identifier
    • IntlChar::isJavaIDStart - Check if code point is permissible as the first character in a Java identifier
    • IntlChar::isJavaSpaceChar - Check if code point is a space character according to Java
    • IntlChar::islower - Check if code point is a lowercase letter
    • IntlChar::isMirrored - Check if code point has the Bidi_Mirrored property
    • IntlChar::isprint - Check if code point is a printable character
    • IntlChar::ispunct - Check if code point is punctuation character
    • IntlChar::isspace - Check if code point is a space character
    • IntlChar::istitle - Check if code point is a titlecase letter
    • IntlChar::isUAlphabetic - Check if code point has the Alphabetic Unicode property
    • IntlChar::isULowercase - Check if code point has the Lowercase Unicode property
    • IntlChar::isupper - Check if code point has the general category "Lu" (uppercase letter)
    • IntlChar::isUUppercase - Check if code point has the Uppercase Unicode property
    • IntlChar::isUWhiteSpace - Check if code point has the White_Space Unicode property
    • IntlChar::isWhitespace - Check if code point is a whitespace character according to ICU
    • IntlChar::isxdigit - Check if code point is a hexadecimal digit
    • IntlChar::ord - Return Unicode code point value of character
    • IntlChar::tolower - Make Unicode character lowercase
    • IntlChar::totitle - Make Unicode character titlecase
    • IntlChar::toupper - Make Unicode character uppercase
    • IntlCodePointBreakIterator::getLastCodePoint - Get last code point passed over after advancing or receding the iterator
    • IntlDateFormatter::create - Create a date formatter
    • IntlDateFormatter::format - Format the date/time value as a string
    • IntlDateFormatter::formatObject - Formats an object
    • IntlDateFormatter::getCalendar - Get the calendar type used for the IntlDateFormatter
    • IntlDateFormatter::getCalendarObject - Get copy of formatterʼs calendar object
    • IntlDateFormatter::getDateType - Get the datetype used for the IntlDateFormatter
    • IntlDateFormatter::getErrorCode - Get the error code from last operation
    • IntlDateFormatter::getErrorMessage - Get the error text from the last operation
    • IntlDateFormatter::getLocale - Get the locale used by formatter
    • IntlDateFormatter::getPattern - Get the pattern used for the IntlDateFormatter
    • IntlDateFormatter::getTimeType - Get the timetype used for the IntlDateFormatter
    • IntlDateFormatter::getTimeZone - Get formatterʼs timezone
    • IntlDateFormatter::getTimeZoneId - Get the timezone-id used for the IntlDateFormatter
    • IntlDateFormatter::isLenient - Get the lenient used for the IntlDateFormatter
    • IntlDateFormatter::localtime - Parse string to a field-based time value
    • IntlDateFormatter::parse - Parse string to a timestamp value
    • IntlDateFormatter::setCalendar - Sets the calendar type used by the formatter
    • IntlDateFormatter::setLenient - Set the leniency of the parser
    • IntlDateFormatter::setPattern - Set the pattern used for the IntlDateFormatter
    • IntlDateFormatter::setTimeZone - Sets formatterʼs timezone
    • IntlDatePatternGenerator::create - Creates a new IntlDatePatternGenerator instance
    • IntlDatePatternGenerator::getBestPattern - Determines the most suitable date/time format
    • IntlGregorianCalendar::getGregorianChange - Get the Gregorian Calendar change date
    • IntlGregorianCalendar::isLeapYear - Determine if the given year is a leap year
    • IntlGregorianCalendar::setGregorianChange - Set the Gregorian Calendar the change date
    • IntlGregorianCalendar::__construct - Create the Gregorian Calendar class
    • IntlIterator::current - Get the current element
    • IntlIterator::key - Get the current key
    • IntlIterator::next - Move forward to the next element
    • IntlIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the first element
    • IntlIterator::valid - Check if current position is valid
    • IntlPartsIterator::getBreakIterator - Get IntlBreakIterator backing this parts iterator
    • IntlRuleBasedBreakIterator::getBinaryRules - Get the binary form of compiled rules
    • IntlRuleBasedBreakIterator::getRules - Get the rule set used to create this object
    • IntlRuleBasedBreakIterator::getRuleStatus - Get the largest status value from the break rules that determined the current break position
    • IntlRuleBasedBreakIterator::getRuleStatusVec - Get the status values from the break rules that determined the current break position
    • IntlRuleBasedBreakIterator::__construct - Create iterator from ruleset
    • IntlTimeZone::countEquivalentIDs - Get the number of IDs in the equivalency group that includes the given ID
    • IntlTimeZone::createDefault - Create a new copy of the default timezone for this host
    • IntlTimeZone::createEnumeration - Get an enumeration over time zone IDs associated with the given country or offset
    • IntlTimeZone::createTimeZone - Create a timezone object for the given ID
    • IntlTimeZone::createTimeZoneIDEnumeration - Get an enumeration over system time zone IDs with the given filter conditions
    • IntlTimeZone::fromDateTimeZone - Create a timezone object from DateTimeZone
    • IntlTimeZone::getCanonicalID - Get the canonical system timezone ID or the normalized custom time zone ID for the given time zone ID
    • IntlTimeZone::getDisplayName - Get a name of this time zone suitable for presentation to the user
    • IntlTimeZone::getDSTSavings - Get the amount of time to be added to local standard time to get local wall clock time
    • IntlTimeZone::getEquivalentID - Get an ID in the equivalency group that includes the given ID
    • IntlTimeZone::getErrorCode - Get last error code on the object
    • IntlTimeZone::getErrorMessage - Get last error message on the object
    • IntlTimeZone::getGMT - Create GMT (UTC) timezone
    • IntlTimeZone::getID - Get timezone ID
    • IntlTimeZone::getIDForWindowsID - Translate a Windows timezone into a system timezone
    • IntlTimeZone::getOffset - Get the time zone raw and GMT offset for the given moment in time
    • IntlTimeZone::getRawOffset - Get the raw GMT offset (before taking daylight savings time into account
    • IntlTimeZone::getRegion - Get the region code associated with the given system time zone ID
    • IntlTimeZone::getTZDataVersion - Get the timezone data version currently used by ICU
    • IntlTimeZone::getUnknown - Get the "unknown" time zone
    • IntlTimeZone::getWindowsID - Translate a system timezone into a Windows timezone
    • IntlTimeZone::hasSameRules - Check if this zone has the same rules and offset as another zone
    • IntlTimeZone::toDateTimeZone - Convert to DateTimeZone object
    • IntlTimeZone::useDaylightTime - Check if this time zone uses daylight savings time
    • IntlTimeZone::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
    • intl_error_name - Get symbolic name for a given error code
    • intl_get_error_code - Get the last error code
    • intl_get_error_message - Get description of the last error
    • intl_is_failure - Check whether the given error code indicates failure
    • intval - Get the integer value of a variable
    • in_array - Checks if a value exists in an array
    • ip2long - Converts a string containing an (IPv4) Internet Protocol dotted address into a long integer
    • iptcembed - Embeds binary IPTC data into a JPEG image
    • iptcparse - Parse a binary IPTC block into single tags
    • isset - Determine if a variable is declared and is different than null
    • is_a - Checks if the object is of this object type or has this object type as one of its parents
    • is_array - Finds whether a variable is an array
    • is_bool - Finds out whether a variable is a boolean
    • is_callable - Verify that a value can be called as a function from the current scope.
    • is_countable - Verify that the contents of a variable is a countable value
    • is_dir - Tells whether the filename is a directory
    • is_double - Alias of is_float
    • is_executable - Tells whether the filename is executable
    • is_file - Tells whether the filename is a regular file
    • is_finite - Finds whether a value is a legal finite number
    • is_float - Finds whether the type of a variable is float
    • is_infinite - Finds whether a value is infinite
    • is_int - Find whether the type of a variable is integer
    • is_integer - Alias of is_int
    • is_iterable - Verify that the contents of a variable is an iterable value
    • is_link - Tells whether the filename is a symbolic link
    • is_long - Alias of is_int
    • is_nan - Finds whether a value is not a number
    • is_null - Finds whether a variable is null
    • is_numeric - Finds whether a variable is a number or a numeric string
    • is_object - Finds whether a variable is an object
    • is_readable - Tells whether a file exists and is readable
    • is_real - Alias of is_float
    • is_resource - Finds whether a variable is a resource
    • is_scalar - Finds whether a variable is a scalar
    • is_soap_fault - Checks if a SOAP call has failed
    • is_string - Find whether the type of a variable is string
    • is_subclass_of - Checks if the object has this class as one of its parents or implements it
    • is_tainted - Checks whether a string is tainted
    • is_uploaded_file - Tells whether the file was uploaded via HTTP POST
    • is_writable - Tells whether the filename is writable
    • is_writeable - Alias of is_writable
    • Iterator::current - Return the current element
    • Iterator::key - Return the key of the current element
    • Iterator::next - Move forward to next element
    • Iterator::rewind - Rewind the Iterator to the first element
    • Iterator::valid - Checks if current position is valid
    • IteratorAggregate::getIterator - Retrieve an external iterator
    • IteratorIterator::current - Get the current value
    • IteratorIterator::getInnerIterator - Get the inner iterator
    • IteratorIterator::key - Get the key of the current element
    • IteratorIterator::next - Forward to the next element
    • IteratorIterator::rewind - Rewind to the first element
    • IteratorIterator::valid - Checks if the iterator is valid
    • IteratorIterator::__construct - Create an iterator from anything that is traversable
    • iterator_apply - Call a function for every element in an iterator
    • iterator_count - Count the elements in an iterator
    • iterator_to_array - Copy the iterator into an array
  • j
    • jddayofweek - Returns the day of the week
    • jdmonthname - Returns a month name
    • jdtofrench - Converts a Julian Day Count to the French Republican Calendar
    • jdtogregorian - Converts Julian Day Count to Gregorian date
    • jdtojewish - Converts a Julian day count to a Jewish calendar date
    • jdtojulian - Converts a Julian Day Count to a Julian Calendar Date
    • jdtounix - Convert Julian Day to Unix timestamp
    • jewishtojd - Converts a date in the Jewish Calendar to Julian Day Count
    • join - Alias of implode
    • jpeg2wbmp - Convert JPEG image file to WBMP image file
    • JsonSerializable::jsonSerialize - Specify data which should be serialized to JSON
    • json_decode - Decodes a JSON string
    • json_encode - Returns the JSON representation of a value
    • json_last_error - Returns the last error occurred
    • json_last_error_msg - Returns the error string of the last json_encode() or json_decode() call
    • juliantojd - Converts a Julian Calendar date to Julian Day Count
  • k
    • key - Fetch a key from an array
    • key_exists - Alias of array_key_exists
    • krsort - Sort an array by key in descending order
    • ksort - Sort an array by key in ascending order
  • l
    • lcfirst - Make a string's first character lowercase
    • lcg_value - Combined linear congruential generator
    • lchgrp - Changes group ownership of symlink
    • lchown - Changes user ownership of symlink
    • ldap_8859_to_t61 - Translate 8859 characters to t61 characters
    • ldap_add - Add entries to LDAP directory
    • ldap_add_ext - Add entries to LDAP directory
    • ldap_bind - Bind to LDAP directory
    • ldap_bind_ext - Bind to LDAP directory
    • ldap_close - Alias of ldap_unbind
    • ldap_compare - Compare value of attribute found in entry specified with DN
    • ldap_connect - Connect to an LDAP server
    • ldap_control_paged_result - Send LDAP pagination control
    • ldap_control_paged_result_response - Retrieve the LDAP pagination cookie
    • ldap_count_entries - Count the number of entries in a search
    • ldap_count_references - Counts the number of references in a search result
    • ldap_delete - Delete an entry from a directory
    • ldap_delete_ext - Delete an entry from a directory
    • ldap_dn2ufn - Convert DN to User Friendly Naming format
    • ldap_err2str - Convert LDAP error number into string error message
    • ldap_errno - Return the LDAP error number of the last LDAP command
    • ldap_error - Return the LDAP error message of the last LDAP command
    • ldap_escape - Escape a string for use in an LDAP filter or DN
    • ldap_exop - Performs an extended operation
    • ldap_exop_passwd - PASSWD extended operation helper
    • ldap_exop_refresh - Refresh extended operation helper
    • ldap_exop_whoami - WHOAMI extended operation helper
    • ldap_explode_dn - Splits DN into its component parts
    • ldap_first_attribute - Return first attribute
    • ldap_first_entry - Return first result id
    • ldap_first_reference - Return first reference
    • ldap_free_result - Free result memory
    • ldap_get_attributes - Get attributes from a search result entry
    • ldap_get_dn - Get the DN of a result entry
    • ldap_get_entries - Get all result entries
    • ldap_get_option - Get the current value for given option
    • ldap_get_values - Get all values from a result entry
    • ldap_get_values_len - Get all binary values from a result entry
    • ldap_list - Single-level search
    • ldap_modify - Alias of ldap_mod_replace
    • ldap_modify_batch - Batch and execute modifications on an LDAP entry
    • ldap_mod_add - Add attribute values to current attributes
    • ldap_mod_add_ext - Add attribute values to current attributes
    • ldap_mod_del - Delete attribute values from current attributes
    • ldap_mod_del_ext - Delete attribute values from current attributes
    • ldap_mod_replace - Replace attribute values with new ones
    • ldap_mod_replace_ext - Replace attribute values with new ones
    • ldap_next_attribute - Get the next attribute in result
    • ldap_next_entry - Get next result entry
    • ldap_next_reference - Get next reference
    • ldap_parse_exop - Parse result object from an LDAP extended operation
    • ldap_parse_reference - Extract information from reference entry
    • ldap_parse_result - Extract information from result
    • ldap_read - Read an entry
    • ldap_rename - Modify the name of an entry
    • ldap_rename_ext - Modify the name of an entry
    • ldap_sasl_bind - Bind to LDAP directory using SASL
    • ldap_search - Search LDAP tree
    • ldap_set_option - Set the value of the given option
    • ldap_set_rebind_proc - Set a callback function to do re-binds on referral chasing
    • ldap_sort - Sort LDAP result entries on the client side
    • ldap_start_tls - Start TLS
    • ldap_t61_to_8859 - Translate t61 characters to 8859 characters
    • ldap_unbind - Unbind from LDAP directory
    • levenshtein - Calculate Levenshtein distance between two strings
    • libxml_clear_errors - Clear libxml error buffer
    • libxml_disable_entity_loader - Disable the ability to load external entities
    • libxml_get_errors - Retrieve array of errors
    • libxml_get_last_error - Retrieve last error from libxml
    • libxml_set_external_entity_loader - Changes the default external entity loader
    • libxml_set_streams_context - Set the streams context for the next libxml document load or write
    • libxml_use_internal_errors - Disable libxml errors and allow user to fetch error information as needed
    • LimitIterator::current - Get current element
    • LimitIterator::getInnerIterator - Get inner iterator
    • LimitIterator::getPosition - Return the current position
    • LimitIterator::key - Get current key
    • LimitIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
    • LimitIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the specified starting offset
    • LimitIterator::seek - Seek to the given position
    • LimitIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
    • LimitIterator::__construct - Construct a LimitIterator
    • link - Create a hard link
    • linkinfo - Gets information about a link
    • list - Assign variables as if they were an array
    • Locale::acceptFromHttp - Tries to find out best available locale based on HTTP "Accept-Language" header
    • Locale::canonicalize - Canonicalize the locale string
    • Locale::composeLocale - Returns a correctly ordered and delimited locale ID
    • Locale::filterMatches - Checks if a language tag filter matches with locale
    • Locale::getAllVariants - Gets the variants for the input locale
    • Locale::getDefault - Gets the default locale value from the INTL global 'default_locale'
    • Locale::getDisplayLanguage - Returns an appropriately localized display name for language of the inputlocale
    • Locale::getDisplayName - Returns an appropriately localized display name for the input locale
    • Locale::getDisplayRegion - Returns an appropriately localized display name for region of the input locale
    • Locale::getDisplayScript - Returns an appropriately localized display name for script of the input locale
    • Locale::getDisplayVariant - Returns an appropriately localized display name for variants of the input locale
    • Locale::getKeywords - Gets the keywords for the input locale
    • Locale::getPrimaryLanguage - Gets the primary language for the input locale
    • Locale::getRegion - Gets the region for the input locale
    • Locale::getScript - Gets the script for the input locale
    • Locale::lookup - Searches the language tag list for the best match to the language
    • Locale::parseLocale - Returns a key-value array of locale ID subtag elements
    • Locale::setDefault - Sets the default runtime locale
    • localeconv - Get numeric formatting information
    • localtime - Get the local time
    • log - Natural logarithm
    • log1p - Returns log(1 + number), computed in a way that is accurate even when the value of number is close to zero
    • log10 - Base-10 logarithm
    • long2ip - Converts an long integer address into a string in (IPv4) Internet standard dotted format
    • lstat - Gives information about a file or symbolic link
    • ltrim - Strip whitespace (or other characters) from the beginning of a string
    • Lua::assign - Assign a PHP variable to Lua
    • Lua::call - Call Lua functions
    • Lua::eval - Evaluate a string as Lua code
    • Lua::getVersion - The getversion purpose
    • Lua::include - Parse a Lua script file
    • Lua::registerCallback - Register a PHP function to Lua
    • Lua::__construct - Lua constructor
    • LuaClosure::__invoke - Invoke luaclosure
    • LuaSandbox::callFunction - Call a function in a Lua global variable
    • LuaSandbox::disableProfiler - Disable the profiler
    • LuaSandbox::enableProfiler - Enable the profiler.
    • LuaSandbox::getCPUUsage - Fetch the current CPU time usage of the Lua environment
    • LuaSandbox::getMemoryUsage - Fetch the current memory usage of the Lua environment
    • LuaSandbox::getPeakMemoryUsage - Fetch the peak memory usage of the Lua environment
    • LuaSandbox::getProfilerFunctionReport - Fetch profiler data
    • LuaSandbox::getVersionInfo - Return the versions of LuaSandbox and Lua
    • LuaSandbox::loadBinary - Load a precompiled binary chunk into the Lua environment
    • LuaSandbox::loadString - Load Lua code into the Lua environment
    • LuaSandbox::pauseUsageTimer - Pause the CPU usage timer
    • LuaSandbox::registerLibrary - Register a set of PHP functions as a Lua library
    • LuaSandbox::setCPULimit - Set the CPU time limit for the Lua environment
    • LuaSandbox::setMemoryLimit - Set the memory limit for the Lua environment
    • LuaSandbox::unpauseUsageTimer - Unpause the timer paused by LuaSandbox::pauseUsageTimer
    • LuaSandbox::wrapPhpFunction - Wrap a PHP callable in a LuaSandboxFunction
    • LuaSandboxFunction::call - Call a Lua function
    • LuaSandboxFunction::dump - Dump the function as a binary blob
    • LuaSandboxFunction::__construct - Unused
    • lzf_compress - LZF compression
    • lzf_decompress - LZF decompression
    • lzf_optimized_for - Determines what LZF extension was optimized for
  • m
    • mail - Send mail
    • mailparse_determine_best_xfer_encoding - Gets the best way of encoding
    • mailparse_msg_create - Create a mime mail resource
    • mailparse_msg_extract_part - Extracts/decodes a message section
    • mailparse_msg_extract_part_file - Extracts/decodes a message section
    • mailparse_msg_extract_whole_part_file - Extracts a message section including headers without decoding the transfer encoding
    • mailparse_msg_free - Frees a MIME resource
    • mailparse_msg_get_part - Returns a handle on a given section in a mimemessage
    • mailparse_msg_get_part_data - Returns an associative array of info about the message
    • mailparse_msg_get_structure - Returns an array of mime section names in the supplied message
    • mailparse_msg_parse - Incrementally parse data into buffer
    • mailparse_msg_parse_file - Parses a file
    • mailparse_rfc822_parse_addresses - Parse RFC 822 compliant addresses
    • mailparse_stream_encode - Streams data from source file pointer, apply encoding and write to destfp
    • mailparse_uudecode_all - Scans the data from fp and extract each embedded uuencoded file
    • max - Find highest value
    • mb_check_encoding - Check if strings are valid for the specified encoding
    • mb_chr - Return character by Unicode code point value
    • mb_convert_case - Perform case folding on a string
    • mb_convert_encoding - Convert a string from one character encoding to another
    • mb_convert_kana - Convert "kana" one from another ("zen-kaku", "han-kaku" and more)
    • mb_convert_variables - Convert character code in variable(s)
    • mb_decode_mimeheader - Decode string in MIME header field
    • mb_decode_numericentity - Decode HTML numeric string reference to character
    • mb_detect_encoding - Detect character encoding
    • mb_detect_order - Set/Get character encoding detection order
    • mb_encode_mimeheader - Encode string for MIME header
    • mb_encode_numericentity - Encode character to HTML numeric string reference
    • mb_encoding_aliases - Get aliases of a known encoding type
    • mb_ereg - Regular expression match with multibyte support
    • mb_eregi - Regular expression match ignoring case with multibyte support
    • mb_eregi_replace - Replace regular expression with multibyte support ignoring case
    • mb_ereg_match - Regular expression match for multibyte string
    • mb_ereg_replace - Replace regular expression with multibyte support
    • mb_ereg_replace_callback - Perform a regular expression search and replace with multibyte support using a callback
    • mb_ereg_search - Multibyte regular expression match for predefined multibyte string
    • mb_ereg_search_getpos - Returns start point for next regular expression match
    • mb_ereg_search_getregs - Retrieve the result from the last multibyte regular expression match
    • mb_ereg_search_init - Setup string and regular expression for a multibyte regular expression match
    • mb_ereg_search_pos - Returns position and length of a matched part of the multibyte regular expression for a predefined multibyte string
    • mb_ereg_search_regs - Returns the matched part of a multibyte regular expression
    • mb_ereg_search_setpos - Set start point of next regular expression match
    • mb_get_info - Get internal settings of mbstring
    • mb_http_input - Detect HTTP input character encoding
    • mb_http_output - Set/Get HTTP output character encoding
    • mb_internal_encoding - Set/Get internal character encoding
    • mb_language - Set/Get current language
    • mb_list_encodings - Returns an array of all supported encodings
    • mb_ord - Get Unicode code point of character
    • mb_output_handler - Callback function converts character encoding in output buffer
    • mb_parse_str - Parse GET/POST/COOKIE data and set global variable
    • mb_preferred_mime_name - Get MIME charset string
    • mb_regex_encoding - Set/Get character encoding for multibyte regex
    • mb_regex_set_options - Set/Get the default options for mbregex functions
    • mb_scrub - Description
    • mb_send_mail - Send encoded mail
    • mb_split - Split multibyte string using regular expression
    • mb_strcut - Get part of string
    • mb_strimwidth - Get truncated string with specified width
    • mb_stripos - Finds position of first occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
    • mb_stristr - Finds first occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
    • mb_strlen - Get string length
    • mb_strpos - Find position of first occurrence of string in a string
    • mb_strrchr - Finds the last occurrence of a character in a string within another
    • mb_strrichr - Finds the last occurrence of a character in a string within another, case insensitive
    • mb_strripos - Finds position of last occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
    • mb_strrpos - Find position of last occurrence of a string in a string
    • mb_strstr - Finds first occurrence of a string within another
    • mb_strtolower - Make a string lowercase
    • mb_strtoupper - Make a string uppercase
    • mb_strwidth - Return width of string
    • mb_str_split - Given a multibyte string, return an array of its characters
    • mb_substitute_character - Set/Get substitution character
    • mb_substr - Get part of string
    • mb_substr_count - Count the number of substring occurrences
    • mcrypt_create_iv - Creates an initialization vector (IV) from a random source
    • mcrypt_decrypt - Decrypts crypttext with given parameters
    • mcrypt_encrypt - Encrypts plaintext with given parameters
    • mcrypt_enc_get_algorithms_name - Returns the name of the opened algorithm
    • mcrypt_enc_get_block_size - Returns the blocksize of the opened algorithm
    • mcrypt_enc_get_iv_size - Returns the size of the IV of the opened algorithm
    • mcrypt_enc_get_key_size - Returns the maximum supported keysize of the opened mode
    • mcrypt_enc_get_modes_name - Returns the name of the opened mode
    • mcrypt_enc_get_supported_key_sizes - Returns an array with the supported keysizes of the opened algorithm
    • mcrypt_enc_is_block_algorithm - Checks whether the algorithm of the opened mode is a block algorithm
    • mcrypt_enc_is_block_algorithm_mode - Checks whether the encryption of the opened mode works on blocks
    • mcrypt_enc_is_block_mode - Checks whether the opened mode outputs blocks
    • mcrypt_enc_self_test - Runs a self test on the opened module
    • mcrypt_generic - This function encrypts data
    • mcrypt_generic_deinit - This function deinitializes an encryption module
    • mcrypt_generic_init - This function initializes all buffers needed for encryption
    • mcrypt_get_block_size - Gets the block size of the specified cipher
    • mcrypt_get_cipher_name - Gets the name of the specified cipher
    • mcrypt_get_iv_size - Returns the size of the IV belonging to a specific cipher/mode combination
    • mcrypt_get_key_size - Gets the key size of the specified cipher
    • mcrypt_list_algorithms - Gets an array of all supported ciphers
    • mcrypt_list_modes - Gets an array of all supported modes
    • mcrypt_module_close - Closes the mcrypt module
    • mcrypt_module_get_algo_block_size - Returns the blocksize of the specified algorithm
    • mcrypt_module_get_algo_key_size - Returns the maximum supported keysize of the opened mode
    • mcrypt_module_get_supported_key_sizes - Returns an array with the supported keysizes of the opened algorithm
    • mcrypt_module_is_block_algorithm - This function checks whether the specified algorithm is a block algorithm
    • mcrypt_module_is_block_algorithm_mode - Returns if the specified module is a block algorithm or not
    • mcrypt_module_is_block_mode - Returns if the specified mode outputs blocks or not
    • mcrypt_module_open - Opens the module of the algorithm and the mode to be used
    • mcrypt_module_self_test - This function runs a self test on the specified module
    • md5 - Calculate the md5 hash of a string
    • md5_file - Calculates the md5 hash of a given file
    • mdecrypt_generic - Decrypts data
    • Memcache::add - Add an item to the server
    • Memcache::addServer - Add a memcached server to connection pool
    • Memcache::close - Close memcached server connection
    • Memcache::connect - Open memcached server connection
    • Memcache::decrement - Decrement item's value
    • Memcache::delete - Delete item from the server
    • Memcache::flush - Flush all existing items at the server
    • Memcache::get - Retrieve item from the server
    • Memcache::getExtendedStats - Get statistics from all servers in pool
    • Memcache::getServerStatus - Returns server status
    • Memcache::getStats - Get statistics of the server
    • Memcache::getVersion - Return version of the server
    • Memcache::increment - Increment item's value
    • Memcache::pconnect - Open memcached server persistent connection
    • Memcache::replace - Replace value of the existing item
    • Memcache::set - Store data at the server
    • Memcache::setCompressThreshold - Enable automatic compression of large values
    • Memcache::setServerParams - Changes server parameters and status at runtime
    • Memcached::add - Add an item under a new key
    • Memcached::addByKey - Add an item under a new key on a specific server
    • Memcached::addServer - Add a server to the server pool
    • Memcached::addServers - Add multiple servers to the server pool
    • Memcached::append - Append data to an existing item
    • Memcached::appendByKey - Append data to an existing item on a specific server
    • Memcached::cas - Compare and swap an item
    • Memcached::casByKey - Compare and swap an item on a specific server
    • Memcached::decrement - Decrement numeric item's value
    • Memcached::decrementByKey - Decrement numeric item's value, stored on a specific server
    • Memcached::delete - Delete an item
    • Memcached::deleteByKey - Delete an item from a specific server
    • Memcached::deleteMulti - Delete multiple items
    • Memcached::deleteMultiByKey - Delete multiple items from a specific server
    • Memcached::fetch - Fetch the next result
    • Memcached::fetchAll - Fetch all the remaining results
    • Memcached::flush - Invalidate all items in the cache
    • Memcached::get - Retrieve an item
    • Memcached::getAllKeys - Gets the keys stored on all the servers
    • Memcached::getByKey - Retrieve an item from a specific server
    • Memcached::getDelayed - Request multiple items
    • Memcached::getDelayedByKey - Request multiple items from a specific server
    • Memcached::getMulti - Retrieve multiple items
    • Memcached::getMultiByKey - Retrieve multiple items from a specific server
    • Memcached::getOption - Retrieve a Memcached option value
    • Memcached::getResultCode - Return the result code of the last operation
    • Memcached::getResultMessage - Return the message describing the result of the last operation
    • Memcached::getServerByKey - Map a key to a server
    • Memcached::getServerList - Get the list of the servers in the pool
    • Memcached::getStats - Get server pool statistics
    • Memcached::getVersion - Get server pool version info
    • Memcached::increment - Increment numeric item's value
    • Memcached::incrementByKey - Increment numeric item's value, stored on a specific server
    • Memcached::isPersistent - Check if a persitent connection to memcache is being used
    • Memcached::isPristine - Check if the instance was recently created
    • Memcached::prepend - Prepend data to an existing item
    • Memcached::prependByKey - Prepend data to an existing item on a specific server
    • Memcached::quit - Close any open connections
    • Memcached::replace - Replace the item under an existing key
    • Memcached::replaceByKey - Replace the item under an existing key on a specific server
    • Memcached::resetServerList - Clears all servers from the server list
    • Memcached::set - Store an item
    • Memcached::setByKey - Store an item on a specific server
    • Memcached::setMulti - Store multiple items
    • Memcached::setMultiByKey - Store multiple items on a specific server
    • Memcached::setOption - Set a Memcached option
    • Memcached::setOptions - Set Memcached options
    • Memcached::setSaslAuthData - Set the credentials to use for authentication
    • Memcached::touch - Set a new expiration on an item
    • Memcached::touchByKey - Set a new expiration on an item on a specific server
    • Memcached::__construct - Create a Memcached instance
    • memcache_debug - Turn debug output on/off
    • memory_get_peak_usage - Returns the peak of memory allocated by PHP
    • memory_get_usage - Returns the amount of memory allocated to PHP
    • memory_reset_peak_usage - Reset the peak memory usage
    • MessageFormatter::create - Constructs a new Message Formatter
    • MessageFormatter::format - Format the message
    • MessageFormatter::formatMessage - Quick format message
    • MessageFormatter::getErrorCode - Get the error code from last operation
    • MessageFormatter::getErrorMessage - Get the error text from the last operation
    • MessageFormatter::getLocale - Get the locale for which the formatter was created
    • MessageFormatter::getPattern - Get the pattern used by the formatter
    • MessageFormatter::parse - Parse input string according to pattern
    • MessageFormatter::parseMessage - Quick parse input string
    • MessageFormatter::setPattern - Set the pattern used by the formatter
    • metaphone - Calculate the metaphone key of a string
    • method_exists - Checks if the class method exists
    • mhash - Computes hash
    • mhash_count - Gets the highest available hash ID
    • mhash_get_block_size - Gets the block size of the specified hash
    • mhash_get_hash_name - Gets the name of the specified hash
    • mhash_keygen_s2k - Generates a key
    • microtime - Return current Unix timestamp with microseconds
    • mime_content_type - Detect MIME Content-type for a file
    • min - Find lowest value
    • mkdir - Makes directory
    • mktime - Get Unix timestamp for a date
    • money_format - Formats a number as a currency string
    • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::getData - Returns the Binary's data
    • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::getType - Returns the Binary's type
    • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::serialize - Serialize a Binary
    • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::unserialize - Unserialize a Binary
    • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::__construct - Construct a new Binary
    • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::__toString - Returns the Binary's data
    • MongoDB\BSON\BinaryInterface::getData - Returns the BinaryInterface's data
    • MongoDB\BSON\BinaryInterface::getType - Returns the BinaryInterface's type
    • MongoDB\BSON\BinaryInterface::__toString - Returns the BinaryInterface's data
    • MongoDB\BSON\DBPointer::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\DBPointer::serialize - Serialize a DBPointer
    • MongoDB\BSON\DBPointer::unserialize - Unserialize a DBPointer
    • MongoDB\BSON\DBPointer::__construct - Construct a new DBPointer (unused)
    • MongoDB\BSON\DBPointer::__toString - Returns an empty string
    • MongoDB\BSON\Decimal128::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\Decimal128::serialize - Serialize a Decimal128
    • MongoDB\BSON\Decimal128::unserialize - Unserialize a Decimal128
    • MongoDB\BSON\Decimal128::__construct - Construct a new Decimal128
    • MongoDB\BSON\Decimal128::__toString - Returns the string representation of this Decimal128
    • MongoDB\BSON\Decimal128Interface::__toString - Returns the string representation of this Decimal128Interface
    • MongoDB\BSON\fromJSON - Returns the BSON representation of a JSON value
    • MongoDB\BSON\fromPHP - Returns the BSON representation of a PHP value
    • MongoDB\BSON\Int64::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\Int64::serialize - Serialize an Int64
    • MongoDB\BSON\Int64::unserialize - Unserialize an Int64
    • MongoDB\BSON\Int64::__construct - Construct a new Int64 (unused)
    • MongoDB\BSON\Int64::__toString - Returns the string representation of this Int64
    • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::getCode - Returns the Javascript's code
    • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::getScope - Returns the Javascript's scope document
    • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::serialize - Serialize a Javascript
    • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::unserialize - Unserialize a Javascript
    • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::__construct - Construct a new Javascript
    • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::__toString - Returns the Javascript's code
    • MongoDB\BSON\JavascriptInterface::getCode - Returns the JavascriptInterface's code
    • MongoDB\BSON\JavascriptInterface::getScope - Returns the JavascriptInterface's scope document
    • MongoDB\BSON\JavascriptInterface::__toString - Returns the JavascriptInterface's code
    • MongoDB\BSON\MaxKey::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\MaxKey::serialize - Serialize a MaxKey
    • MongoDB\BSON\MaxKey::unserialize - Unserialize a MaxKey
    • MongoDB\BSON\MaxKey::__construct - Construct a new MaxKey
    • MongoDB\BSON\MinKey::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\MinKey::serialize - Serialize a MinKey
    • MongoDB\BSON\MinKey::unserialize - Unserialize a MinKey
    • MongoDB\BSON\MinKey::__construct - Construct a new MinKey
    • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectId::getTimestamp - Returns the timestamp component of this ObjectId
    • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectId::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectId::serialize - Serialize an ObjectId
    • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectId::unserialize - Unserialize an ObjectId
    • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectId::__construct - Construct a new ObjectId
    • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectId::__toString - Returns the hexidecimal representation of this ObjectId
    • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectIdInterface::getTimestamp - Returns the timestamp component of this ObjectIdInterface
    • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectIdInterface::__toString - Returns the hexidecimal representation of this ObjectIdInterface
    • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::getFlags - Returns the Regex's flags
    • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::getPattern - Returns the Regex's pattern
    • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::serialize - Serialize a Regex
    • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::unserialize - Unserialize a Regex
    • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::__construct - Construct a new Regex
    • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::__toString - Returns the string representation of this Regex
    • MongoDB\BSON\RegexInterface::getFlags - Returns the RegexInterface's flags
    • MongoDB\BSON\RegexInterface::getPattern - Returns the RegexInterface's pattern
    • MongoDB\BSON\RegexInterface::__toString - Returns the string representation of this RegexInterface
    • MongoDB\BSON\Serializable::bsonSerialize - Provides an array or document to serialize as BSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\Symbol::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\Symbol::serialize - Serialize a Symbol
    • MongoDB\BSON\Symbol::unserialize - Unserialize a Symbol
    • MongoDB\BSON\Symbol::__construct - Construct a new Symbol (unused)
    • MongoDB\BSON\Symbol::__toString - Returns the Symbol as a string
    • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::getIncrement - Returns the increment component of this Timestamp
    • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::getTimestamp - Returns the timestamp component of this Timestamp
    • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::serialize - Serialize a Timestamp
    • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::unserialize - Unserialize a Timestamp
    • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::__construct - Construct a new Timestamp
    • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::__toString - Returns the string representation of this Timestamp
    • MongoDB\BSON\TimestampInterface::getIncrement - Returns the increment component of this TimestampInterface
    • MongoDB\BSON\TimestampInterface::getTimestamp - Returns the timestamp component of this TimestampInterface
    • MongoDB\BSON\TimestampInterface::__toString - Returns the string representation of this TimestampInterface
    • MongoDB\BSON\toCanonicalExtendedJSON - Returns the Canonical Extended JSON representation of a BSON value
    • MongoDB\BSON\toJSON - Returns the Legacy Extended JSON representation of a BSON value
    • MongoDB\BSON\toPHP - Returns the PHP representation of a BSON value
    • MongoDB\BSON\toRelaxedExtendedJSON - Returns the Relaxed Extended JSON representation of a BSON value
    • MongoDB\BSON\Undefined::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\Undefined::serialize - Serialize a Undefined
    • MongoDB\BSON\Undefined::unserialize - Unserialize a Undefined
    • MongoDB\BSON\Undefined::__construct - Construct a new Undefined (unused)
    • MongoDB\BSON\Undefined::__toString - Returns an empty string
    • MongoDB\BSON\Unserializable::bsonUnserialize - Constructs the object from a BSON array or document
    • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTime::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
    • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTime::serialize - Serialize a UTCDateTime
    • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTime::toDateTime - Returns the DateTime representation of this UTCDateTime
    • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTime::unserialize - Unserialize a UTCDateTime
    • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTime::__construct - Construct a new UTCDateTime
    • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTime::__toString - Returns the string representation of this UTCDateTime
    • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTimeInterface::toDateTime - Returns the DateTime representation of this UTCDateTimeInterface
    • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTimeInterface::__toString - Returns the string representation of this UTCDateTimeInterface
    • MongoDB\Driver\BulkWrite::count - Count number of write operations in the bulk
    • MongoDB\Driver\BulkWrite::delete - Add a delete operation to the bulk
    • MongoDB\Driver\BulkWrite::insert - Add an insert operation to the bulk
    • MongoDB\Driver\BulkWrite::update - Add an update operation to the bulk
    • MongoDB\Driver\BulkWrite::__construct - Create a new BulkWrite
    • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::createDataKey - Create a new encryption data key
    • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::decrypt - Decrypt a value
    • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::encrypt - Encrypt a value
    • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::__construct - Create a new ClientEncryption object
    • MongoDB\Driver\Command::__construct - Create a new Command
    • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::current - Returns the current element
    • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::getId - Returns the ID for this cursor
    • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::getServer - Returns the server associated with this cursor
    • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::isDead - Checks if the cursor is exhausted or may have additional results
    • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::key - Returns the current result's index within the cursor
    • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::next - Advances the cursor to the next result
    • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::rewind - Rewind the cursor to the first result
    • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::setTypeMap - Sets a type map to use for BSON unserialization
    • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::toArray - Returns an array containing all results for this cursor
    • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::valid - Checks if the current position in the cursor is valid
    • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::__construct - Create a new Cursor (not used)
    • MongoDB\Driver\CursorId::serialize - Serialize a CursorId
    • MongoDB\Driver\CursorId::unserialize - Unserialize a CursorId
    • MongoDB\Driver\CursorId::__construct - Create a new CursorId (not used)
    • MongoDB\Driver\CursorId::__toString - String representation of the cursor ID
    • MongoDB\Driver\CursorInterface::getId - Returns the ID for this cursor
    • MongoDB\Driver\CursorInterface::getServer - Returns the server associated with this cursor
    • MongoDB\Driver\CursorInterface::isDead - Checks if the cursor may have additional results
    • MongoDB\Driver\CursorInterface::setTypeMap - Sets a type map to use for BSON unserialization
    • MongoDB\Driver\CursorInterface::toArray - Returns an array containing all results for this cursor
    • MongoDB\Driver\Exception\CommandException::getResultDocument - Returns the result document for the failed command
    • MongoDB\Driver\Exception\RuntimeException::hasErrorLabel - Returns whether an error label is associated with an exception
    • MongoDB\Driver\Exception\WriteException::getWriteResult - Returns the WriteResult for the failed write operation
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::addSubscriber - Registers a monitoring event subscriber with this Manager
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::createClientEncryption - Create a new ClientEncryption object
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::executeBulkWrite - Execute one or more write operations
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::executeCommand - Execute a database command
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::executeQuery - Execute a database query
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::executeReadCommand - Execute a database command that reads
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::executeReadWriteCommand - Execute a database command that reads and writes
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::executeWriteCommand - Execute a database command that writes
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::getEncryptedFieldsMap - Return the encryptedFieldsMap auto encryption option for the Manager
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::getReadConcern - Return the ReadConcern for the Manager
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::getReadPreference - Return the ReadPreference for the Manager
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::getServers - Return the servers to which this manager is connected
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::getWriteConcern - Return the WriteConcern for the Manager
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::removeSubscriber - Unregisters a monitoring event subscriber with this Manager
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::selectServer - Select a server matching a read preference
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::startSession - Start a new client session for use with this client
    • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::__construct - Create new MongoDB Manager
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\addSubscriber - Registers a monitoring event subscriber globally
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getCommandName - Returns the command name
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getDurationMicros - Returns the command's duration in microseconds
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getError - Returns the Exception associated with the failed command
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getOperationId - Returns the command's operation ID
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getReply - Returns the command reply document
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getRequestId - Returns the command's request ID
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getServer - Returns the Server on which the command was executed
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getServerConnectionId - Returns the server connection ID for the command
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getServiceId - Returns the load balancer service ID for the command
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getCommand - Returns the command document
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getCommandName - Returns the command name
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getDatabaseName - Returns the database on which the command was executed
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getOperationId - Returns the command's operation ID
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getRequestId - Returns the command's request ID
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getServer - Returns the Server on which the command was executed
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getServerConnectionId - Returns the server connection ID for the command
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getServiceId - Returns the load balancer service ID for the command
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSubscriber::commandFailed - Notification method for a failed command
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSubscriber::commandStarted - Notification method for a started command
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSubscriber::commandSucceeded - Notification method for a successful command
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getCommandName - Returns the command name
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getDurationMicros - Returns the command's duration in microseconds
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getOperationId - Returns the command's operation ID
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getReply - Returns the command reply document
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getRequestId - Returns the command's request ID
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getServer - Returns the Server on which the command was executed
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getServerConnectionId - Returns the server connection ID for the command
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getServiceId - Returns the load balancer service ID for the command
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\removeSubscriber - Unregisters a monitoring event subscriber globally
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::serverChanged - Notification method for a server description change
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::serverClosed - Notification method for closing a server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::serverHeartbeatFailed - Notification method for a failed server heartbeat
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::serverHeartbeatStarted - Notification method for a started server heartbeat
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::serverHeartbeatSucceeded - Notification method for a successful server heartbeat
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::serverOpening - Notification method for opening a server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::topologyChanged - Notification method for a topology description change
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::topologyClosed - Notification method for closing the topology
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::topologyOpening - Notification method for opening the topology
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerChangedEvent::getHost - Returns the hostname of the server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerChangedEvent::getNewDescription - Returns the new description for the server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerChangedEvent::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerChangedEvent::getPreviousDescription - Returns the previous description for the server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerChangedEvent::getTopologyId - Returns the topology ID associated with this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerClosedEvent::getHost - Returns the hostname of the server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerClosedEvent::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerClosedEvent::getTopologyId - Returns the topology ID associated with this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatFailedEvent::getDurationMicros - Returns the heartbeat's duration in microseconds
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatFailedEvent::getError - Returns the Exception associated with the failed heartbeat
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatFailedEvent::getHost - Returns the hostname of the server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatFailedEvent::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatFailedEvent::isAwaited - Returns whether the heartbeat used a streaming protocol
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatStartedEvent::getHost - Returns the hostname of the server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatStartedEvent::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatStartedEvent::isAwaited - Returns whether the heartbeat used a streaming protocol
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatSucceededEvent::getDurationMicros - Returns the heartbeat's duration in microseconds
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatSucceededEvent::getHost - Returns the hostname of the server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatSucceededEvent::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatSucceededEvent::getReply - Returns the heartbeat reply document
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatSucceededEvent::isAwaited - Returns whether the heartbeat used a streaming protocol
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerOpeningEvent::getHost - Returns the hostname of the server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerOpeningEvent::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerOpeningEvent::getTopologyId - Returns the topology ID associated with this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\TopologyChangedEvent::getNewDescription - Returns the new description for the topology
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\TopologyChangedEvent::getPreviousDescription - Returns the previous description for the topology
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\TopologyChangedEvent::getTopologyId - Returns the topology ID
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\TopologyClosedEvent::getTopologyId - Returns the topology ID
    • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\TopologyOpeningEvent::getTopologyId - Returns the topology ID
    • MongoDB\Driver\Query::__construct - Create a new Query
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadConcern::bsonSerialize - Returns an object for BSON serialization
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadConcern::getLevel - Returns the ReadConcern's "level" option
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadConcern::isDefault - Checks if this is the default read concern
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadConcern::serialize - Serialize a ReadConcern
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadConcern::unserialize - Unserialize a ReadConcern
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadConcern::__construct - Create a new ReadConcern
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::bsonSerialize - Returns an object for BSON serialization
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::getHedge - Returns the ReadPreference's "hedge" option
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::getMaxStalenessSeconds - Returns the ReadPreference's "maxStalenessSeconds" option
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::getMode - Returns the ReadPreference's "mode" option
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::getModeString - Returns the ReadPreference's "mode" option as a string
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::getTagSets - Returns the ReadPreference's "tagSets" option
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::serialize - Serialize a ReadPreference
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::unserialize - Unserialize a ReadPreference
    • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::__construct - Create a new ReadPreference
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::executeBulkWrite - Execute one or more write operations on this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::executeCommand - Execute a database command on this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::executeQuery - Execute a database query on this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::executeReadCommand - Execute a database command that reads on this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::executeReadWriteCommand - Execute a database command that reads and writes on this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::executeWriteCommand - Execute a database command that writes on this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getHost - Returns the hostname of this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getInfo - Returns an array of information describing this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getLatency - Returns the latency of this server in milliseconds
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getServerDescription - Returns a ServerDescription for this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getTags - Returns an array of tags describing this server in a replica set
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getType - Returns an integer denoting the type of this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::isArbiter - Checks if this server is an arbiter member of a replica set
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::isHidden - Checks if this server is a hidden member of a replica set
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::isPassive - Checks if this server is a passive member of a replica set
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::isPrimary - Checks if this server is a primary member of a replica set
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::isSecondary - Checks if this server is a secondary member of a replica set
    • MongoDB\Driver\Server::__construct - Create a new Server (not used)
    • MongoDB\Driver\ServerApi::bsonSerialize - Returns an object for BSON serialization
    • MongoDB\Driver\ServerApi::serialize - Serialize a ServerApi
    • MongoDB\Driver\ServerApi::unserialize - Unserialize a ServerApi
    • MongoDB\Driver\ServerApi::__construct - Create a new ServerApi instance
    • MongoDB\Driver\ServerDescription::getHelloResponse - Returns the server's most recent "hello" response
    • MongoDB\Driver\ServerDescription::getHost - Returns the hostname of this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\ServerDescription::getLastUpdateTime - Returns the server's last update time in microseconds
    • MongoDB\Driver\ServerDescription::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
    • MongoDB\Driver\ServerDescription::getRoundTripTime - Returns the server's round trip time in milliseconds
    • MongoDB\Driver\ServerDescription::getType - Returns a string denoting the type of this server
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::abortTransaction - Aborts a transaction
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::advanceClusterTime - Advances the cluster time for this session
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::advanceOperationTime - Advances the operation time for this session
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::commitTransaction - Commits a transaction
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::endSession - Terminates a session
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::getClusterTime - Returns the cluster time for this session
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::getLogicalSessionId - Returns the logical session ID for this session
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::getOperationTime - Returns the operation time for this session
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::getServer - Returns the server to which this session is pinned
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::getTransactionOptions - Returns options for the currently running transaction
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::getTransactionState - Returns the current transaction state for this session
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::isDirty - Returns whether the session has been marked as dirty
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::isInTransaction - Returns whether a multi-document transaction is in progress
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::startTransaction - Starts a transaction
    • MongoDB\Driver\Session::__construct - Create a new Session (not used)
    • MongoDB\Driver\TopologyDescription::getServers - Returns the servers in the topology
    • MongoDB\Driver\TopologyDescription::getType - Returns a string denoting the type of this topology
    • MongoDB\Driver\TopologyDescription::hasReadableServer - Returns whether the topology has a readable server
    • MongoDB\Driver\TopologyDescription::hasWritableServer - Returns whether the topology has a writable server
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::bsonSerialize - Returns an object for BSON serialization
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::getJournal - Returns the WriteConcern's "journal" option
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::getW - Returns the WriteConcern's "w" option
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::getWtimeout - Returns the WriteConcern's "wtimeout" option
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::isDefault - Checks if this is the default write concern
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::serialize - Serialize a WriteConcern
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::unserialize - Unserialize a WriteConcern
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::__construct - Create a new WriteConcern
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcernError::getCode - Returns the WriteConcernError's error code
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcernError::getInfo - Returns metadata document for the WriteConcernError
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcernError::getMessage - Returns the WriteConcernError's error message
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteError::getCode - Returns the WriteError's error code
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteError::getIndex - Returns the index of the write operation corresponding to this WriteError
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteError::getInfo - Returns metadata document for the WriteError
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteError::getMessage - Returns the WriteError's error message
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getDeletedCount - Returns the number of documents deleted
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getInsertedCount - Returns the number of documents inserted (excluding upserts)
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getMatchedCount - Returns the number of documents selected for update
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getModifiedCount - Returns the number of existing documents updated
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getServer - Returns the server associated with this write result
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getUpsertedCount - Returns the number of documents inserted by an upsert
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getUpsertedIds - Returns an array of identifiers for upserted documents
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getWriteConcernError - Returns any write concern error that occurred
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getWriteErrors - Returns any write errors that occurred
    • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::isAcknowledged - Returns whether the write was acknowledged
    • move_uploaded_file - Moves an uploaded file to a new location
    • mqseries_back - MQSeries MQBACK
    • mqseries_begin - MQseries MQBEGIN
    • mqseries_close - MQSeries MQCLOSE
    • mqseries_cmit - MQSeries MQCMIT
    • mqseries_conn - MQSeries MQCONN
    • mqseries_connx - MQSeries MQCONNX
    • mqseries_disc - MQSeries MQDISC
    • mqseries_get - MQSeries MQGET
    • mqseries_inq - MQSeries MQINQ
    • mqseries_open - MQSeries MQOPEN
    • mqseries_put - MQSeries MQPUT
    • mqseries_put1 - MQSeries MQPUT1
    • mqseries_set - MQSeries MQSET
    • mqseries_strerror - Returns the error message corresponding to a result code (MQRC)
    • msg_get_queue - Create or attach to a message queue
    • msg_queue_exists - Check whether a message queue exists
    • msg_receive - Receive a message from a message queue
    • msg_remove_queue - Destroy a message queue
    • msg_send - Send a message to a message queue
    • msg_set_queue - Set information in the message queue data structure
    • msg_stat_queue - Returns information from the message queue data structure
    • mt_getrandmax - Show largest possible random value
    • mt_rand - Generate a random value via the Mersenne Twister Random Number Generator
    • mt_srand - Seeds the Mersenne Twister Random Number Generator
    • MultipleIterator::attachIterator - Attaches iterator information
    • MultipleIterator::containsIterator - Checks if an iterator is attached
    • MultipleIterator::countIterators - Gets the number of attached iterator instances
    • MultipleIterator::current - Gets the registered iterator instances
    • MultipleIterator::detachIterator - Detaches an iterator
    • MultipleIterator::getFlags - Gets the flag information
    • MultipleIterator::key - Gets the registered iterator instances
    • MultipleIterator::next - Moves all attached iterator instances forward
    • MultipleIterator::rewind - Rewinds all attached iterator instances
    • MultipleIterator::setFlags - Sets flags
    • MultipleIterator::valid - Checks the validity of sub iterators
    • MultipleIterator::__construct - Constructs a new MultipleIterator
    • mysqli::$affected_rows - Gets the number of affected rows in a previous MySQL operation
    • mysqli::$client_info - Get MySQL client info
    • mysqli::$client_version - Returns the MySQL client version as an integer
    • mysqli::$connect_errno - Returns the error code from last connect call
    • mysqli::$connect_error - Returns a description of the last connection error
    • mysqli::$errno - Returns the error code for the most recent function call
    • mysqli::$error - Returns a string description of the last error
    • mysqli::$error_list - Returns a list of errors from the last command executed
    • mysqli::$field_count - Returns the number of columns for the most recent query
    • mysqli::$host_info - Returns a string representing the type of connection used
    • mysqli::$info - Retrieves information about the most recently executed query
    • mysqli::$insert_id - Returns the value generated for an AUTO_INCREMENT column by the last query
    • mysqli::$protocol_version - Returns the version of the MySQL protocol used
    • mysqli::$server_info - Returns the version of the MySQL server
    • mysqli::$server_version - Returns the version of the MySQL server as an integer
    • mysqli::$sqlstate - Returns the SQLSTATE error from previous MySQL operation
    • mysqli::$thread_id - Returns the thread ID for the current connection
    • mysqli::$warning_count - Returns the number of warnings from the last query for the given link
    • mysqli::autocommit - Turns on or off auto-committing database modifications
    • mysqli::begin_transaction - Starts a transaction
    • mysqli::change_user - Changes the user of the specified database connection
    • mysqli::character_set_name - Returns the current character set of the database connection
    • mysqli::close - Closes a previously opened database connection
    • mysqli::commit - Commits the current transaction
    • mysqli::debug - Performs debugging operations
    • mysqli::dump_debug_info - Dump debugging information into the log
    • mysqli::escape_string - Alias of mysqli_real_escape_string
    • mysqli::get_charset - Returns a character set object
    • mysqli::get_connection_stats - Returns statistics about the client connection
    • mysqli::get_warnings - Get result of SHOW WARNINGS
    • mysqli::init - Initializes MySQLi and returns an object for use with mysqli_real_connect()
    • mysqli::kill - Asks the server to kill a MySQL thread
    • mysqli::more_results - Check if there are any more query results from a multi query
    • mysqli::multi_query - Performs one or more queries on the database
    • mysqli::next_result - Prepare next result from multi_query
    • mysqli::options - Set options
    • mysqli::ping - Pings a server connection, or tries to reconnect if the connection has gone down
    • mysqli::poll - Poll connections
    • mysqli::prepare - Prepares an SQL statement for execution
    • mysqli::query - Performs a query on the database
    • mysqli::real_connect - Opens a connection to a mysql server
    • mysqli::real_escape_string - Escapes special characters in a string for use in an SQL statement, taking into account the current charset of the connection
    • mysqli::real_query - Execute an SQL query
    • mysqli::reap_async_query - Get result from async query
    • mysqli::refresh - Refreshes
    • mysqli::release_savepoint - Removes the named savepoint from the set of savepoints of the current transaction
    • mysqli::rollback - Rolls back current transaction
    • mysqli::savepoint - Set a named transaction savepoint
    • mysqli::select_db - Selects the default database for database queries
    • mysqli::set_charset - Sets the client character set
    • mysqli::set_opt - Alias of mysqli_options
    • mysqli::ssl_set - Used for establishing secure connections using SSL
    • mysqli::stat - Gets the current system status
    • mysqli::stmt_init - Initializes a statement and returns an object for use with mysqli_stmt_prepare
    • mysqli::store_result - Transfers a result set from the last query
    • mysqli::thread_safe - Returns whether thread safety is given or not
    • mysqli::use_result - Initiate a result set retrieval
    • mysqli::__construct - Open a new connection to the MySQL server
    • mysqli_connect - Alias of mysqli::__construct
    • mysqli_driver::$report_mode - Sets mysqli error reporting mode
    • mysqli_driver::embedded_server_end - Stop embedded server
    • mysqli_driver::embedded_server_start - Initialize and start embedded server
    • mysqli_execute - Alias of mysqli_stmt_execute
    • mysqli_get_client_stats - Returns client per-process statistics
    • mysqli_get_links_stats - Return information about open and cached links
    • mysqli_report - Alias of mysqli_driver->report_mode
    • mysqli_result::$current_field - Get current field offset of a result pointer
    • mysqli_result::$field_count - Gets the number of fields in the result set
    • mysqli_result::$lengths - Returns the lengths of the columns of the current row in the result set
    • mysqli_result::$num_rows - Gets the number of rows in the result set
    • mysqli_result::data_seek - Adjusts the result pointer to an arbitrary row in the result
    • mysqli_result::fetch_all - Fetch all result rows as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
    • mysqli_result::fetch_array - Fetch the next row of a result set as an associative, a numeric array, or both
    • mysqli_result::fetch_assoc - Fetch the next row of a result set as an associative array
    • mysqli_result::fetch_column - Fetch a single column from the next row of a result set
    • mysqli_result::fetch_field - Returns the next field in the result set
    • mysqli_result::fetch_fields - Returns an array of objects representing the fields in a result set
    • mysqli_result::fetch_field_direct - Fetch meta-data for a single field
    • mysqli_result::fetch_object - Fetch the next row of a result set as an object
    • mysqli_result::fetch_row - Fetch the next row of a result set as an enumerated array
    • mysqli_result::field_seek - Set result pointer to a specified field offset
    • mysqli_result::free - Frees the memory associated with a result
    • mysqli_result::getIterator - Retrieve an external iterator
    • mysqli_result::__construct - Constructs a mysqli_result object
    • mysqli_sql_exception::getSqlState - Returns the SQLSTATE error code
    • mysqli_stmt::$affected_rows - Returns the total number of rows changed, deleted, inserted, or matched by the last statement executed
    • mysqli_stmt::$errno - Returns the error code for the most recent statement call
    • mysqli_stmt::$error - Returns a string description for last statement error
    • mysqli_stmt::$error_list - Returns a list of errors from the last statement executed
    • mysqli_stmt::$field_count - Returns the number of columns in the given statement
    • mysqli_stmt::$insert_id - Get the ID generated from the previous INSERT operation
    • mysqli_stmt::$num_rows - Returns the number of rows fetched from the server
    • mysqli_stmt::$param_count - Returns the number of parameters for the given statement
    • mysqli_stmt::$sqlstate - Returns SQLSTATE error from previous statement operation
    • mysqli_stmt::attr_get - Used to get the current value of a statement attribute
    • mysqli_stmt::attr_set - Used to modify the behavior of a prepared statement
    • mysqli_stmt::bind_param - Binds variables to a prepared statement as parameters
    • mysqli_stmt::bind_result - Binds variables to a prepared statement for result storage
    • mysqli_stmt::close - Closes a prepared statement
    • mysqli_stmt::data_seek - Seeks to an arbitrary row in statement result set
    • mysqli_stmt::execute - Executes a prepared statement
    • mysqli_stmt::fetch - Fetch results from a prepared statement into the bound variables
    • mysqli_stmt::free_result - Frees stored result memory for the given statement handle
    • mysqli_stmt::get_result - Gets a result set from a prepared statement as a mysqli_result object
    • mysqli_stmt::get_warnings - Get result of SHOW WARNINGS
    • mysqli_stmt::more_results - Check if there are more query results from a multiple query
    • mysqli_stmt::next_result - Reads the next result from a multiple query
    • mysqli_stmt::prepare - Prepares an SQL statement for execution
    • mysqli_stmt::reset - Resets a prepared statement
    • mysqli_stmt::result_metadata - Returns result set metadata from a prepared statement
    • mysqli_stmt::send_long_data - Send data in blocks
    • mysqli_stmt::store_result - Stores a result set in an internal buffer
    • mysqli_stmt::__construct - Constructs a new mysqli_stmt object
    • mysqli_warning::next - Fetch next warning
    • mysqli_warning::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
    • mysql_affected_rows - Get number of affected rows in previous MySQL operation
    • mysql_client_encoding - Returns the name of the character set
    • mysql_close - Close MySQL connection
    • mysql_connect - Open a connection to a MySQL Server
    • mysql_create_db - Create a MySQL database
    • mysql_data_seek - Move internal result pointer
    • mysql_db_name - Retrieves database name from the call to mysql_list_dbs
    • mysql_db_query - Selects a database and executes a query on it
    • mysql_drop_db - Drop (delete) a MySQL database
    • mysql_errno - Returns the numerical value of the error message from previous MySQL operation
    • mysql_error - Returns the text of the error message from previous MySQL operation
    • mysql_escape_string - Escapes a string for use in a mysql_query
    • mysql_fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
    • mysql_fetch_assoc - Fetch a result row as an associative array
    • mysql_fetch_field - Get column information from a result and return as an object
    • mysql_fetch_lengths - Get the length of each output in a result
    • mysql_fetch_object - Fetch a result row as an object
    • mysql_fetch_row - Get a result row as an enumerated array
    • mysql_field_flags - Get the flags associated with the specified field in a result
    • mysql_field_len - Returns the length of the specified field
    • mysql_field_name - Get the name of the specified field in a result
    • mysql_field_seek - Set result pointer to a specified field offset
    • mysql_field_table - Get name of the table the specified field is in
    • mysql_field_type - Get the type of the specified field in a result
    • mysql_free_result - Free result memory
    • mysql_get_client_info - Get MySQL client info
    • mysql_get_host_info - Get MySQL host info
    • mysql_get_proto_info - Get MySQL protocol info
    • mysql_get_server_info - Get MySQL server info
    • mysql_info - Get information about the most recent query
    • mysql_insert_id - Get the ID generated in the last query
    • mysql_list_dbs - List databases available on a MySQL server
    • mysql_list_fields - List MySQL table fields
    • mysql_list_processes - List MySQL processes
    • mysql_list_tables - List tables in a MySQL database
    • mysql_num_fields - Get number of fields in result
    • mysql_num_rows - Get number of rows in result
    • mysql_pconnect - Open a persistent connection to a MySQL server
    • mysql_ping - Ping a server connection or reconnect if there is no connection
    • mysql_query - Send a MySQL query
    • mysql_real_escape_string - Escapes special characters in a string for use in an SQL statement
    • mysql_result - Get result data
    • mysql_select_db - Select a MySQL database
    • mysql_set_charset - Sets the client character set
    • mysql_stat - Get current system status
    • mysql_tablename - Get table name of field
    • mysql_thread_id - Return the current thread ID
    • mysql_unbuffered_query - Send an SQL query to MySQL without fetching and buffering the result rows
    • mysql_xdevapi\Client::close - Close client
  • n
    • natcasesort - Sort an array using a case insensitive "natural order" algorithm
    • natsort - Sort an array using a "natural order" algorithm
    • net_get_interfaces - Get network interfaces
    • next - Advance the internal pointer of an array
    • ngettext - Plural version of gettext
    • nl2br - Inserts HTML line breaks before all newlines in a string
    • nl_langinfo - Query language and locale information
    • NoRewindIterator::current - Get the current value
    • NoRewindIterator::getInnerIterator - Get the inner iterator
    • NoRewindIterator::key - Get the current key
    • NoRewindIterator::next - Forward to the next element
    • NoRewindIterator::rewind - Prevents the rewind operation on the inner iterator
    • NoRewindIterator::valid - Validates the iterator
    • NoRewindIterator::__construct - Construct a NoRewindIterator
    • Normalizer::getRawDecomposition - Gets the Decomposition_Mapping property for the given UTF-8 encoded code point
    • Normalizer::isNormalized - Checks if the provided string is already in the specified normalization form
    • Normalizer::normalize - Normalizes the input provided and returns the normalized string
    • NumberFormatter::create - Create a number formatter
    • NumberFormatter::format - Format a number
    • NumberFormatter::formatCurrency - Format a currency value
    • NumberFormatter::getAttribute - Get an attribute
    • NumberFormatter::getErrorCode - Get formatter's last error code
    • NumberFormatter::getErrorMessage - Get formatter's last error message
    • NumberFormatter::getLocale - Get formatter locale
    • NumberFormatter::getPattern - Get formatter pattern
    • NumberFormatter::getSymbol - Get a symbol value
    • NumberFormatter::getTextAttribute - Get a text attribute
    • NumberFormatter::parse - Parse a number
    • NumberFormatter::parseCurrency - Parse a currency number
    • NumberFormatter::setAttribute - Set an attribute
    • NumberFormatter::setPattern - Set formatter pattern
    • NumberFormatter::setSymbol - Set a symbol value
    • NumberFormatter::setTextAttribute - Set a text attribute
    • number_format - Format a number with grouped thousands
  • o
    • OAuth::disableDebug - Turn off verbose debugging
    • OAuth::disableRedirects - Turn off redirects
    • OAuth::disableSSLChecks - Turn off SSL checks
    • OAuth::enableDebug - Turn on verbose debugging
    • OAuth::enableRedirects - Turn on redirects
    • OAuth::enableSSLChecks - Turn on SSL checks
    • OAuth::fetch - Fetch an OAuth protected resource
    • OAuth::generateSignature - Generate a signature
    • OAuth::getAccessToken - Fetch an access token
    • OAuth::getCAPath - Gets CA information
    • OAuth::getLastResponse - Get the last response
    • OAuth::getLastResponseHeaders - Get headers for last response
    • OAuth::getLastResponseInfo - Get HTTP information about the last response
    • OAuth::getRequestHeader - Generate OAuth header string signature
    • OAuth::getRequestToken - Fetch a request token
    • OAuth::setAuthType - Set authorization type
    • OAuth::setCAPath - Set CA path and info
    • OAuth::setNonce - Set the nonce for subsequent requests
    • OAuth::setRequestEngine - The setRequestEngine purpose
    • OAuth::setRSACertificate - Set the RSA certificate
    • OAuth::setSSLChecks - Tweak specific SSL checks for requests
    • OAuth::setTimestamp - Set the timestamp
    • OAuth::setToken - Sets the token and secret
    • OAuth::setVersion - Set the OAuth version
    • OAuth::__construct - Create a new OAuth object
    • OAuth::__destruct - The destructor
    • OAuthProvider::addRequiredParameter - Add required parameters
    • OAuthProvider::callconsumerHandler - Calls the consumerNonceHandler callback
    • OAuthProvider::callTimestampNonceHandler - Calls the timestampNonceHandler callback
    • OAuthProvider::calltokenHandler - Calls the tokenNonceHandler callback
    • OAuthProvider::checkOAuthRequest - Check an oauth request
    • OAuthProvider::consumerHandler - Set the consumerHandler handler callback
    • OAuthProvider::generateToken - Generate a random token
    • OAuthProvider::is2LeggedEndpoint - is2LeggedEndpoint
    • OAuthProvider::isRequestTokenEndpoint - Sets isRequestTokenEndpoint
    • OAuthProvider::removeRequiredParameter - Remove a required parameter
    • OAuthProvider::reportProblem - Report a problem
    • OAuthProvider::setParam - Set a parameter
    • OAuthProvider::setRequestTokenPath - Set request token path
    • OAuthProvider::timestampNonceHandler - Set the timestampNonceHandler handler callback
    • OAuthProvider::tokenHandler - Set the tokenHandler handler callback
    • OAuthProvider::__construct - Constructs a new OAuthProvider object
    • oauth_get_sbs - Generate a Signature Base String
    • oauth_urlencode - Encode a URI to RFC 3986
    • ob_clean - Clean (erase) the output buffer
    • ob_end_clean - Clean (erase) the output buffer and turn off output buffering
    • ob_end_flush - Flush (send) the output buffer and turn off output buffering
    • ob_flush - Flush (send) the output buffer
    • ob_get_clean - Get current buffer contents and delete current output buffer
    • ob_get_contents - Return the contents of the output buffer
    • ob_get_flush - Flush the output buffer, return it as a string and turn off output buffering
    • ob_get_length - Return the length of the output buffer
    • ob_get_level - Return the nesting level of the output buffering mechanism
    • ob_get_status - Get status of output buffers
    • ob_gzhandler - ob_start callback function to gzip output buffer
    • ob_iconv_handler - Convert character encoding as output buffer handler
    • ob_implicit_flush - Turn implicit flush on/off
    • ob_list_handlers - List all output handlers in use
    • ob_start - Turn on output buffering
    • ob_tidyhandler - ob_start callback function to repair the buffer
    • ocibindbyname - Alias of oci_bind_by_name
    • ocicancel - Alias of oci_cancel
    • ocicloselob - Alias of OCILob::close
    • ocicollappend - Alias of OCICollection::append
    • ocicollassign - Alias of OCICollection::assign
    • ocicollassignelem - Alias of OCICollection::assignElem
    • OCICollection::append - Appends element to the collection
    • OCICollection::assign - Assigns a value to the collection from another existing collection
    • OCICollection::assignElem - Assigns a value to the element of the collection
    • OCICollection::free - Frees the resources associated with the collection object
    • OCICollection::getElem - Returns value of the element
    • OCICollection::max - Returns the maximum number of elements in the collection
    • OCICollection::size - Returns size of the collection
    • OCICollection::trim - Trims elements from the end of the collection
    • ocicollgetelem - Alias of OCICollection::getElem
    • ocicollmax - Alias of OCICollection::max
    • ocicollsize - Alias of OCICollection::size
    • ocicolltrim - Alias of OCICollection::trim
    • ocicolumnisnull - Alias of oci_field_is_null
    • ocicolumnname - Alias of oci_field_name
    • ocicolumnprecision - Alias of oci_field_precision
    • ocicolumnscale - Alias of oci_field_scale
    • ocicolumnsize - Alias of oci_field_size
    • ocicolumntype - Alias of oci_field_type
    • ocicolumntyperaw - Alias of oci_field_type_raw
    • ocicommit - Alias of oci_commit
    • ocidefinebyname - Alias of oci_define_by_name
    • ocierror - Alias of oci_error
    • ociexecute - Alias of oci_execute
    • ocifetch - Alias of oci_fetch
    • ocifetchinto - Obsolete variant of oci_fetch_array, oci_fetch_object, oci_fetch_assoc and oci_fetch_row
    • ocifetchstatement - Alias of oci_fetch_all
    • ocifreecollection - Alias of OCICollection::free
    • ocifreecursor - Alias of oci_free_statement
    • ocifreedesc - Alias of OCILob::free
    • ocifreestatement - Alias of oci_free_statement
    • ociinternaldebug - Alias of oci_internal_debug
    • ociloadlob - Alias of OCILob::load
    • OCILob::append - Appends data from the large object to another large object
    • OCILob::close - Closes LOB descriptor
    • OCILob::eof - Tests for end-of-file on a large object's descriptor
    • OCILob::erase - Erases a specified portion of the internal LOB data
    • OCILob::export - Exports LOB's contents to a file
    • OCILob::flush - Flushes/writes buffer of the LOB to the server
    • OCILob::free - Frees resources associated with the LOB descriptor
    • OCILob::getBuffering - Returns current state of buffering for the large object
    • OCILob::import - Imports file data to the LOB
    • OCILob::load - Returns large object's contents
    • OCILob::read - Reads part of the large object
    • OCILob::rewind - Moves the internal pointer to the beginning of the large object
    • OCILob::save - Saves data to the large object
    • OCILob::saveFile - Alias of OCILob::import
    • OCILob::seek - Sets the internal pointer of the large object
    • OCILob::setBuffering - Changes current state of buffering for the large object
    • OCILob::size - Returns size of large object
    • OCILob::tell - Returns the current position of internal pointer of large object
    • OCILob::truncate - Truncates large object
    • OCILob::write - Writes data to the large object
    • OCILob::writeTemporary - Writes a temporary large object
    • OCILob::writeToFile - Alias of OCILob::export
    • ocilogoff - Alias of oci_close
    • ocilogon - Alias of oci_connect
    • ocinewcollection - Alias of oci_new_collection
    • ocinewcursor - Alias of oci_new_cursor
    • ocinewdescriptor - Alias of oci_new_descriptor
    • ocinlogon - Alias of oci_new_connect
    • ocinumcols - Alias of oci_num_fields
    • ociparse - Alias of oci_parse
    • ociplogon - Alias of oci_pconnect
    • ociresult - Alias of oci_result
    • ocirollback - Alias of oci_rollback
    • ocirowcount - Alias of oci_num_rows
    • ocisavelob - Alias of OCILob::save
    • ocisavelobfile - Alias of OCILob::import
    • ociserverversion - Alias of oci_server_version
    • ocisetprefetch - Alias of oci_set_prefetch
    • ocistatementtype - Alias of oci_statement_type
    • ociwritelobtofile - Alias of OCILob::export
    • ociwritetemporarylob - Alias of OCILob::writeTemporary
    • oci_bind_array_by_name - Binds a PHP array to an Oracle PL/SQL array parameter
    • oci_bind_by_name - Binds a PHP variable to an Oracle placeholder
    • oci_cancel - Cancels reading from cursor
    • oci_client_version - Returns the Oracle client library version
    • oci_close - Closes an Oracle connection
    • oci_commit - Commits the outstanding database transaction
    • oci_connect - Connect to an Oracle database
    • oci_define_by_name - Associates a PHP variable with a column for query fetches
    • oci_error - Returns the last error found
    • oci_execute - Executes a statement
    • oci_fetch - Fetches the next row from a query into internal buffers
    • oci_fetch_all - Fetches multiple rows from a query into a two-dimensional array
    • oci_fetch_array - Returns the next row from a query as an associative or numeric array
    • oci_fetch_assoc - Returns the next row from a query as an associative array
    • oci_fetch_object - Returns the next row from a query as an object
    • oci_fetch_row - Returns the next row from a query as a numeric array
    • oci_field_is_null - Checks if a field in the currently fetched row is null
    • oci_field_name - Returns the name of a field from the statement
    • oci_field_precision - Tell the precision of a field
    • oci_field_scale - Tell the scale of the field
    • oci_field_size - Returns field's size
    • oci_field_type - Returns a field's data type name
    • oci_field_type_raw - Tell the raw Oracle data type of the field
    • oci_free_descriptor - Frees a descriptor
    • oci_free_statement - Frees all resources associated with statement or cursor
    • oci_get_implicit_resultset - Returns the next child statement resource from a parent statement resource that has Oracle Database Implicit Result Sets
    • oci_internal_debug - Enables or disables internal debug output
    • oci_lob_copy - Copies large object
    • oci_lob_is_equal - Compares two LOB/FILE locators for equality
    • oci_new_collection - Allocates new collection object
    • oci_new_connect - Connect to the Oracle server using a unique connection
    • oci_new_cursor - Allocates and returns a new cursor (statement handle)
    • oci_new_descriptor - Initializes a new empty LOB or FILE descriptor
    • oci_num_fields - Returns the number of result columns in a statement
    • oci_num_rows - Returns number of rows affected during statement execution
    • oci_parse - Prepares an Oracle statement for execution
    • oci_password_change - Changes password of Oracle's user
    • oci_pconnect - Connect to an Oracle database using a persistent connection
    • oci_register_taf_callback - Register a user-defined callback function for Oracle Database TAF
    • oci_result - Returns field's value from the fetched row
    • oci_rollback - Rolls back the outstanding database transaction
    • oci_server_version - Returns the Oracle Database version
    • oci_set_action - Sets the action name
    • oci_set_call_timeout - Sets a millisecond timeout for database calls
    • oci_set_client_identifier - Sets the client identifier
    • oci_set_client_info - Sets the client information
    • oci_set_db_operation - Sets the database operation
    • oci_set_edition - Sets the database edition
    • oci_set_module_name - Sets the module name
    • oci_set_prefetch - Sets number of rows to be prefetched by queries
    • oci_set_prefetch_lob - Sets the amount of data prefetched for each CLOB or BLOB.
    • oci_statement_type - Returns the type of a statement
    • oci_unregister_taf_callback - Unregister a user-defined callback function for Oracle Database TAF
    • octdec - Octal to decimal
    • odbc_autocommit - Toggle autocommit behaviour
    • odbc_binmode - Handling of binary column data
    • odbc_close - Close an ODBC connection
    • odbc_close_all - Close all ODBC connections
    • odbc_columnprivileges - Lists columns and associated privileges for the given table
    • odbc_columns - Lists the column names in specified tables
    • odbc_commit - Commit an ODBC transaction
    • odbc_connect - Connect to a datasource
    • odbc_cursor - Get cursorname
    • odbc_data_source - Returns information about available DSNs
    • odbc_do - Alias of odbc_exec
    • odbc_error - Get the last error code
    • odbc_errormsg - Get the last error message
    • odbc_exec - Directly execute an SQL statement
    • odbc_execute - Execute a prepared statement
    • odbc_fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative array
    • odbc_fetch_into - Fetch one result row into array
    • odbc_fetch_object - Fetch a result row as an object
    • odbc_fetch_row - Fetch a row
    • odbc_field_len - Get the length (precision) of a field
    • odbc_field_name - Get the columnname
    • odbc_field_num - Return column number
    • odbc_field_precision - Alias of odbc_field_len
    • odbc_field_scale - Get the scale of a field
    • odbc_field_type - Datatype of a field
    • odbc_foreignkeys - Retrieves a list of foreign keys
    • odbc_free_result - Free resources associated with a result
    • odbc_gettypeinfo - Retrieves information about data types supported by the data source
    • odbc_longreadlen - Handling of LONG columns
    • odbc_next_result - Checks if multiple results are available
    • odbc_num_fields - Number of columns in a result
    • odbc_num_rows - Number of rows in a result
    • odbc_pconnect - Open a persistent database connection
    • odbc_prepare - Prepares a statement for execution
    • odbc_primarykeys - Gets the primary keys for a table
    • odbc_procedurecolumns - Retrieve information about parameters to procedures
    • odbc_procedures - Get the list of procedures stored in a specific data source
    • odbc_result - Get result data
    • odbc_result_all - Print result as HTML table
    • odbc_rollback - Rollback a transaction
    • odbc_setoption - Adjust ODBC settings
    • odbc_specialcolumns - Retrieves special columns
    • odbc_statistics - Retrieve statistics about a table
    • odbc_tableprivileges - Lists tables and the privileges associated with each table
    • odbc_tables - Get the list of table names stored in a specific data source
    • ogg:// - Audio streams
    • opcache_compile_file - Compiles and caches a PHP script without executing it
    • opcache_get_configuration - Get configuration information about the cache
    • opcache_get_status - Get status information about the cache
    • opcache_invalidate - Invalidates a cached script
    • opcache_is_script_cached - Tells whether a script is cached in OPCache
    • opcache_reset - Resets the contents of the opcode cache
    • openal_buffer_create - Generate OpenAL buffer
    • openal_buffer_data - Load a buffer with data
    • openal_buffer_destroy - Destroys an OpenAL buffer
    • openal_buffer_get - Retrieve an OpenAL buffer property
    • openal_buffer_loadwav - Load a .wav file into a buffer
    • openal_context_create - Create an audio processing context
    • openal_context_current - Make the specified context current
    • openal_context_destroy - Destroys a context
    • openal_context_process - Process the specified context
    • openal_context_suspend - Suspend the specified context
    • openal_device_close - Close an OpenAL device
    • openal_device_open - Initialize the OpenAL audio layer
    • openal_listener_get - Retrieve a listener property
    • openal_listener_set - Set a listener property
    • openal_source_create - Generate a source resource
    • openal_source_destroy - Destroy a source resource
    • openal_source_get - Retrieve an OpenAL source property
    • openal_source_pause - Pause the source
    • openal_source_play - Start playing the source
    • openal_source_rewind - Rewind the source
    • openal_source_set - Set source property
    • openal_source_stop - Stop playing the source
    • openal_stream - Begin streaming on a source
    • opendir - Open directory handle
    • openlog - Open connection to system logger
    • openssl_cipher_iv_length - Gets the cipher iv length
    • openssl_cipher_key_length - Gets the cipher key length
    • openssl_cms_decrypt - Decrypt a CMS message
    • openssl_cms_encrypt - Encrypt a CMS message
    • openssl_cms_read - Export the CMS file to an array of PEM certificates
    • openssl_cms_sign - Sign a file
    • openssl_cms_verify - Verify a CMS signature
    • openssl_csr_export - Exports a CSR as a string
    • openssl_csr_export_to_file - Exports a CSR to a file
    • openssl_csr_get_public_key - Returns the public key of a CSR
    • openssl_csr_get_subject - Returns the subject of a CSR
    • openssl_csr_new - Generates a CSR
    • openssl_csr_sign - Sign a CSR with another certificate (or itself) and generate a certificate
    • openssl_decrypt - Decrypts data
    • openssl_dh_compute_key - Computes shared secret for public value of remote DH public key and local DH key
    • openssl_digest - Computes a digest
    • openssl_encrypt - Encrypts data
    • openssl_error_string - Return openSSL error message
    • openssl_free_key - Free key resource
    • openssl_get_cert_locations - Retrieve the available certificate locations
    • openssl_get_cipher_methods - Gets available cipher methods
    • openssl_get_curve_names - Gets list of available curve names for ECC
    • openssl_get_md_methods - Gets available digest methods
    • openssl_get_privatekey - Alias of openssl_pkey_get_private
    • openssl_get_publickey - Alias of openssl_pkey_get_public
    • openssl_open - Open sealed data
    • openssl_pbkdf2 - Generates a PKCS5 v2 PBKDF2 string
    • openssl_pkcs7_decrypt - Decrypts an S/MIME encrypted message
    • openssl_pkcs7_encrypt - Encrypt an S/MIME message
    • openssl_pkcs7_read - Export the PKCS7 file to an array of PEM certificates
    • openssl_pkcs7_sign - Sign an S/MIME message
    • openssl_pkcs7_verify - Verifies the signature of an S/MIME signed message
    • openssl_pkcs12_export - Exports a PKCS#12 Compatible Certificate Store File to variable
    • openssl_pkcs12_export_to_file - Exports a PKCS#12 Compatible Certificate Store File
    • openssl_pkcs12_read - Parse a PKCS#12 Certificate Store into an array
    • openssl_pkey_derive - Computes shared secret for public value of remote and local DH or ECDH key
    • openssl_pkey_export - Gets an exportable representation of a key into a string
    • openssl_pkey_export_to_file - Gets an exportable representation of a key into a file
    • openssl_pkey_free - Frees a private key
    • openssl_pkey_get_details - Returns an array with the key details
    • openssl_pkey_get_private - Get a private key
    • openssl_pkey_get_public - Extract public key from certificate and prepare it for use
    • openssl_pkey_new - Generates a new private key
    • openssl_private_decrypt - Decrypts data with private key
    • openssl_private_encrypt - Encrypts data with private key
    • openssl_public_decrypt - Decrypts data with public key
    • openssl_public_encrypt - Encrypts data with public key
    • openssl_random_pseudo_bytes - Generate a pseudo-random string of bytes
    • openssl_seal - Seal (encrypt) data
    • openssl_sign - Generate signature
    • openssl_spki_export - Exports a valid PEM formatted public key signed public key and challenge
    • openssl_spki_export_challenge - Exports the challenge associated with a signed public key and challenge
    • openssl_spki_new - Generate a new signed public key and challenge
    • openssl_spki_verify - Verifies a signed public key and challenge
    • openssl_verify - Verify signature
    • openssl_x509_checkpurpose - Verifies if a certificate can be used for a particular purpose
    • openssl_x509_check_private_key - Checks if a private key corresponds to a certificate
    • openssl_x509_export - Exports a certificate as a string
    • openssl_x509_export_to_file - Exports a certificate to file
    • openssl_x509_fingerprint - Calculates the fingerprint, or digest, of a given X.509 certificate
    • openssl_x509_free - Free certificate resource
    • openssl_x509_parse - Parse an X509 certificate and return the information as an array
    • openssl_x509_read - Parse an X.509 certificate and return an object for it
    • openssl_x509_verify - Verifies digital signature of x509 certificate against a public key
    • ord - Convert the first byte of a string to a value between 0 and 255
    • OuterIterator::getInnerIterator - Returns the inner iterator for the current entry
    • output_add_rewrite_var - Add URL rewriter values
    • output_reset_rewrite_vars - Reset URL rewriter values
  • p
    • pack - Pack data into binary string
    • parallel\bootstrap - Bootstrapping
    • parallel\Channel::close - Closing
    • parallel\Channel::make - Access
    • parallel\Channel::open - Access
    • parallel\Channel::recv - Sharing
    • parallel\Channel::send - Sharing
    • parallel\Channel::__construct - Channel Construction
    • parallel\Events::addChannel - Targets
    • parallel\Events::addFuture - Targets
    • parallel\Events::poll - Polling
    • parallel\Events::remove - Targets
    • parallel\Events::setBlocking - Behaviour
    • parallel\Events::setInput - Input
    • parallel\Events::setTimeout - Behaviour
    • parallel\Events\Input::add - Inputs
    • parallel\Events\Input::clear - Inputs
    • parallel\Events\Input::remove - Inputs
    • parallel\Future::cancel - Cancellation
    • parallel\Future::cancelled - State Detection
    • parallel\Future::done - State Detection
    • parallel\Future::value - Resolution
    • parallel\run - Execution
    • parallel\Runtime::close - Runtime Graceful Join
    • parallel\Runtime::kill - Runtime Join
    • parallel\Runtime::run - Execution
    • parallel\Runtime::__construct - Runtime Construction
    • parallel\Sync::get - Access
    • parallel\Sync::notify - Synchronization
    • parallel\Sync::set - Access
    • parallel\Sync::wait - Synchronization
    • parallel\Sync::__construct - Construction
    • parallel\Sync::__invoke - Synchronization
    • ParentIterator::accept - Determines acceptability
    • ParentIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children contained in a ParentIterator
    • ParentIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the inner iterator's current element has children
    • ParentIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
    • ParentIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator
    • ParentIterator::__construct - Constructs a ParentIterator
    • Parle\Lexer::advance - Process next lexer rule
    • Parle\Lexer::build - Finalize the lexer rule set
    • Parle\Lexer::callout - Define token callback
    • Parle\Lexer::consume - Pass the data for processing
    • Parle\Lexer::dump - Dump the state machine
    • Parle\Lexer::getToken - Retrieve the current token
    • Parle\Lexer::insertMacro - Insert regex macro
    • Parle\Lexer::push - Add a lexer rule
    • Parle\Lexer::reset - Reset lexer
    • Parle\Parser::advance - Process next parser rule
    • Parle\Parser::build - Finalize the grammar rules
    • Parle\Parser::consume - Consume the data for processing
    • Parle\Parser::dump - Dump the grammar
    • Parle\Parser::errorInfo - Retrieve the error information
    • Parle\Parser::left - Declare a token with left-associativity
    • Parle\Parser::nonassoc - Declare a token with no associativity
    • Parle\Parser::precedence - Declare a precedence rule
    • Parle\Parser::push - Add a grammar rule
    • Parle\Parser::reset - Reset parser state
    • Parle\Parser::right - Declare a token with right-associativity
    • Parle\Parser::sigil - Retrieve a matching part of a rule
    • Parle\Parser::token - Declare a token
    • Parle\Parser::tokenId - Get token id
    • Parle\Parser::trace - Trace the parser operation
    • Parle\Parser::validate - Validate input
    • Parle\RLexer::advance - Process next lexer rule
    • Parle\RLexer::build - Finalize the lexer rule set
    • Parle\RLexer::callout - Define token callback
    • Parle\RLexer::consume - Pass the data for processing
    • Parle\RLexer::dump - Dump the state machine
    • Parle\RLexer::getToken - Retrieve the current token
    • Parle\RLexer::insertMacro - Insert regex macro
    • Parle\RLexer::push - Add a lexer rule
    • Parle\RLexer::pushState - Push a new start state
    • Parle\RLexer::reset - Reset lexer
    • Parle\RParser::advance - Process next parser rule
    • Parle\RParser::build - Finalize the grammar rules
    • Parle\RParser::consume - Consume the data for processing
    • Parle\RParser::dump - Dump the grammar
    • Parle\RParser::errorInfo - Retrieve the error information
    • Parle\RParser::left - Declare a token with left-associativity
    • Parle\RParser::nonassoc - Declare a token with no associativity
    • Parle\RParser::precedence - Declare a precedence rule
    • Parle\RParser::push - Add a grammar rule
    • Parle\RParser::reset - Reset parser state
    • Parle\RParser::right - Declare a token with right-associativity
    • Parle\RParser::sigil - Retrieve a matching part of a rule
    • Parle\RParser::token - Declare a token
    • Parle\RParser::tokenId - Get token id
    • Parle\RParser::trace - Trace the parser operation
    • Parle\RParser::validate - Validate input
    • Parle\Stack::pop - Pop an item from the stack
    • Parle\Stack::push - Push an item into the stack
    • parse_ini_file - Parse a configuration file
    • parse_ini_string - Parse a configuration string
    • parse_str - Parses the string into variables
    • parse_url - Parse a URL and return its components
    • passthru - Execute an external program and display raw output
    • password_algos - Get available password hashing algorithm IDs
    • password_get_info - Returns information about the given hash
    • password_hash - Creates a password hash
    • password_needs_rehash - Checks if the given hash matches the given options
    • password_verify - Verifies that a password matches a hash
    • pathinfo - Returns information about a file path
    • pclose - Closes process file pointer
    • pcntl_alarm - Set an alarm clock for delivery of a signal
    • pcntl_async_signals - Enable/disable asynchronous signal handling or return the old setting
    • pcntl_errno - Alias of pcntl_get_last_error
    • pcntl_exec - Executes specified program in current process space
    • pcntl_fork - Forks the currently running process
    • pcntl_getpriority - Get the priority of any process
    • pcntl_get_last_error - Retrieve the error number set by the last pcntl function which failed
    • pcntl_rfork - Manipulates process resources
    • pcntl_setpriority - Change the priority of any process
    • pcntl_signal - Installs a signal handler
    • pcntl_signal_dispatch - Calls signal handlers for pending signals
    • pcntl_signal_get_handler - Get the current handler for specified signal
    • pcntl_sigprocmask - Sets and retrieves blocked signals
    • pcntl_sigtimedwait - Waits for signals, with a timeout
    • pcntl_sigwaitinfo - Waits for signals
    • pcntl_strerror - Retrieve the system error message associated with the given errno
    • pcntl_unshare - Dissociates parts of the process execution context
    • pcntl_wait - Waits on or returns the status of a forked child
    • pcntl_waitpid - Waits on or returns the status of a forked child
    • pcntl_wexitstatus - Returns the return code of a terminated child
    • pcntl_wifexited - Checks if status code represents a normal exit
    • pcntl_wifsignaled - Checks whether the status code represents a termination due to a signal
    • pcntl_wifstopped - Checks whether the child process is currently stopped
    • pcntl_wstopsig - Returns the signal which caused the child to stop
    • pcntl_wtermsig - Returns the signal which caused the child to terminate
    • PDO::beginTransaction - Initiates a transaction
    • PDO::commit - Commits a transaction
    • PDO::cubrid_schema - Get the requested schema information
    • PDO::errorCode - Fetch the SQLSTATE associated with the last operation on the database handle
    • PDO::errorInfo - Fetch extended error information associated with the last operation on the database handle
    • PDO::exec - Execute an SQL statement and return the number of affected rows
    • PDO::getAttribute - Retrieve a database connection attribute
    • PDO::getAvailableDrivers - Return an array of available PDO drivers
    • PDO::inTransaction - Checks if inside a transaction
    • PDO::lastInsertId - Returns the ID of the last inserted row or sequence value
    • PDO::pgsqlCopyFromArray - Copy data from PHP array into table
    • PDO::pgsqlCopyFromFile - Copy data from file into table
    • PDO::pgsqlCopyToArray - Copy data from database table into PHP array
    • PDO::pgsqlCopyToFile - Copy data from table into file
    • PDO::pgsqlGetNotify - Get asynchronous notification
    • PDO::pgsqlGetPid - Get the server PID
    • PDO::pgsqlLOBCreate - Creates a new large object
    • PDO::pgsqlLOBOpen - Opens an existing large object stream
    • PDO::pgsqlLOBUnlink - Deletes the large object
    • PDO::prepare - Prepares a statement for execution and returns a statement object
    • PDO::query - Prepares and executes an SQL statement without placeholders
    • PDO::quote - Quotes a string for use in a query
    • PDO::rollBack - Rolls back a transaction
    • PDO::setAttribute - Set an attribute
    • PDO::sqliteCreateAggregate - Registers an aggregating User Defined Function for use in SQL statements
    • PDO::sqliteCreateCollation - Registers a User Defined Function for use as a collating function in SQL statements
    • PDO::sqliteCreateFunction - Registers a User Defined Function for use in SQL statements
    • PDO::__construct - Creates a PDO instance representing a connection to a database
    • PDOStatement::bindColumn - Bind a column to a PHP variable
    • PDOStatement::bindParam - Binds a parameter to the specified variable name
    • PDOStatement::bindValue - Binds a value to a parameter
    • PDOStatement::closeCursor - Closes the cursor, enabling the statement to be executed again
    • PDOStatement::columnCount - Returns the number of columns in the result set
    • PDOStatement::debugDumpParams - Dump an SQL prepared command
    • PDOStatement::errorCode - Fetch the SQLSTATE associated with the last operation on the statement handle
    • PDOStatement::errorInfo - Fetch extended error information associated with the last operation on the statement handle
    • PDOStatement::execute - Executes a prepared statement
    • PDOStatement::fetch - Fetches the next row from a result set
    • PDOStatement::fetchAll - Fetches the remaining rows from a result set
    • PDOStatement::fetchColumn - Returns a single column from the next row of a result set
    • PDOStatement::fetchObject - Fetches the next row and returns it as an object
    • PDOStatement::getAttribute - Retrieve a statement attribute
    • PDOStatement::getColumnMeta - Returns metadata for a column in a result set
    • PDOStatement::getIterator - Gets result set iterator
    • PDOStatement::nextRowset - Advances to the next rowset in a multi-rowset statement handle
    • PDOStatement::rowCount - Returns the number of rows affected by the last SQL statement
    • PDOStatement::setAttribute - Set a statement attribute
    • PDOStatement::setFetchMode - Set the default fetch mode for this statement
    • PDO_CUBRID DSN - Connecting to CUBRID databases
    • PDO_DBLIB DSN - Connecting to Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase databases
    • PDO_FIREBIRD DSN - Connecting to Firebird databases
    • PDO_IBM DSN - Connecting to IBM databases
    • PDO_INFORMIX DSN - Connecting to Informix databases
    • PDO_MYSQL DSN - Connecting to MySQL databases
    • PDO_OCI DSN - Connecting to Oracle databases
    • PDO_ODBC DSN - Connecting to ODBC or DB2 databases
    • PDO_PGSQL DSN - Connecting to PostgreSQL databases
    • PDO_SQLITE DSN - Connecting to SQLite databases
    • PDO_SQLSRV DSN - Connecting to MS SQL Server and SQL Azure databases
    • pfsockopen - Open persistent Internet or Unix domain socket connection
    • pg_affected_rows - Returns number of affected records (tuples)
    • pg_cancel_query - Cancel an asynchronous query
    • pg_client_encoding - Gets the client encoding
    • pg_close - Closes a PostgreSQL connection
    • pg_connect - Open a PostgreSQL connection
    • pg_connection_busy - Get connection is busy or not
    • pg_connection_reset - Reset connection (reconnect)
    • pg_connection_status - Get connection status
    • pg_connect_poll - Poll the status of an in-progress asynchronous PostgreSQL connection attempt
    • pg_consume_input - Reads input on the connection
    • pg_convert - Convert associative array values into forms suitable for SQL statements
    • pg_copy_from - Insert records into a table from an array
    • pg_copy_to - Copy a table to an array
    • pg_dbname - Get the database name
    • pg_delete - Deletes records
    • pg_end_copy - Sync with PostgreSQL backend
    • pg_escape_bytea - Escape a string for insertion into a bytea field
    • pg_escape_identifier - Escape a identifier for insertion into a text field
    • pg_escape_literal - Escape a literal for insertion into a text field
    • pg_escape_string - Escape a string for query
    • pg_execute - Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given parameters, and waits for the result
    • pg_fetch_all - Fetches all rows from a result as an array
    • pg_fetch_all_columns - Fetches all rows in a particular result column as an array
    • pg_fetch_array - Fetch a row as an array
    • pg_fetch_assoc - Fetch a row as an associative array
    • pg_fetch_object - Fetch a row as an object
    • pg_fetch_result - Returns values from a result instance
    • pg_fetch_row - Get a row as an enumerated array
    • pg_field_is_null - Test if a field is SQL NULL
    • pg_field_name - Returns the name of a field
    • pg_field_num - Returns the field number of the named field
    • pg_field_prtlen - Returns the printed length
    • pg_field_size - Returns the internal storage size of the named field
    • pg_field_table - Returns the name or oid of the tables field
    • pg_field_type - Returns the type name for the corresponding field number
    • pg_field_type_oid - Returns the type ID (OID) for the corresponding field number
    • pg_flush - Flush outbound query data on the connection
    • pg_free_result - Free result memory
    • pg_get_notify - Gets SQL NOTIFY message
    • pg_get_pid - Gets the backend's process ID
    • pg_get_result - Get asynchronous query result
    • pg_host - Returns the host name associated with the connection
    • pg_insert - Insert array into table
    • pg_last_error - Get the last error message string of a connection
    • pg_last_notice - Returns the last notice message from PostgreSQL server
    • pg_last_oid - Returns the last row's OID
    • pg_lo_close - Close a large object
    • pg_lo_create - Create a large object
    • pg_lo_export - Export a large object to file
    • pg_lo_import - Import a large object from file
    • pg_lo_open - Open a large object
    • pg_lo_read - Read a large object
    • pg_lo_read_all - Reads an entire large object and send straight to browser
    • pg_lo_seek - Seeks position within a large object
    • pg_lo_tell - Returns current seek position a of large object
    • pg_lo_truncate - Truncates a large object
    • pg_lo_unlink - Delete a large object
    • pg_lo_write - Write to a large object
    • pg_meta_data - Get meta data for table
    • pg_num_fields - Returns the number of fields in a result
    • pg_num_rows - Returns the number of rows in a result
    • pg_options - Get the options associated with the connection
    • pg_parameter_status - Looks up a current parameter setting of the server
    • pg_pconnect - Open a persistent PostgreSQL connection
    • pg_ping - Ping database connection
    • pg_port - Return the port number associated with the connection
    • pg_prepare - Submits a request to create a prepared statement with the given parameters, and waits for completion
    • pg_put_line - Send a NULL-terminated string to PostgreSQL backend
    • pg_query - Execute a query
    • pg_query_params - Submits a command to the server and waits for the result, with the ability to pass parameters separately from the SQL command text
    • pg_result_error - Get error message associated with result
    • pg_result_error_field - Returns an individual field of an error report
    • pg_result_seek - Set internal row offset in result instance
    • pg_result_status - Get status of query result
    • pg_select - Select records
    • pg_send_execute - Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given parameters, without waiting for the result(s)
    • pg_send_prepare - Sends a request to create a prepared statement with the given parameters, without waiting for completion
    • pg_send_query - Sends asynchronous query
    • pg_send_query_params - Submits a command and separate parameters to the server without waiting for the result(s)
    • pg_set_client_encoding - Set the client encoding
    • pg_set_error_verbosity - Determines the verbosity of messages returned by pg_last_error and pg_result_error
    • pg_socket - Get a read only handle to the socket underlying a PostgreSQL connection
    • pg_trace - Enable tracing a PostgreSQL connection
    • pg_transaction_status - Returns the current in-transaction status of the server
    • pg_tty - Return the TTY name associated with the connection
    • pg_unescape_bytea - Unescape binary for bytea type
    • pg_untrace - Disable tracing of a PostgreSQL connection
    • pg_update - Update table
    • pg_version - Returns an array with client, protocol and server version (when available)
    • phar:// - PHP Archive
    • Phar::addEmptyDir - Add an empty directory to the phar archive
    • Phar::addFile - Add a file from the filesystem to the phar archive
    • Phar::addFromString - Add a file from a string to the phar archive
    • Phar::apiVersion - Returns the api version
    • Phar::buildFromDirectory - Construct a phar archive from the files within a directory
    • Phar::buildFromIterator - Construct a phar archive from an iterator
    • Phar::canCompress - Returns whether phar extension supports compression using either zlib or bzip2
    • Phar::canWrite - Returns whether phar extension supports writing and creating phars
    • Phar::compress - Compresses the entire Phar archive using Gzip or Bzip2 compression
    • Phar::compressFiles - Compresses all files in the current Phar archive
    • Phar::convertToData - Convert a phar archive to a non-executable tar or zip file
    • Phar::convertToExecutable - Convert a phar archive to another executable phar archive file format
    • Phar::copy - Copy a file internal to the phar archive to another new file within the phar
    • Phar::count - Returns the number of entries (files) in the Phar archive
    • Phar::createDefaultStub - Create a phar-file format specific stub
    • Phar::decompress - Decompresses the entire Phar archive
    • Phar::decompressFiles - Decompresses all files in the current Phar archive
    • Phar::delete - Delete a file within a phar archive
    • Phar::delMetadata - Deletes the global metadata of the phar
    • Phar::extractTo - Extract the contents of a phar archive to a directory
    • Phar::getAlias - Get the alias for Phar
    • Phar::getMetadata - Returns phar archive meta-data
    • Phar::getModified - Return whether phar was modified
    • Phar::getPath - Get the real path to the Phar archive on disk
    • Phar::getSignature - Return MD5/SHA1/SHA256/SHA512/OpenSSL signature of a Phar archive
    • Phar::getStub - Return the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive
    • Phar::getSupportedCompression - Return array of supported compression algorithms
    • Phar::getSupportedSignatures - Return array of supported signature types
    • Phar::getVersion - Return version info of Phar archive
    • Phar::hasMetadata - Returns whether phar has global meta-data
    • Phar::interceptFileFuncs - Instructs phar to intercept fopen, file_get_contents, opendir, and all of the stat-related functions
    • Phar::isBuffering - Used to determine whether Phar write operations are being buffered, or are flushing directly to disk
    • Phar::isCompressed - Returns Phar::GZ or PHAR::BZ2 if the entire phar archive is compressed (.tar.gz/tar.bz and so on)
    • Phar::isFileFormat - Returns true if the phar archive is based on the tar/phar/zip file format depending on the parameter
    • Phar::isValidPharFilename - Returns whether the given filename is a valid phar filename
    • Phar::isWritable - Returns true if the phar archive can be modified
    • Phar::loadPhar - Loads any phar archive with an alias
    • Phar::mapPhar - Reads the currently executed file (a phar) and registers its manifest
    • Phar::mount - Mount an external path or file to a virtual location within the phar archive
    • Phar::mungServer - Defines a list of up to 4 $_SERVER variables that should be modified for execution
    • Phar::offsetExists - Determines whether a file exists in the phar
    • Phar::offsetGet - Gets a PharFileInfo object for a specific file
    • Phar::offsetSet - Set the contents of an internal file to those of an external file
    • Phar::offsetUnset - Remove a file from a phar
    • Phar::running - Returns the full path on disk or full phar URL to the currently executing Phar archive
    • Phar::setAlias - Set the alias for the Phar archive
    • Phar::setDefaultStub - Used to set the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive to the default loader
    • Phar::setMetadata - Sets phar archive meta-data
    • Phar::setSignatureAlgorithm - Set the signature algorithm for a phar and apply it
    • Phar::setStub - Used to set the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive
    • Phar::startBuffering - Start buffering Phar write operations, do not modify the Phar object on disk
    • Phar::stopBuffering - Stop buffering write requests to the Phar archive, and save changes to disk
    • Phar::unlinkArchive - Completely remove a phar archive from disk and from memory
    • Phar::webPhar - Routes a request from a web browser to an internal file within the phar archive
    • Phar::__construct - Construct a Phar archive object
    • Phar::__destruct - Destructs a Phar archive object
    • Phar context options - Phar context option listing
    • PharData::addEmptyDir - Add an empty directory to the tar/zip archive
    • PharData::addFile - Add a file from the filesystem to the tar/zip archive
    • PharData::addFromString - Add a file from the filesystem to the tar/zip archive
    • PharData::buildFromDirectory - Construct a tar/zip archive from the files within a directory
    • PharData::buildFromIterator - Construct a tar or zip archive from an iterator
    • PharData::compress - Compresses the entire tar/zip archive using Gzip or Bzip2 compression
    • PharData::compressFiles - Compresses all files in the current tar/zip archive
    • PharData::convertToData - Convert a phar archive to a non-executable tar or zip file
    • PharData::convertToExecutable - Convert a non-executable tar/zip archive to an executable phar archive
    • PharData::copy - Copy a file internal to the phar archive to another new file within the phar
    • PharData::decompress - Decompresses the entire Phar archive
    • PharData::decompressFiles - Decompresses all files in the current zip archive
    • PharData::delete - Delete a file within a tar/zip archive
    • PharData::delMetadata - Deletes the global metadata of a zip archive
    • PharData::extractTo - Extract the contents of a tar/zip archive to a directory
    • PharData::isWritable - Returns true if the tar/zip archive can be modified
    • PharData::offsetSet - Set the contents of a file within the tar/zip to those of an external file or string
    • PharData::offsetUnset - Remove a file from a tar/zip archive
    • PharData::setAlias - Dummy function (Phar::setAlias is not valid for PharData)
    • PharData::setDefaultStub - Dummy function (Phar::setDefaultStub is not valid for PharData)
    • PharData::setMetadata - Sets phar archive meta-data
    • PharData::setSignatureAlgorithm - Set the signature algorithm for a phar and apply it
    • PharData::setStub - Dummy function (Phar::setStub is not valid for PharData)
    • PharData::__construct - Construct a non-executable tar or zip archive object
    • PharData::__destruct - Destructs a non-executable tar or zip archive object
    • PharFileInfo::chmod - Sets file-specific permission bits
    • PharFileInfo::compress - Compresses the current Phar entry with either zlib or bzip2 compression
    • PharFileInfo::decompress - Decompresses the current Phar entry within the phar
    • PharFileInfo::delMetadata - Deletes the metadata of the entry
    • PharFileInfo::getCompressedSize - Returns the actual size of the file (with compression) inside the Phar archive
    • PharFileInfo::getContent - Get the complete file contents of the entry
    • PharFileInfo::getCRC32 - Returns CRC32 code or throws an exception if CRC has not been verified
    • PharFileInfo::getMetadata - Returns file-specific meta-data saved with a file
    • PharFileInfo::getPharFlags - Returns the Phar file entry flags
    • PharFileInfo::hasMetadata - Returns the metadata of the entry
    • PharFileInfo::isCompressed - Returns whether the entry is compressed
    • PharFileInfo::isCRCChecked - Returns whether file entry has had its CRC verified
    • PharFileInfo::setMetadata - Sets file-specific meta-data saved with a file
    • PharFileInfo::__construct - Construct a Phar entry object
    • PharFileInfo::__destruct - Destructs a Phar entry object
    • php:// - Accessing various I/O streams
    • phpcredits - Prints out the credits for PHP
    • phpdbg_break_file - Inserts a breakpoint at a line in a file
    • phpdbg_break_function - Inserts a breakpoint at entry to a function
    • phpdbg_break_method - Inserts a breakpoint at entry to a method
    • phpdbg_break_next - Inserts a breakpoint at the next opcode
    • phpdbg_clear - Clears all breakpoints
    • phpdbg_color - Sets the color of certain elements
    • phpdbg_end_oplog - Description
    • phpdbg_exec - Attempts to set the execution context
    • phpdbg_get_executable - Description
    • phpdbg_prompt - Sets the command prompt
    • phpdbg_start_oplog - Description
    • phpinfo - Outputs information about PHP's configuration
    • PhpToken::getTokenName - Returns the name of the token.
    • PhpToken::is - Tells whether the token is of given kind.
    • PhpToken::isIgnorable - Tells whether the token would be ignored by the PHP parser.
    • PhpToken::tokenize - Splits given source into PHP tokens, represented by PhpToken objects.
    • PhpToken::__construct - Returns a new PhpToken object
    • PhpToken::__toString - Returns the textual content of the token.
    • phpversion - Gets the current PHP version
    • php_ini_loaded_file - Retrieve a path to the loaded php.ini file
    • php_ini_scanned_files - Return a list of .ini files parsed from the additional ini dir
    • php_sapi_name - Returns the type of interface between web server and PHP
    • php_strip_whitespace - Return source with stripped comments and whitespace
    • php_uname - Returns information about the operating system PHP is running on
    • php_user_filter::filter - Called when applying the filter
    • php_user_filter::onClose - Called when closing the filter
    • php_user_filter::onCreate - Called when creating the filter
    • pi - Get value of pi
    • png2wbmp - Convert PNG image file to WBMP image file
    • Pool::collect - Collect references to completed tasks
    • Pool::resize - Resize the Pool
    • Pool::shutdown - Shutdown all workers
    • Pool::submit - Submits an object for execution
    • Pool::submitTo - Submits a task to a specific worker for execution
    • Pool::__construct - Creates a new Pool of Workers
    • popen - Opens process file pointer
    • pos - Alias of current
    • posix_access - Determine accessibility of a file
    • posix_ctermid - Get path name of controlling terminal
    • posix_errno - Alias of posix_get_last_error
    • posix_getcwd - Pathname of current directory
    • posix_getegid - Return the effective group ID of the current process
    • posix_geteuid - Return the effective user ID of the current process
    • posix_getgid - Return the real group ID of the current process
    • posix_getgrgid - Return info about a group by group id
    • posix_getgrnam - Return info about a group by name
    • posix_getgroups - Return the group set of the current process
    • posix_getlogin - Return login name
    • posix_getpgid - Get process group id for job control
    • posix_getpgrp - Return the current process group identifier
    • posix_getpid - Return the current process identifier
    • posix_getppid - Return the parent process identifier
    • posix_getpwnam - Return info about a user by username
    • posix_getpwuid - Return info about a user by user id
    • posix_getrlimit - Return info about system resource limits
    • posix_getsid - Get the current sid of the process
    • posix_getuid - Return the real user ID of the current process
    • posix_get_last_error - Retrieve the error number set by the last posix function that failed
    • posix_initgroups - Calculate the group access list
    • posix_isatty - Determine if a file descriptor is an interactive terminal
    • posix_kill - Send a signal to a process
    • posix_mkfifo - Create a fifo special file (a named pipe)
    • posix_mknod - Create a special or ordinary file (POSIX.1)
    • posix_setegid - Set the effective GID of the current process
    • posix_seteuid - Set the effective UID of the current process
    • posix_setgid - Set the GID of the current process
    • posix_setpgid - Set process group id for job control
    • posix_setrlimit - Set system resource limits
    • posix_setsid - Make the current process a session leader
    • posix_setuid - Set the UID of the current process
    • posix_strerror - Retrieve the system error message associated with the given errno
    • posix_times - Get process times
    • posix_ttyname - Determine terminal device name
    • posix_uname - Get system name
    • pow - Exponential expression
    • preg_filter - Perform a regular expression search and replace
    • preg_grep - Return array entries that match the pattern
    • preg_last_error - Returns the error code of the last PCRE regex execution
    • preg_last_error_msg - Returns the error message of the last PCRE regex execution
    • preg_match - Perform a regular expression match
    • preg_match_all - Perform a global regular expression match
    • preg_quote - Quote regular expression characters
    • preg_replace - Perform a regular expression search and replace
    • preg_replace_callback - Perform a regular expression search and replace using a callback
    • preg_replace_callback_array - Perform a regular expression search and replace using callbacks
    • preg_split - Split string by a regular expression
    • prev - Rewind the internal array pointer
    • print - Output a string
    • printf - Output a formatted string
    • print_r - Prints human-readable information about a variable
    • proc_close - Close a process opened by proc_open and return the exit code of that process
    • proc_get_status - Get information about a process opened by proc_open
    • proc_nice - Change the priority of the current process
    • proc_open - Execute a command and open file pointers for input/output
    • proc_terminate - Kills a process opened by proc_open
    • property_exists - Checks if the object or class has a property
    • pspell_add_to_personal - Add the word to a personal wordlist
    • pspell_add_to_session - Add the word to the wordlist in the current session
    • pspell_check - Check a word
    • pspell_clear_session - Clear the current session
    • pspell_config_create - Create a config used to open a dictionary
    • pspell_config_data_dir - Location of language data files
    • pspell_config_dict_dir - Location of the main word list
    • pspell_config_ignore - Ignore words less than N characters long
    • pspell_config_mode - Change the mode number of suggestions returned
    • pspell_config_personal - Set a file that contains personal wordlist
    • pspell_config_repl - Set a file that contains replacement pairs
    • pspell_config_runtogether - Consider run-together words as valid compounds
    • pspell_config_save_repl - Determine whether to save a replacement pairs list along with the wordlist
    • pspell_new - Load a new dictionary
    • pspell_new_config - Load a new dictionary with settings based on a given config
    • pspell_new_personal - Load a new dictionary with personal wordlist
    • pspell_save_wordlist - Save the personal wordlist to a file
    • pspell_store_replacement - Store a replacement pair for a word
    • pspell_suggest - Suggest spellings of a word
    • ps_add_bookmark - Add bookmark to current page
    • ps_add_launchlink - Adds link which launches file
    • ps_add_locallink - Adds link to a page in the same document
    • ps_add_note - Adds note to current page
    • ps_add_pdflink - Adds link to a page in a second pdf document
    • ps_add_weblink - Adds link to a web location
    • ps_arc - Draws an arc counterclockwise
    • ps_arcn - Draws an arc clockwise
    • ps_begin_page - Start a new page
    • ps_begin_pattern - Start a new pattern
    • ps_begin_template - Start a new template
    • ps_circle - Draws a circle
    • ps_clip - Clips drawing to current path
    • ps_close - Closes a PostScript document
    • ps_closepath - Closes path
    • ps_closepath_stroke - Closes and strokes path
    • ps_close_image - Closes image and frees memory
    • ps_continue_text - Continue text in next line
    • ps_curveto - Draws a curve
    • ps_delete - Deletes all resources of a PostScript document
    • ps_end_page - End a page
    • ps_end_pattern - End a pattern
    • ps_end_template - End a template
    • ps_fill - Fills the current path
    • ps_fill_stroke - Fills and strokes the current path
    • ps_findfont - Loads a font
    • ps_get_buffer - Fetches the full buffer containig the generated PS data
    • ps_get_parameter - Gets certain parameters
    • ps_get_value - Gets certain values
    • ps_hyphenate - Hyphenates a word
    • ps_include_file - Reads an external file with raw PostScript code
    • ps_lineto - Draws a line
    • ps_makespotcolor - Create spot color
    • ps_moveto - Sets current point
    • ps_new - Creates a new PostScript document object
    • ps_open_file - Opens a file for output
    • ps_open_image - Reads an image for later placement
    • ps_open_image_file - Opens image from file
    • ps_open_memory_image - Takes an GD image and returns an image for placement in a PS document
    • ps_place_image - Places image on the page
    • ps_rect - Draws a rectangle
    • ps_restore - Restore previously save context
    • ps_rotate - Sets rotation factor
    • ps_save - Save current context
    • ps_scale - Sets scaling factor
    • ps_setcolor - Sets current color
    • ps_setdash - Sets appearance of a dashed line
    • ps_setflat - Sets flatness
    • ps_setfont - Sets font to use for following output
    • ps_setgray - Sets gray value
    • ps_setlinecap - Sets appearance of line ends
    • ps_setlinejoin - Sets how contected lines are joined
    • ps_setlinewidth - Sets width of a line
    • ps_setmiterlimit - Sets the miter limit
    • ps_setoverprintmode - Sets overprint mode
    • ps_setpolydash - Sets appearance of a dashed line
    • ps_set_border_color - Sets color of border for annotations
    • ps_set_border_dash - Sets length of dashes for border of annotations
    • ps_set_border_style - Sets border style of annotations
    • ps_set_info - Sets information fields of document
    • ps_set_parameter - Sets certain parameters
    • ps_set_text_pos - Sets position for text output
    • ps_set_value - Sets certain values
    • ps_shading - Creates a shading for later use
    • ps_shading_pattern - Creates a pattern based on a shading
    • ps_shfill - Fills an area with a shading
    • ps_show - Output text
    • ps_show2 - Output a text at current position
    • ps_show_boxed - Output text in a box
    • ps_show_xy - Output text at given position
    • ps_show_xy2 - Output text at position
    • ps_stringwidth - Gets width of a string
    • ps_string_geometry - Gets geometry of a string
    • ps_stroke - Draws the current path
    • ps_symbol - Output a glyph
    • ps_symbol_name - Gets name of a glyph
    • ps_symbol_width - Gets width of a glyph
    • ps_translate - Sets translation
    • putenv - Sets the value of an environment variable
  • q
    • QuickHashIntHash::add - This method adds a new entry to the hash
    • QuickHashIntHash::delete - This method deletes an entry from the hash
    • QuickHashIntHash::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the hash
    • QuickHashIntHash::get - This method retrieves a value from the hash by its key
    • QuickHashIntHash::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the hash
    • QuickHashIntHash::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a hash from a file
    • QuickHashIntHash::loadFromString - This factory method creates a hash from a string
    • QuickHashIntHash::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory hash to disk
    • QuickHashIntHash::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the hash
    • QuickHashIntHash::set - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value, or adds a new one if the entry doesn't exist
    • QuickHashIntHash::update - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value
    • QuickHashIntHash::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashIntHash object
    • QuickHashIntSet::add - This method adds a new entry to the set
    • QuickHashIntSet::delete - This method deletes an entry from the set
    • QuickHashIntSet::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the set
    • QuickHashIntSet::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the set
    • QuickHashIntSet::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a set from a file
    • QuickHashIntSet::loadFromString - This factory method creates a set from a string
    • QuickHashIntSet::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory set to disk
    • QuickHashIntSet::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the set
    • QuickHashIntSet::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashIntSet object
    • QuickHashIntStringHash::add - This method adds a new entry to the hash
    • QuickHashIntStringHash::delete - This method deletes an entry from the hash
    • QuickHashIntStringHash::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the hash
    • QuickHashIntStringHash::get - This method retrieves a value from the hash by its key
    • QuickHashIntStringHash::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the hash
    • QuickHashIntStringHash::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a hash from a file
    • QuickHashIntStringHash::loadFromString - This factory method creates a hash from a string
    • QuickHashIntStringHash::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory hash to disk
    • QuickHashIntStringHash::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the hash
    • QuickHashIntStringHash::set - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value, or adds a new one if the entry doesn't exist
    • QuickHashIntStringHash::update - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value
    • QuickHashIntStringHash::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashIntStringHash object
    • QuickHashStringIntHash::add - This method adds a new entry to the hash
    • QuickHashStringIntHash::delete - This method deletes an entry from the hash
    • QuickHashStringIntHash::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the hash
    • QuickHashStringIntHash::get - This method retrieves a value from the hash by its key
    • QuickHashStringIntHash::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the hash
    • QuickHashStringIntHash::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a hash from a file
    • QuickHashStringIntHash::loadFromString - This factory method creates a hash from a string
    • QuickHashStringIntHash::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory hash to disk
    • QuickHashStringIntHash::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the hash
    • QuickHashStringIntHash::set - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value, or adds a new one if the entry doesn't exist
    • QuickHashStringIntHash::update - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value
    • QuickHashStringIntHash::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashStringIntHash object
    • quoted_printable_decode - Convert a quoted-printable string to an 8 bit string
    • quoted_printable_encode - Convert a 8 bit string to a quoted-printable string
    • quotemeta - Quote meta characters
  • r
    • rad2deg - Converts the radian number to the equivalent number in degrees
    • radius_acct_open - Creates a Radius handle for accounting
    • radius_add_server - Adds a server
    • radius_auth_open - Creates a Radius handle for authentication
    • radius_close - Frees all ressources
    • radius_config - Causes the library to read the given configuration file
    • radius_create_request - Create accounting or authentication request
    • radius_cvt_addr - Converts raw data to IP-Address
    • radius_cvt_int - Converts raw data to integer
    • radius_cvt_string - Converts raw data to string
    • radius_demangle - Demangles data
    • radius_demangle_mppe_key - Derives mppe-keys from mangled data
    • radius_get_attr - Extracts an attribute
    • radius_get_tagged_attr_data - Extracts the data from a tagged attribute
    • radius_get_tagged_attr_tag - Extracts the tag from a tagged attribute
    • radius_get_vendor_attr - Extracts a vendor specific attribute
    • radius_put_addr - Attaches an IP address attribute
    • radius_put_attr - Attaches a binary attribute
    • radius_put_int - Attaches an integer attribute
    • radius_put_string - Attaches a string attribute
    • radius_put_vendor_addr - Attaches a vendor specific IP address attribute
    • radius_put_vendor_attr - Attaches a vendor specific binary attribute
    • radius_put_vendor_int - Attaches a vendor specific integer attribute
    • radius_put_vendor_string - Attaches a vendor specific string attribute
    • radius_request_authenticator - Returns the request authenticator
    • radius_salt_encrypt_attr - Salt-encrypts a value
    • radius_send_request - Sends the request and waits for a reply
    • radius_server_secret - Returns the shared secret
    • radius_strerror - Returns an error message
    • rand - Generate a random integer
    • random_bytes - Generates cryptographically secure pseudo-random bytes
    • random_int - Generates cryptographically secure pseudo-random integers
    • range - Create an array containing a range of elements
    • rar:// - RAR
    • RarArchive::close - Close RAR archive and free all resources
    • RarArchive::getComment - Get comment text from the RAR archive
    • RarArchive::getEntries - Get full list of entries from the RAR archive
    • RarArchive::getEntry - Get entry object from the RAR archive
    • RarArchive::isBroken - Test whether an archive is broken (incomplete)
    • RarArchive::isSolid - Check whether the RAR archive is solid
    • RarArchive::open - Open RAR archive
    • RarArchive::setAllowBroken - Whether opening broken archives is allowed
    • RarArchive::__toString - Get text representation
    • RarEntry::extract - Extract entry from the archive
    • RarEntry::getAttr - Get attributes of the entry
    • RarEntry::getCrc - Get CRC of the entry
    • RarEntry::getFileTime - Get entry last modification time
    • RarEntry::getHostOs - Get entry host OS
    • RarEntry::getMethod - Get pack method of the entry
    • RarEntry::getName - Get name of the entry
    • RarEntry::getPackedSize - Get packed size of the entry
    • RarEntry::getStream - Get file handler for entry
    • RarEntry::getUnpackedSize - Get unpacked size of the entry
    • RarEntry::getVersion - Get minimum version of RAR program required to unpack the entry
    • RarEntry::isDirectory - Test whether an entry represents a directory
    • RarEntry::isEncrypted - Test whether an entry is encrypted
    • RarEntry::__toString - Get text representation of entry
    • RarException::isUsingExceptions - Check whether error handling with exceptions is in use
    • RarException::setUsingExceptions - Activate and deactivate error handling with exceptions
    • rar_wrapper_cache_stats - Cache hits and misses for the URL wrapper
    • rawurldecode - Decode URL-encoded strings
    • rawurlencode - URL-encode according to RFC 3986
    • readdir - Read entry from directory handle
    • readfile - Outputs a file
    • readgzfile - Output a gz-file
    • readline - Reads a line
    • readline_add_history - Adds a line to the history
    • readline_callback_handler_install - Initializes the readline callback interface and terminal, prints the prompt and returns immediately
    • readline_callback_handler_remove - Removes a previously installed callback handler and restores terminal settings
    • readline_callback_read_char - Reads a character and informs the readline callback interface when a line is received
    • readline_clear_history - Clears the history
    • readline_completion_function - Registers a completion function
    • readline_info - Gets/sets various internal readline variables
    • readline_list_history - Lists the history
    • readline_on_new_line - Inform readline that the cursor has moved to a new line
    • readline_read_history - Reads the history
    • readline_redisplay - Redraws the display
    • readline_write_history - Writes the history
    • readlink - Returns the target of a symbolic link
    • read_exif_data - Alias of exif_read_data
    • realpath - Returns canonicalized absolute pathname
    • realpath_cache_get - Get realpath cache entries
    • realpath_cache_size - Get realpath cache size
    • recode - Alias of recode_string
    • recode_file - Recode from file to file according to recode request
    • recode_string - Recode a string according to a recode request
    • RecursiveArrayIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry if it is an array or an object
    • RecursiveArrayIterator::hasChildren - Returns whether current entry is an array or an object
    • RecursiveCachingIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children as a RecursiveCachingIterator
    • RecursiveCachingIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the current element of the inner iterator has children
    • RecursiveCachingIterator::__construct - Construct
    • RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children contained in a RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator
    • RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the inner iterator's current element has children
    • RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator::__construct - Create a RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator from a RecursiveIterator
    • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry if it is a directory
    • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::getSubPath - Get sub path
    • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::getSubPathname - Get sub path and name
    • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::hasChildren - Returns whether current entry is a directory and not '.' or '..'
    • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::key - Return path and filename of current dir entry
    • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::next - Move to next entry
    • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::rewind - Rewind dir back to the start
    • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::__construct - Constructs a RecursiveDirectoryIterator
    • RecursiveFilterIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children contained in a RecursiveFilterIterator
    • RecursiveFilterIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the inner iterator's current element has children
    • RecursiveFilterIterator::__construct - Create a RecursiveFilterIterator from a RecursiveIterator
    • RecursiveIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry
    • RecursiveIterator::hasChildren - Returns if an iterator can be created for the current entry
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::beginChildren - Begin children
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::beginIteration - Begin Iteration
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::callGetChildren - Get children
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::callHasChildren - Has children
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::current - Access the current element value
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::endChildren - End children
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::endIteration - End Iteration
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getDepth - Get the current depth of the recursive iteration
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getInnerIterator - Get inner iterator
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getMaxDepth - Get max depth
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getSubIterator - The current active sub iterator
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::key - Access the current key
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::next - Move forward to the next element
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::nextElement - Next element
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the first element of the top level inner iterator
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::setMaxDepth - Set max depth
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::valid - Check whether the current position is valid
    • RecursiveIteratorIterator::__construct - Construct a RecursiveIteratorIterator
    • RecursiveRegexIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry
    • RecursiveRegexIterator::hasChildren - Returns whether an iterator can be obtained for the current entry
    • RecursiveRegexIterator::__construct - Creates a new RecursiveRegexIterator
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::beginChildren - Begin children
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::beginIteration - Begin iteration
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::callGetChildren - Get children
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::callHasChildren - Has children
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::current - Get current element
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::endChildren - End children
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::endIteration - End iteration
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::getEntry - Get current entry
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::getPostfix - Get the postfix
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::getPrefix - Get the prefix
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::key - Get the key of the current element
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::next - Move to next element
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::nextElement - Next element
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::rewind - Rewind iterator
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::setPostfix - Set postfix
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::setPrefixPart - Set a part of the prefix
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::valid - Check validity
    • RecursiveTreeIterator::__construct - Construct a RecursiveTreeIterator
    • Reflection::export - Exports
    • Reflection::getModifierNames - Gets modifier names
    • ReflectionAttribute::getArguments - Gets arguments passed to attribute
    • ReflectionAttribute::getName - Gets attribute name
    • ReflectionAttribute::getTarget - Returns the target of the attribute as bitmask
    • ReflectionAttribute::isRepeated - Returns whether the attribute of this name has been repeated on a code element
    • ReflectionAttribute::newInstance - Instantiates the attribute class represented by this ReflectionAttribute class and arguments
    • ReflectionAttribute::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
    • ReflectionClass::export - Exports a class
    • ReflectionClass::getAttributes - Gets Attributes
    • ReflectionClass::getConstant - Gets defined constant
    • ReflectionClass::getConstants - Gets constants
    • ReflectionClass::getConstructor - Gets the constructor of the class
    • ReflectionClass::getDefaultProperties - Gets default properties
    • ReflectionClass::getDocComment - Gets doc comments
    • ReflectionClass::getEndLine - Gets end line
    • ReflectionClass::getExtension - Gets a ReflectionExtension object for the extension which defined the class
    • ReflectionClass::getExtensionName - Gets the name of the extension which defined the class
    • ReflectionClass::getFileName - Gets the filename of the file in which the class has been defined
    • ReflectionClass::getInterfaceNames - Gets the interface names
    • ReflectionClass::getInterfaces - Gets the interfaces
    • ReflectionClass::getMethod - Gets a ReflectionMethod for a class method
    • ReflectionClass::getMethods - Gets an array of methods
    • ReflectionClass::getModifiers - Gets the class modifiers
    • ReflectionClass::getName - Gets class name
    • ReflectionClass::getNamespaceName - Gets namespace name
    • ReflectionClass::getParentClass - Gets parent class
    • ReflectionClass::getProperties - Gets properties
    • ReflectionClass::getProperty - Gets a ReflectionProperty for a class's property
    • ReflectionClass::getReflectionConstant - Gets a ReflectionClassConstant for a class's constant
    • ReflectionClass::getReflectionConstants - Gets class constants
    • ReflectionClass::getShortName - Gets short name
    • ReflectionClass::getStartLine - Gets starting line number
    • ReflectionClass::getStaticProperties - Gets static properties
    • ReflectionClass::getStaticPropertyValue - Gets static property value
    • ReflectionClass::getTraitAliases - Returns an array of trait aliases
    • ReflectionClass::getTraitNames - Returns an array of names of traits used by this class
    • ReflectionClass::getTraits - Returns an array of traits used by this class
    • ReflectionClass::hasConstant - Checks if constant is defined
    • ReflectionClass::hasMethod - Checks if method is defined
    • ReflectionClass::hasProperty - Checks if property is defined
    • ReflectionClass::implementsInterface - Implements interface
    • ReflectionClass::inNamespace - Checks if in namespace
    • ReflectionClass::isAbstract - Checks if class is abstract
    • ReflectionClass::isAnonymous - Checks if class is anonymous
    • ReflectionClass::isCloneable - Returns whether this class is cloneable
    • ReflectionClass::isEnum - Returns whether this is an enum
    • ReflectionClass::isFinal - Checks if class is final
    • ReflectionClass::isInstance - Checks class for instance
    • ReflectionClass::isInstantiable - Checks if the class is instantiable
    • ReflectionClass::isInterface - Checks if the class is an interface
    • ReflectionClass::isInternal - Checks if class is defined internally by an extension, or the core
    • ReflectionClass::isIterable - Check whether this class is iterable
    • ReflectionClass::isIterateable - Alias of ReflectionClass::isIterable
    • ReflectionClass::isSubclassOf - Checks if a subclass
    • ReflectionClass::isTrait - Returns whether this is a trait
    • ReflectionClass::isUserDefined - Checks if user defined
    • ReflectionClass::newInstance - Creates a new class instance from given arguments
    • ReflectionClass::newInstanceArgs - Creates a new class instance from given arguments
    • ReflectionClass::newInstanceWithoutConstructor - Creates a new class instance without invoking the constructor
    • ReflectionClass::setStaticPropertyValue - Sets static property value
    • ReflectionClass::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionClass
    • ReflectionClass::__toString - Returns the string representation of the ReflectionClass object
    • ReflectionClassConstant::export - Export
    • ReflectionClassConstant::getAttributes - Gets Attributes
    • ReflectionClassConstant::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class
    • ReflectionClassConstant::getDocComment - Gets doc comments
    • ReflectionClassConstant::getModifiers - Gets the class constant modifiers
    • ReflectionClassConstant::getName - Get name of the constant
    • ReflectionClassConstant::getValue - Gets value
    • ReflectionClassConstant::isEnumCase - Checks if class constant is an Enum case
    • ReflectionClassConstant::isFinal - Checks if class constant is final
    • ReflectionClassConstant::isPrivate - Checks if class constant is private
    • ReflectionClassConstant::isProtected - Checks if class constant is protected
    • ReflectionClassConstant::isPublic - Checks if class constant is public
    • ReflectionClassConstant::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionClassConstant
    • ReflectionClassConstant::__toString - Returns the string representation of the ReflectionClassConstant object
    • ReflectionEnum::getBackingType - Gets the backing type of an Enum, if any
    • ReflectionEnum::getCase - Returns a specific case of an Enum
    • ReflectionEnum::getCases - Returns a list of all cases on an Enum
    • ReflectionEnum::hasCase - Checks for a case on an Enum
    • ReflectionEnum::isBacked - Determines if an Enum is a Backed Enum
    • ReflectionEnum::__construct - Instantiates a ReflectionEnum object
    • ReflectionEnumBackedCase::getBackingValue - Gets the scalar value backing this Enum case
    • ReflectionEnumBackedCase::__construct - Instantiates a ReflectionEnumBackedCase object
    • ReflectionEnumUnitCase::getEnum - Gets the reflection of the enum of this case
    • ReflectionEnumUnitCase::getValue - Gets the enum case object described by this reflection object
    • ReflectionEnumUnitCase::__construct - Instantiates a ReflectionEnumUnitCase object
    • ReflectionExtension::export - Export
    • ReflectionExtension::getClasses - Gets classes
    • ReflectionExtension::getClassNames - Gets class names
    • ReflectionExtension::getConstants - Gets constants
    • ReflectionExtension::getDependencies - Gets dependencies
    • ReflectionExtension::getFunctions - Gets extension functions
    • ReflectionExtension::getINIEntries - Gets extension ini entries
    • ReflectionExtension::getName - Gets extension name
    • ReflectionExtension::getVersion - Gets extension version
    • ReflectionExtension::info - Print extension info
    • ReflectionExtension::isPersistent - Returns whether this extension is persistent
    • ReflectionExtension::isTemporary - Returns whether this extension is temporary
    • ReflectionExtension::__clone - Clones
    • ReflectionExtension::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionExtension
    • ReflectionExtension::__toString - To string
    • ReflectionFiber::getCallable - Gets the callable used to create the Fiber
    • ReflectionFiber::getExecutingFile - Get the file name of the current execution point
    • ReflectionFiber::getExecutingLine - Get the line number of the current execution point
    • ReflectionFiber::getFiber - Get the reflected Fiber instance
    • ReflectionFiber::getTrace - Get the backtrace of the current execution point
    • ReflectionFiber::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionFiber object
    • ReflectionFunction::export - Exports function
    • ReflectionFunction::getClosure - Returns a dynamically created closure for the function
    • ReflectionFunction::invoke - Invokes function
    • ReflectionFunction::invokeArgs - Invokes function args
    • ReflectionFunction::isAnonymous - Checks if a function is anonymous
    • ReflectionFunction::isDisabled - Checks if function is disabled
    • ReflectionFunction::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionFunction object
    • ReflectionFunction::__toString - To string
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getAttributes - Gets Attributes
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getClosureScopeClass - Returns the scope associated to the closure
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getClosureThis - Returns this pointer bound to closure
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getClosureUsedVariables - Returns an array of the used variables in the Closure
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getDocComment - Gets doc comment
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getEndLine - Gets end line number
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getExtension - Gets extension info
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getExtensionName - Gets extension name
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getFileName - Gets file name
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getName - Gets function name
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getNamespaceName - Gets namespace name
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getNumberOfParameters - Gets number of parameters
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getNumberOfRequiredParameters - Gets number of required parameters
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getParameters - Gets parameters
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getReturnType - Gets the specified return type of a function
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getShortName - Gets function short name
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getStartLine - Gets starting line number
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getStaticVariables - Gets static variables
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getTentativeReturnType - Returns the tentative return type associated with the function
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::hasReturnType - Checks if the function has a specified return type
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::hasTentativeReturnType - Returns whether the function has a tentative return type
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::inNamespace - Checks if function in namespace
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isClosure - Checks if closure
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isDeprecated - Checks if deprecated
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isGenerator - Returns whether this function is a generator
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isInternal - Checks if is internal
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isUserDefined - Checks if user defined
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isVariadic - Checks if the function is variadic
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::returnsReference - Checks if returns reference
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::__clone - Clones function
    • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::__toString - To string
    • ReflectionGenerator::getExecutingFile - Gets the file name of the currently executing generator
    • ReflectionGenerator::getExecutingGenerator - Gets the executing Generator object
    • ReflectionGenerator::getExecutingLine - Gets the currently executing line of the generator
    • ReflectionGenerator::getFunction - Gets the function name of the generator
    • ReflectionGenerator::getThis - Gets the $this value of the generator
    • ReflectionGenerator::getTrace - Gets the trace of the executing generator
    • ReflectionGenerator::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionGenerator object
    • ReflectionIntersectionType::getTypes - Returns the types included in the intersection type
    • ReflectionMethod::export - Export a reflection method
    • ReflectionMethod::getClosure - Returns a dynamically created closure for the method
    • ReflectionMethod::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class for the reflected method
    • ReflectionMethod::getModifiers - Gets the method modifiers
    • ReflectionMethod::getPrototype - Gets the method prototype (if there is one)
    • ReflectionMethod::hasPrototype - Returns whether a method has a prototype
    • ReflectionMethod::invoke - Invoke
    • ReflectionMethod::invokeArgs - Invoke args
    • ReflectionMethod::isAbstract - Checks if method is abstract
    • ReflectionMethod::isConstructor - Checks if method is a constructor
    • ReflectionMethod::isDestructor - Checks if method is a destructor
    • ReflectionMethod::isFinal - Checks if method is final
    • ReflectionMethod::isPrivate - Checks if method is private
    • ReflectionMethod::isProtected - Checks if method is protected
    • ReflectionMethod::isPublic - Checks if method is public
    • ReflectionMethod::isStatic - Checks if method is static
    • ReflectionMethod::setAccessible - Set method accessibility
    • ReflectionMethod::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionMethod
    • ReflectionMethod::__toString - Returns the string representation of the Reflection method object
    • ReflectionNamedType::getName - Get the name of the type as a string
    • ReflectionNamedType::isBuiltin - Checks if it is a built-in type
    • ReflectionObject::export - Export
    • ReflectionObject::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionObject
    • ReflectionParameter::allowsNull - Checks if null is allowed
    • ReflectionParameter::canBePassedByValue - Returns whether this parameter can be passed by value
    • ReflectionParameter::export - Exports
    • ReflectionParameter::getAttributes - Gets Attributes
    • ReflectionParameter::getClass - Get a ReflectionClass object for the parameter being reflected or null
    • ReflectionParameter::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class
    • ReflectionParameter::getDeclaringFunction - Gets declaring function
    • ReflectionParameter::getDefaultValue - Gets default parameter value
    • ReflectionParameter::getDefaultValueConstantName - Returns the default value's constant name if default value is constant or null
    • ReflectionParameter::getName - Gets parameter name
    • ReflectionParameter::getPosition - Gets parameter position
    • ReflectionParameter::getType - Gets a parameter's type
    • ReflectionParameter::hasType - Checks if parameter has a type
    • ReflectionParameter::isArray - Checks if parameter expects an array
    • ReflectionParameter::isCallable - Returns whether parameter MUST be callable
    • ReflectionParameter::isDefaultValueAvailable - Checks if a default value is available
    • ReflectionParameter::isDefaultValueConstant - Returns whether the default value of this parameter is a constant
    • ReflectionParameter::isOptional - Checks if optional
    • ReflectionParameter::isPassedByReference - Checks if passed by reference
    • ReflectionParameter::isVariadic - Checks if the parameter is variadic
    • ReflectionParameter::__clone - Clone
    • ReflectionParameter::__construct - Construct
    • ReflectionParameter::__toString - To string
    • ReflectionProperty::export - Export
    • ReflectionProperty::getAttributes - Gets Attributes
    • ReflectionProperty::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class
    • ReflectionProperty::getDefaultValue - Returns the default value declared for a property
    • ReflectionProperty::getDocComment - Gets the property doc comment
    • ReflectionProperty::getModifiers - Gets the property modifiers
    • ReflectionProperty::getName - Gets property name
    • ReflectionProperty::getType - Gets a property's type
    • ReflectionProperty::getValue - Gets value
    • ReflectionProperty::hasDefaultValue - Checks if property has a default value declared
    • ReflectionProperty::hasType - Checks if property has a type
    • ReflectionProperty::isDefault - Checks if property is a default property
    • ReflectionProperty::isInitialized - Checks whether a property is initialized
    • ReflectionProperty::isPrivate - Checks if property is private
    • ReflectionProperty::isPromoted - Checks if property is promoted
    • ReflectionProperty::isProtected - Checks if property is protected
    • ReflectionProperty::isPublic - Checks if property is public
    • ReflectionProperty::isReadOnly - Checks if property is readonly
    • ReflectionProperty::isStatic - Checks if property is static
    • ReflectionProperty::setAccessible - Set property accessibility
    • ReflectionProperty::setValue - Set property value
    • ReflectionProperty::__clone - Clone
    • ReflectionProperty::__construct - Construct a ReflectionProperty object
    • ReflectionProperty::__toString - To string
    • ReflectionReference::fromArrayElement - Create a ReflectionReference from an array element
    • ReflectionReference::getId - Get unique ID of a reference
    • ReflectionReference::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
    • ReflectionType::allowsNull - Checks if null is allowed
    • ReflectionType::__toString - To string
    • ReflectionUnionType::getTypes - Returns the types included in the union type
    • ReflectionZendExtension::export - Export
    • ReflectionZendExtension::getAuthor - Gets author
    • ReflectionZendExtension::getCopyright - Gets copyright
    • ReflectionZendExtension::getName - Gets name
    • ReflectionZendExtension::getURL - Gets URL
    • ReflectionZendExtension::getVersion - Gets version
    • ReflectionZendExtension::__clone - Clone handler
    • ReflectionZendExtension::__construct - Constructor
    • ReflectionZendExtension::__toString - To string handler
    • Reflector::export - Exports
    • Reflector::__toString - To string
    • RegexIterator::accept - Get accept status
    • RegexIterator::getFlags - Get flags
    • RegexIterator::getMode - Returns operation mode
    • RegexIterator::getPregFlags - Returns the regular expression flags
    • RegexIterator::getRegex - Returns current regular expression
    • RegexIterator::setFlags - Sets the flags
    • RegexIterator::setMode - Sets the operation mode
    • RegexIterator::setPregFlags - Sets the regular expression flags
    • RegexIterator::__construct - Create a new RegexIterator
    • register_shutdown_function - Register a function for execution on shutdown
    • register_tick_function - Register a function for execution on each tick
    • rename - Renames a file or directory
    • reset - Set the internal pointer of an array to its first element
    • ResourceBundle::count - Get number of elements in the bundle
    • ResourceBundle::create - Create a resource bundle
    • ResourceBundle::get - Get data from the bundle
    • ResourceBundle::getErrorCode - Get bundle's last error code
    • ResourceBundle::getErrorMessage - Get bundle's last error message
    • ResourceBundle::getLocales - Get supported locales
    • restore_error_handler - Restores the previous error handler function
    • restore_exception_handler - Restores the previously defined exception handler function
    • restore_include_path - Restores the value of the include_path configuration option
    • Result::getAffectedItemsCount - Get affected row count
    • Result::getAutoIncrementValue - Get autoincremented value
    • Result::getGeneratedIds - Get generated ids
    • Result::getWarnings - Get warnings from last operation
    • Result::getWarningsCount - Get warning count from last operation
    • Result::__construct - Result constructor
    • rewind - Rewind the position of a file pointer
    • rewinddir - Rewind directory handle
    • rmdir - Removes directory
    • round - Rounds a float
    • RowResult::fetchAll - Get all rows from result
    • RowResult::fetchOne - Get row from result
    • RowResult::getColumnNames - Get all column names
    • RowResult::getColumns - Get column metadata
    • RowResult::getColumnsCount - Get column count
    • RowResult::getWarnings - Get warnings from last operation
    • RowResult::getWarningsCount - Get warning count from last operation
    • RowResult::__construct - RowResult constructor
    • rpmaddtag - Add tag retrieved in query
    • rpmdbinfo - Get information from installed RPM
    • rpmdbsearch - Search RPM packages
    • rpminfo - Get information from a RPM file
    • rpmvercmp - RPM version comparison
    • RRDCreator::addArchive - Adds RRA - archive of data values for each data source
    • RRDCreator::addDataSource - Adds data source definition for RRD database
    • RRDCreator::save - Saves the RRD database to a file
    • RRDCreator::__construct - Creates new RRDCreator instance
    • rrdc_disconnect - Close any outstanding connection to rrd caching daemon
    • RRDGraph::save - Saves the result of query into image
    • RRDGraph::saveVerbose - Saves the RRD database query into image and returns the verbose information about generated graph
    • RRDGraph::setOptions - Sets the options for rrd graph export
    • RRDGraph::__construct - Creates new RRDGraph instance
    • RRDUpdater::update - Update the RRD database file
    • RRDUpdater::__construct - Creates new RRDUpdater instance
    • rrd_create - Creates rrd database file
    • rrd_error - Gets latest error message
    • rrd_fetch - Fetch the data for graph as array
    • rrd_first - Gets the timestamp of the first sample from rrd file
    • rrd_graph - Creates image from a data
    • rrd_info - Gets information about rrd file
    • rrd_last - Gets unix timestamp of the last sample
    • rrd_lastupdate - Gets information about last updated data
    • rrd_restore - Restores the RRD file from XML dump
    • rrd_tune - Tunes some RRD database file header options
    • rrd_update - Updates the RRD database
    • rrd_version - Gets information about underlying rrdtool library
    • rrd_xport - Exports the information about RRD database
    • rsort - Sort an array in descending order
    • rtrim - Strip whitespace (or other characters) from the end of a string
    • runkit7_constant_add - Similar to define(), but allows defining in class definitions as well
    • runkit7_constant_redefine - Redefine an already defined constant
    • runkit7_constant_remove - Remove/Delete an already defined constant
    • runkit7_function_add - Add a new function, similar to create_function
    • runkit7_function_copy - Copy a function to a new function name
    • runkit7_function_redefine - Replace a function definition with a new implementation
    • runkit7_function_remove - Remove a function definition
    • runkit7_function_rename - Change a function's name
    • runkit7_import - Process a PHP file importing function and class definitions, overwriting where appropriate
    • runkit7_method_add - Dynamically adds a new method to a given class
    • runkit7_method_copy - Copies a method from class to another
    • runkit7_method_redefine - Dynamically changes the code of the given method
    • runkit7_method_remove - Dynamically removes the given method
    • runkit7_method_rename - Dynamically changes the name of the given method
    • runkit7_object_id - Return the integer object handle for given object
    • runkit7_superglobals - Return numerically indexed array of registered superglobals
    • runkit7_zval_inspect - Returns information about the passed in value with data types, reference counts, etc
  • s
    • sapi_windows_cp_conv - Convert string from one codepage to another
    • sapi_windows_cp_get - Get current codepage
    • sapi_windows_cp_is_utf8 - Indicates whether the codepage is UTF-8 compatible
    • sapi_windows_cp_set - Set process codepage
    • sapi_windows_generate_ctrl_event - Send a CTRL event to another process
    • sapi_windows_set_ctrl_handler - Set or remove a CTRL event handler
    • sapi_windows_vt100_support - Get or set VT100 support for the specified stream associated to an output buffer of a Windows console.
    • scandir - List files and directories inside the specified path
    • Schema::createCollection - Add collection to schema
    • Schema::dropCollection - Drop collection from schema
    • Schema::existsInDatabase - Check if exists in database
    • Schema::getCollection - Get collection from schema
    • Schema::getCollectionAsTable - Get collection table object
    • Schema::getCollections - Get all schema collections
    • Schema::getName - Get schema name
    • Schema::getSession - Get schema session
    • Schema::getTable - Get schema table
    • Schema::getTables - Get schema tables
    • Schema::__construct - constructor
    • SchemaObject::getSchema - Get schema object
    • scoutapm_get_calls - Returns a list of instrumented calls that have occurred
    • scoutapm_list_instrumented_functions - List functions scoutapm will instrument.
    • SeasLog::alert - Record alert log information
    • SeasLog::analyzerCount - Get log count by level, log_path and key_word
    • SeasLog::analyzerDetail - Get log detail by level, log_path, key_word, start, limit, order
    • SeasLog::closeLoggerStream - Manually release stream flow from logger
    • SeasLog::critical - Record critical log information
    • SeasLog::debug - Record debug log information
    • SeasLog::emergency - Record emergency log information
    • SeasLog::error - Record error log information
    • SeasLog::flushBuffer - Flush logs buffer, dump to appender file, or send to remote api with tcp/udp
    • SeasLog::getBasePath - Get SeasLog base path.
    • SeasLog::getBuffer - Get the logs buffer in memory as array
    • SeasLog::getBufferEnabled - Determin if buffer enabled
    • SeasLog::getDatetimeFormat - Get SeasLog datetime format style
    • SeasLog::getLastLogger - Get SeasLog last logger path
    • SeasLog::getRequestID - Get SeasLog request_id differentiated requests
    • SeasLog::getRequestVariable - Get SeasLog request variable
    • SeasLog::info - Record info log information
    • SeasLog::log - The Common Record Log Function
    • SeasLog::notice - Record notice log information
    • SeasLog::setBasePath - Set SeasLog base path
    • SeasLog::setDatetimeFormat - Set SeasLog datetime format style
    • SeasLog::setLogger - Set SeasLog logger name
    • SeasLog::setRequestID - Set SeasLog request_id differentiated requests
    • SeasLog::setRequestVariable - Manually set SeasLog request variable
    • SeasLog::warning - Record warning log information
    • SeasLog::__construct - Description
    • SeasLog::__destruct - Description
    • seaslog_get_author - Get SeasLog author.
    • seaslog_get_version - Get SeasLog version.
    • SeekableIterator::seek - Seeks to a position
    • sem_acquire - Acquire a semaphore
    • sem_get - Get a semaphore id
    • sem_release - Release a semaphore
    • sem_remove - Remove a semaphore
    • Serializable::serialize - String representation of object
    • Serializable::unserialize - Constructs the object
    • serialize - Generates a storable representation of a value
    • Session::close - Close session
    • Session::createSchema - Create new schema
    • Session::dropSchema - Drop a schema
    • Session::generateUUID - Get new UUID
    • Session::getDefaultSchema - Get default schema name
    • Session::getSchema - Get a new schema object
    • Session::getSchemas - Get the schemas
    • Session::getServerVersion - Get server version
    • Session::listClients - Get client list
    • Session::quoteName - Add quotes
    • Session::releaseSavepoint - Release set savepoint
    • Session::rollback - Rollback transaction
    • Session::rollbackTo - Rollback transaction to savepoint
    • Session::setSavepoint - Create savepoint
    • Session::sql - Execute SQL query
    • Session::startTransaction - Start transaction
    • Session::__construct - Description constructor
    • SessionHandler::close - Close the session
    • SessionHandler::create_sid - Return a new session ID
    • SessionHandler::destroy - Destroy a session
    • SessionHandler::gc - Cleanup old sessions
    • SessionHandler::open - Initialize session
    • SessionHandler::read - Read session data
    • SessionHandler::write - Write session data
    • SessionHandlerInterface::close - Close the session
    • SessionHandlerInterface::destroy - Destroy a session
    • SessionHandlerInterface::gc - Cleanup old sessions
    • SessionHandlerInterface::open - Initialize session
    • SessionHandlerInterface::read - Read session data
    • SessionHandlerInterface::write - Write session data
    • SessionIdInterface::create_sid - Create session ID
    • SessionUpdateTimestampHandlerInterface::updateTimestamp - Update timestamp
    • SessionUpdateTimestampHandlerInterface::validateId - Validate ID
    • session_abort - Discard session array changes and finish session
    • session_cache_expire - Get and/or set current cache expire
    • session_cache_limiter - Get and/or set the current cache limiter
    • session_commit - Alias of session_write_close
    • session_create_id - Create new session id
    • session_decode - Decodes session data from a session encoded string
    • session_destroy - Destroys all data registered to a session
    • session_encode - Encodes the current session data as a session encoded string
    • session_gc - Perform session data garbage collection
    • session_get_cookie_params - Get the session cookie parameters
    • session_id - Get and/or set the current session id
    • session_module_name - Get and/or set the current session module
    • session_name - Get and/or set the current session name
    • session_regenerate_id - Update the current session id with a newly generated one
    • session_register_shutdown - Session shutdown function
    • session_reset - Re-initialize session array with original values
    • session_save_path - Get and/or set the current session save path
    • session_set_cookie_params - Set the session cookie parameters
    • session_set_save_handler - Sets user-level session storage functions
    • session_start - Start new or resume existing session
    • session_status - Returns the current session status
    • session_unset - Free all session variables
    • session_write_close - Write session data and end session
    • setcookie - Send a cookie
    • setlocale - Set locale information
    • setrawcookie - Send a cookie without urlencoding the cookie value
    • settype - Set the type of a variable
    • set_error_handler - Sets a user-defined error handler function
    • set_exception_handler - Sets a user-defined exception handler function
    • set_file_buffer - Alias of stream_set_write_buffer
    • set_include_path - Sets the include_path configuration option
    • set_time_limit - Limits the maximum execution time
    • sha1 - Calculate the sha1 hash of a string
    • sha1_file - Calculate the sha1 hash of a file
    • shell_exec - Execute command via shell and return the complete output as a string
    • shmop_close - Close shared memory block
    • shmop_delete - Delete shared memory block
    • shmop_open - Create or open shared memory block
    • shmop_read - Read data from shared memory block
    • shmop_size - Get size of shared memory block
    • shmop_write - Write data into shared memory block
    • shm_attach - Creates or open a shared memory segment
    • shm_detach - Disconnects from shared memory segment
    • shm_get_var - Returns a variable from shared memory
    • shm_has_var - Check whether a specific entry exists
    • shm_put_var - Inserts or updates a variable in shared memory
    • shm_remove - Removes shared memory from Unix systems
    • shm_remove_var - Removes a variable from shared memory
    • show_source - Alias of highlight_file
    • shuffle - Shuffle an array
    • similar_text - Calculate the similarity between two strings
    • SimpleXMLElement::addAttribute - Adds an attribute to the SimpleXML element
    • SimpleXMLElement::addChild - Adds a child element to the XML node
    • SimpleXMLElement::asXML - Return a well-formed XML string based on SimpleXML element
    • SimpleXMLElement::attributes - Identifies an element's attributes
    • SimpleXMLElement::children - Finds children of given node
    • SimpleXMLElement::count - Counts the children of an element
    • SimpleXMLElement::getDocNamespaces - Returns namespaces declared in document
    • SimpleXMLElement::getName - Gets the name of the XML element
    • SimpleXMLElement::getNamespaces - Returns namespaces used in document
    • SimpleXMLElement::registerXPathNamespace - Creates a prefix/ns context for the next XPath query
    • SimpleXMLElement::saveXML - Alias of SimpleXMLElement::asXML
    • SimpleXMLElement::xpath - Runs XPath query on XML data
    • SimpleXMLElement::__construct - Creates a new SimpleXMLElement object
    • SimpleXMLElement::__toString - Returns the string content
    • SimpleXMLIterator::current - Returns the current element
    • SimpleXMLIterator::getChildren - Returns the sub-elements of the current element
    • SimpleXMLIterator::hasChildren - Checks whether the current element has sub elements
    • SimpleXMLIterator::key - Return current key
    • SimpleXMLIterator::next - Move to next element
    • SimpleXMLIterator::rewind - Rewind to the first element
    • SimpleXMLIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
    • simplexml_import_dom - Get a SimpleXMLElement object from a DOM node
    • simplexml_load_file - Interprets an XML file into an object
    • simplexml_load_string - Interprets a string of XML into an object
    • sin - Sine
    • sinh - Hyperbolic sine
    • sizeof - Alias of count
    • sleep - Delay execution
    • snmp2_get - Fetch an SNMP object
    • snmp2_getnext - Fetch the SNMP object which follows the given object id
    • snmp2_real_walk - Return all objects including their respective object ID within the specified one
    • snmp2_set - Set the value of an SNMP object
    • snmp2_walk - Fetch all the SNMP objects from an agent
    • snmp3_get - Fetch an SNMP object
    • snmp3_getnext - Fetch the SNMP object which follows the given object id
    • snmp3_real_walk - Return all objects including their respective object ID within the specified one
    • snmp3_set - Set the value of an SNMP object
    • snmp3_walk - Fetch all the SNMP objects from an agent
    • SNMP::close - Close SNMP session
    • SNMP::get - Fetch an SNMP object
    • SNMP::getErrno - Get last error code
    • SNMP::getError - Get last error message
    • SNMP::getnext - Fetch an SNMP object which follows the given object id
    • SNMP::set - Set the value of an SNMP object
    • SNMP::setSecurity - Configures security-related SNMPv3 session parameters
    • SNMP::walk - Fetch SNMP object subtree
    • SNMP::__construct - Creates SNMP instance representing session to remote SNMP agent
    • snmpget - Fetch an SNMP object
    • snmpgetnext - Fetch the SNMP object which follows the given object id
    • snmprealwalk - Return all objects including their respective object ID within the specified one
    • snmpset - Set the value of an SNMP object
    • snmpwalk - Fetch all the SNMP objects from an agent
    • snmpwalkoid - Query for a tree of information about a network entity
    • snmp_get_quick_print - Fetches the current value of the NET-SNMP library's quick_print setting
    • snmp_get_valueretrieval - Return the method how the SNMP values will be returned
    • snmp_read_mib - Reads and parses a MIB file into the active MIB tree
    • snmp_set_enum_print - Return all values that are enums with their enum value instead of the raw integer
    • snmp_set_oid_numeric_print - Alias of snmp_set_oid_output_format
    • snmp_set_oid_output_format - Set the OID output format
    • snmp_set_quick_print - Set the value of enable within the NET-SNMP library
    • snmp_set_valueretrieval - Specify the method how the SNMP values will be returned
    • SoapClient::__call - Calls a SOAP function (deprecated)
    • SoapClient::__construct - SoapClient constructor
    • SoapClient::__doRequest - Performs a SOAP request
    • SoapClient::__getCookies - Get list of cookies
    • SoapClient::__getFunctions - Returns list of available SOAP functions
    • SoapClient::__getLastRequest - Returns last SOAP request
    • SoapClient::__getLastRequestHeaders - Returns the SOAP headers from the last request
    • SoapClient::__getLastResponse - Returns last SOAP response
    • SoapClient::__getLastResponseHeaders - Returns the SOAP headers from the last response
    • SoapClient::__getTypes - Returns a list of SOAP types
    • SoapClient::__setCookie - Defines a cookie for SOAP requests
    • SoapClient::__setLocation - Sets the location of the Web service to use
    • SoapClient::__setSoapHeaders - Sets SOAP headers for subsequent calls
    • SoapClient::__soapCall - Calls a SOAP function
    • SoapFault::__construct - SoapFault constructor
    • SoapFault::__toString - Obtain a string representation of a SoapFault
    • SoapHeader::__construct - SoapHeader constructor
    • SoapParam::__construct - SoapParam constructor
    • SoapServer::addFunction - Adds one or more functions to handle SOAP requests
    • SoapServer::addSoapHeader - Add a SOAP header to the response
    • SoapServer::fault - Issue SoapServer fault indicating an error
    • SoapServer::getFunctions - Returns list of defined functions
    • SoapServer::handle - Handles a SOAP request
    • SoapServer::setClass - Sets the class which handles SOAP requests
    • SoapServer::setObject - Sets the object which will be used to handle SOAP requests
    • SoapServer::setPersistence - Sets SoapServer persistence mode
    • SoapServer::__construct - SoapServer constructor
    • SoapVar::__construct - SoapVar constructor
    • Socket context options - Socket context option listing
    • socket_accept - Accepts a connection on a socket
    • socket_addrinfo_bind - Create and bind to a socket from a given addrinfo
    • socket_addrinfo_connect - Create and connect to a socket from a given addrinfo
    • socket_addrinfo_explain - Get information about addrinfo
    • socket_addrinfo_lookup - Get array with contents of getaddrinfo about the given hostname
    • socket_bind - Binds a name to a socket
    • socket_clear_error - Clears the error on the socket or the last error code
    • socket_close - Closes a Socket instance
    • socket_cmsg_space - Calculate message buffer size
    • socket_connect - Initiates a connection on a socket
    • socket_create - Create a socket (endpoint for communication)
    • socket_create_listen - Opens a socket on port to accept connections
    • socket_create_pair - Creates a pair of indistinguishable sockets and stores them in an array
    • socket_export_stream - Export a socket into a stream that encapsulates a socket
    • socket_getopt - Alias of socket_get_option
    • socket_getpeername - Queries the remote side of the given socket which may either result in host/port or in a Unix filesystem path, dependent on its type
    • socket_getsockname - Queries the local side of the given socket which may either result in host/port or in a Unix filesystem path, dependent on its type
    • socket_get_option - Gets socket options for the socket
    • socket_get_status - Alias of stream_get_meta_data
    • socket_import_stream - Import a stream
    • socket_last_error - Returns the last error on the socket
    • socket_listen - Listens for a connection on a socket
    • socket_read - Reads a maximum of length bytes from a socket
    • socket_recv - Receives data from a connected socket
    • socket_recvfrom - Receives data from a socket whether or not it is connection-oriented
    • socket_recvmsg - Read a message
    • socket_select - Runs the select() system call on the given arrays of sockets with a specified timeout
    • socket_send - Sends data to a connected socket
    • socket_sendmsg - Send a message
    • socket_sendto - Sends a message to a socket, whether it is connected or not
    • socket_setopt - Alias of socket_set_option
    • socket_set_block - Sets blocking mode on a socket
    • socket_set_blocking - Alias of stream_set_blocking
    • socket_set_nonblock - Sets nonblocking mode for file descriptor fd
    • socket_set_option - Sets socket options for the socket
    • socket_set_timeout - Alias of stream_set_timeout
    • socket_shutdown - Shuts down a socket for receiving, sending, or both
    • socket_strerror - Return a string describing a socket error
    • socket_write - Write to a socket
    • socket_wsaprotocol_info_export - Exports the WSAPROTOCOL_INFO Structure
    • socket_wsaprotocol_info_import - Imports a Socket from another Process
    • socket_wsaprotocol_info_release - Releases an exported WSAPROTOCOL_INFO Structure
    • sodium_add - Add large numbers
    • sodium_base642bin - Decodes a base64-encoded string into raw binary.
    • sodium_bin2base64 - Encodes a raw binary string with base64.
    • sodium_bin2hex - Encode to hexadecimal
    • sodium_compare - Compare large numbers
    • sodium_crypto_aead_aes256gcm_decrypt - Verify then decrypt a message with AES-256-GCM
    • sodium_crypto_aead_aes256gcm_encrypt - Encrypt then authenticate with AES-256-GCM
    • sodium_crypto_aead_aes256gcm_is_available - Check if hardware supports AES256-GCM
    • sodium_crypto_aead_aes256gcm_keygen - Generate a random AES-256-GCM key
    • sodium_crypto_aead_chacha20poly1305_decrypt - Verify then decrypt with ChaCha20-Poly1305
    • sodium_crypto_aead_chacha20poly1305_encrypt - Encrypt then authenticate with ChaCha20-Poly1305
    • sodium_crypto_aead_chacha20poly1305_ietf_decrypt - Verify that the ciphertext includes a valid tag
    • sodium_crypto_aead_chacha20poly1305_ietf_encrypt - Encrypt a message
    • sodium_crypto_aead_chacha20poly1305_ietf_keygen - Generate a random ChaCha20-Poly1305 (IETF) key.
    • sodium_crypto_aead_chacha20poly1305_keygen - Generate a random ChaCha20-Poly1305 key.
    • sodium_crypto_aead_xchacha20poly1305_ietf_decrypt - (Preferred) Verify then decrypt with XChaCha20-Poly1305
    • sodium_crypto_aead_xchacha20poly1305_ietf_encrypt - (Preferred) Encrypt then authenticate with XChaCha20-Poly1305
    • sodium_crypto_aead_xchacha20poly1305_ietf_keygen - Generate a random XChaCha20-Poly1305 key.
    • sodium_crypto_auth - Compute a tag for the message
    • sodium_crypto_auth_keygen - Generate a random key for sodium_crypto_auth
    • sodium_crypto_auth_verify - Verifies that the tag is valid for the message
    • sodium_crypto_box - Authenticated public-key encryption
    • sodium_crypto_box_keypair - Randomly generate a secret key and a corresponding public key
    • sodium_crypto_box_keypair_from_secretkey_and_publickey - Create a unified keypair string from a secret key and public key
    • sodium_crypto_box_open - Authenticated public-key decryption
    • sodium_crypto_box_publickey - Extract the public key from a crypto_box keypair
    • sodium_crypto_box_publickey_from_secretkey - Calculate the public key from a secret key
    • sodium_crypto_box_seal - Anonymous public-key encryption
    • sodium_crypto_box_seal_open - Anonymous public-key decryption
    • sodium_crypto_box_secretkey - Extracts the secret key from a crypto_box keypair
    • sodium_crypto_box_seed_keypair - Deterministically derive the key pair from a single key
    • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_add - Adds an element
    • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_from_hash - Maps a vector
    • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_is_valid_point - Determines if a point on the ristretto255 curve
    • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_random - Generates a random key
    • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_add - Adds a scalar value
    • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_complement - The sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_complement purpose
    • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_invert - Inverts a scalar value
    • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_mul - Multiplies a scalar value
    • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_negate - Negates a scalar value
    • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_random - Generates a random key
    • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_reduce - Reduces a scalar value
    • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_sub - Subtracts a scalar value
    • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_sub - Subtracts an element
    • sodium_crypto_generichash - Get a hash of the message
    • sodium_crypto_generichash_final - Complete the hash
    • sodium_crypto_generichash_init - Initialize a hash for streaming
    • sodium_crypto_generichash_keygen - Generate a random generichash key
    • sodium_crypto_generichash_update - Add message to a hash
    • sodium_crypto_kdf_derive_from_key - Derive a subkey
    • sodium_crypto_kdf_keygen - Generate a random root key for the KDF interface
    • sodium_crypto_kx_client_session_keys - Calculate the client-side session keys.
    • sodium_crypto_kx_keypair - Creates a new sodium keypair
    • sodium_crypto_kx_publickey - Extract the public key from a crypto_kx keypair
    • sodium_crypto_kx_secretkey - Extract the secret key from a crypto_kx keypair.
    • sodium_crypto_kx_seed_keypair - Description
    • sodium_crypto_kx_server_session_keys - Calculate the server-side session keys.
    • sodium_crypto_pwhash - Derive a key from a password, using Argon2
    • sodium_crypto_pwhash_scryptsalsa208sha256 - Derives a key from a password, using scrypt
    • sodium_crypto_pwhash_scryptsalsa208sha256_str - Get an ASCII encoded hash
    • sodium_crypto_pwhash_scryptsalsa208sha256_str_verify - Verify that the password is a valid password verification string
    • sodium_crypto_pwhash_str - Get an ASCII-encoded hash
    • sodium_crypto_pwhash_str_needs_rehash - Determine whether or not to rehash a password
    • sodium_crypto_pwhash_str_verify - Verifies that a password matches a hash
    • sodium_crypto_scalarmult - Compute a shared secret given a user's secret key and another user's public key
    • sodium_crypto_scalarmult_base - Alias of sodium_crypto_box_publickey_from_secretkey
    • sodium_crypto_scalarmult_ristretto255 - Computes a shared secret
    • sodium_crypto_scalarmult_ristretto255_base - Calculates the public key from a secret key
    • sodium_crypto_secretbox - Authenticated shared-key encryption
    • sodium_crypto_secretbox_keygen - Generate random key for sodium_crypto_secretbox
    • sodium_crypto_secretbox_open - Authenticated shared-key decryption
    • sodium_crypto_secretstream_xchacha20poly1305_init_pull - Initialize a secretstream context for decryption
    • sodium_crypto_secretstream_xchacha20poly1305_init_push - Initialize a secretstream context for encryption
    • sodium_crypto_secretstream_xchacha20poly1305_keygen - Generate a random secretstream key.
    • sodium_crypto_secretstream_xchacha20poly1305_pull - Decrypt a chunk of data from an encrypted stream
    • sodium_crypto_secretstream_xchacha20poly1305_push - Encrypt a chunk of data so that it can safely be decrypted in a streaming API
    • sodium_crypto_secretstream_xchacha20poly1305_rekey - Explicitly rotate the key in the secretstream state
    • sodium_crypto_shorthash - Compute a short hash of a message and key
    • sodium_crypto_shorthash_keygen - Get random bytes for key
    • sodium_crypto_sign - Sign a message
    • sodium_crypto_sign_detached - Sign the message
    • sodium_crypto_sign_ed25519_pk_to_curve25519 - Convert an Ed25519 public key to a Curve25519 public key
    • sodium_crypto_sign_ed25519_sk_to_curve25519 - Convert an Ed25519 secret key to a Curve25519 secret key
    • sodium_crypto_sign_keypair - Randomly generate a secret key and a corresponding public key
    • sodium_crypto_sign_keypair_from_secretkey_and_publickey - Join a secret key and public key together
    • sodium_crypto_sign_open - Check that the signed message has a valid signature
    • sodium_crypto_sign_publickey - Extract the Ed25519 public key from a keypair
    • sodium_crypto_sign_publickey_from_secretkey - Extract the Ed25519 public key from the secret key
    • sodium_crypto_sign_secretkey - Extract the Ed25519 secret key from a keypair
    • sodium_crypto_sign_seed_keypair - Deterministically derive the key pair from a single key
    • sodium_crypto_sign_verify_detached - Verify signature for the message
    • sodium_crypto_stream - Generate a deterministic sequence of bytes from a seed
    • sodium_crypto_stream_keygen - Generate a random sodium_crypto_stream key.
    • sodium_crypto_stream_xchacha20 - Expands the key and nonce into a keystream of pseudorandom bytes
    • sodium_crypto_stream_xchacha20_keygen - Returns a secure random key
    • sodium_crypto_stream_xchacha20_xor - Encrypts a message using a nonce and a secret key (no authentication)
    • sodium_crypto_stream_xchacha20_xor_ic - Encrypts a message using a nonce and a secret key (no authentication)
    • sodium_crypto_stream_xor - Encrypt a message without authentication
    • sodium_hex2bin - Decodes a hexadecimally encoded binary string
    • sodium_increment - Increment large number
    • sodium_memcmp - Test for equality in constant-time
    • sodium_memzero - Overwrite a string with NUL characters
    • sodium_pad - Add padding data
    • sodium_unpad - Remove padding data
    • SolrClient::addDocument - Adds a document to the index
    • SolrClient::addDocuments - Adds a collection of SolrInputDocument instances to the index
    • SolrClient::commit - Finalizes all add/deletes made to the index
    • SolrClient::deleteById - Delete by Id
    • SolrClient::deleteByIds - Deletes by Ids
    • SolrClient::deleteByQueries - Removes all documents matching any of the queries
    • SolrClient::deleteByQuery - Deletes all documents matching the given query
    • SolrClient::getById - Get Document By Id. Utilizes Solr Realtime Get (RTG)
    • SolrClient::getByIds - Get Documents by their Ids. Utilizes Solr Realtime Get (RTG)
    • SolrClient::getDebug - Returns the debug data for the last connection attempt
    • SolrClient::getOptions - Returns the client options set internally
    • SolrClient::optimize - Defragments the index
    • SolrClient::ping - Checks if Solr server is still up
    • SolrClient::query - Sends a query to the server
    • SolrClient::request - Sends a raw update request
    • SolrClient::rollback - Rollbacks all add/deletes made to the index since the last commit
    • SolrClient::setResponseWriter - Sets the response writer used to prepare the response from Solr
    • SolrClient::setServlet - Changes the specified servlet type to a new value
    • SolrClient::system - Retrieve Solr Server information
    • SolrClient::threads - Checks the threads status
    • SolrClient::__construct - Constructor for the SolrClient object
    • SolrClient::__destruct - Destructor for SolrClient
    • SolrClientException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
    • SolrCollapseFunction::getField - Returns the field that is being collapsed on
    • SolrCollapseFunction::getHint - Returns collapse hint
    • SolrCollapseFunction::getMax - Returns max parameter
    • SolrCollapseFunction::getMin - Returns min parameter
    • SolrCollapseFunction::getNullPolicy - Returns null policy
    • SolrCollapseFunction::getSize - Returns size parameter
    • SolrCollapseFunction::setField - Sets the field to collapse on
    • SolrCollapseFunction::setHint - Sets collapse hint
    • SolrCollapseFunction::setMax - Selects the group heads by the max value of a numeric field or function query
    • SolrCollapseFunction::setMin - Sets the initial size of the collapse data structures when collapsing on a numeric field only
    • SolrCollapseFunction::setNullPolicy - Sets the NULL Policy
    • SolrCollapseFunction::setSize - Sets the initial size of the collapse data structures when collapsing on a numeric field only
    • SolrCollapseFunction::__construct - Constructor
    • SolrCollapseFunction::__toString - Returns a string representing the constructed collapse function
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::addBigramPhraseField - Adds a Phrase Bigram Field (pf2 parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::addBoostQuery - Adds a boost query field with value and optional boost (bq parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::addPhraseField - Adds a Phrase Field (pf parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::addQueryField - Add a query field with optional boost (qf parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::addTrigramPhraseField - Adds a Trigram Phrase Field (pf3 parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::addUserField - Adds a field to User Fields Parameter (uf)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::removeBigramPhraseField - Removes phrase bigram field (pf2 parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::removeBoostQuery - Removes a boost query partial by field name (bq)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::removePhraseField - Removes a Phrase Field (pf parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::removeQueryField - Removes a Query Field (qf parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::removeTrigramPhraseField - Removes a Trigram Phrase Field (pf3 parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::removeUserField - Removes a field from The User Fields Parameter (uf)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::setBigramPhraseFields - Sets Bigram Phrase Fields and their boosts (and slops) using pf2 parameter
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::setBigramPhraseSlop - Sets Bigram Phrase Slop (ps2 parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::setBoostFunction - Sets a Boost Function (bf parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::setBoostQuery - Directly Sets Boost Query Parameter (bq)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::setMinimumMatch - Set Minimum "Should" Match (mm)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::setPhraseFields - Sets Phrase Fields and their boosts (and slops) using pf2 parameter
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::setPhraseSlop - Sets the default slop on phrase queries (ps parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::setQueryAlt - Set Query Alternate (q.alt parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::setQueryPhraseSlop - Specifies the amount of slop permitted on phrase queries explicitly included in the user's query string (qf parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::setTieBreaker - Sets Tie Breaker parameter (tie parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::setTrigramPhraseFields - Directly Sets Trigram Phrase Fields (pf3 parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::setTrigramPhraseSlop - Sets Trigram Phrase Slop (ps3 parameter)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::setUserFields - Sets User Fields parameter (uf)
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::useDisMaxQueryParser - Switch QueryParser to be DisMax Query Parser
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::useEDisMaxQueryParser - Switch QueryParser to be EDisMax
    • SolrDisMaxQuery::__construct - Class Constructor
    • SolrDocument::addField - Adds a field to the document
    • SolrDocument::clear - Drops all the fields in the document
    • SolrDocument::current - Retrieves the current field
    • SolrDocument::deleteField - Removes a field from the document
    • SolrDocument::fieldExists - Checks if a field exists in the document
    • SolrDocument::getChildDocuments - Returns an array of child documents (SolrDocument)
    • SolrDocument::getChildDocumentsCount - Returns the number of child documents
    • SolrDocument::getField - Retrieves a field by name
    • SolrDocument::getFieldCount - Returns the number of fields in this document
    • SolrDocument::getFieldNames - Returns an array of fields names in the document
    • SolrDocument::getInputDocument - Returns a SolrInputDocument equivalent of the object
    • SolrDocument::hasChildDocuments - Checks whether the document has any child documents
    • SolrDocument::key - Retrieves the current key
    • SolrDocument::merge - Merges source to the current SolrDocument
    • SolrDocument::next - Moves the internal pointer to the next field
    • SolrDocument::offsetExists - Checks if a particular field exists
    • SolrDocument::offsetGet - Retrieves a field
    • SolrDocument::offsetSet - Adds a field to the document
    • SolrDocument::offsetUnset - Removes a field
    • SolrDocument::reset - Alias of SolrDocument::clear
    • SolrDocument::rewind - Resets the internal pointer to the beginning
    • SolrDocument::serialize - Used for custom serialization
    • SolrDocument::sort - Sorts the fields in the document
    • SolrDocument::toArray - Returns an array representation of the document
    • SolrDocument::unserialize - Custom serialization of SolrDocument objects
    • SolrDocument::valid - Checks if the current position internally is still valid
    • SolrDocument::__clone - Creates a copy of a SolrDocument object
    • SolrDocument::__construct - Constructor
    • SolrDocument::__destruct - Destructor
    • SolrDocument::__get - Access the field as a property
    • SolrDocument::__isset - Checks if a field exists
    • SolrDocument::__set - Adds another field to the document
    • SolrDocument::__unset - Removes a field from the document
    • SolrDocumentField::__construct - Constructor
    • SolrDocumentField::__destruct - Destructor
    • SolrException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
    • SolrGenericResponse::__construct - Constructor
    • SolrGenericResponse::__destruct - Destructor
    • SolrIllegalArgumentException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
    • SolrIllegalOperationException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
    • SolrInputDocument::addChildDocument - Adds a child document for block indexing
    • SolrInputDocument::addChildDocuments - Adds an array of child documents
    • SolrInputDocument::addField - Adds a field to the document
    • SolrInputDocument::clear - Resets the input document
    • SolrInputDocument::deleteField - Removes a field from the document
    • SolrInputDocument::fieldExists - Checks if a field exists
    • SolrInputDocument::getBoost - Retrieves the current boost value for the document
    • SolrInputDocument::getChildDocuments - Returns an array of child documents (SolrInputDocument)
    • SolrInputDocument::getChildDocumentsCount - Returns the number of child documents
    • SolrInputDocument::getField - Retrieves a field by name
    • SolrInputDocument::getFieldBoost - Retrieves the boost value for a particular field
    • SolrInputDocument::getFieldCount - Returns the number of fields in the document
    • SolrInputDocument::getFieldNames - Returns an array containing all the fields in the document
    • SolrInputDocument::hasChildDocuments - Returns true if the document has any child documents
    • SolrInputDocument::merge - Merges one input document into another
    • SolrInputDocument::reset - Alias of SolrInputDocument::clear
    • SolrInputDocument::setBoost - Sets the boost value for this document
    • SolrInputDocument::setFieldBoost - Sets the index-time boost value for a field
    • SolrInputDocument::sort - Sorts the fields within the document
    • SolrInputDocument::toArray - Returns an array representation of the input document
    • SolrInputDocument::__clone - Creates a copy of a SolrDocument
    • SolrInputDocument::__construct - Constructor
    • SolrInputDocument::__destruct - Destructor
    • SolrModifiableParams::__construct - Constructor
    • SolrModifiableParams::__destruct - Destructor
    • SolrObject::getPropertyNames - Returns an array of all the names of the properties
    • SolrObject::offsetExists - Checks if the property exists
    • SolrObject::offsetGet - Used to retrieve a property
    • SolrObject::offsetSet - Sets the value for a property
    • SolrObject::offsetUnset - Unsets the value for the property
    • SolrObject::__construct - Creates Solr object
    • SolrObject::__destruct - Destructor
    • SolrParams::add - Alias of SolrParams::addParam
    • SolrParams::addParam - Adds a parameter to the object
    • SolrParams::get - Alias of SolrParams::getParam
    • SolrParams::getParam - Returns a parameter value
    • SolrParams::getParams - Returns an array of non URL-encoded parameters
    • SolrParams::getPreparedParams - Returns an array of URL-encoded parameters
    • SolrParams::serialize - Used for custom serialization
    • SolrParams::set - Alias of SolrParams::setParam
    • SolrParams::setParam - Sets the parameter to the specified value
    • SolrParams::toString - Returns all the name-value pair parameters in the object
    • SolrParams::unserialize - Used for custom serialization
    • SolrPingResponse::getResponse - Returns the response from the server
    • SolrPingResponse::__construct - Constructor
    • SolrPingResponse::__destruct - Destructor
    • SolrQuery::addExpandFilterQuery - Overrides main filter query, determines which documents to include in the main group
    • SolrQuery::addExpandSortField - Orders the documents within the expanded groups (expand.sort parameter)
    • SolrQuery::addFacetDateField - Maps to facet.date
    • SolrQuery::addFacetDateOther - Adds another facet.date.other parameter
    • SolrQuery::addFacetField - Adds another field to the facet
    • SolrQuery::addFacetQuery - Adds a facet query
    • SolrQuery::addField - Specifies which fields to return in the result
    • SolrQuery::addFilterQuery - Specifies a filter query
    • SolrQuery::addGroupField - Add a field to be used to group results
    • SolrQuery::addGroupFunction - Allows grouping results based on the unique values of a function query (group.func parameter)
    • SolrQuery::addGroupQuery - Allows grouping of documents that match the given query
    • SolrQuery::addGroupSortField - Add a group sort field (group.sort parameter)
    • SolrQuery::addHighlightField - Maps to hl.fl
    • SolrQuery::addMltField - Sets a field to use for similarity
    • SolrQuery::addMltQueryField - Maps to mlt.qf
    • SolrQuery::addSortField - Used to control how the results should be sorted
    • SolrQuery::addStatsFacet - Requests a return of sub results for values within the given facet
    • SolrQuery::addStatsField - Maps to stats.field parameter
    • SolrQuery::collapse - Collapses the result set to a single document per group
    • SolrQuery::getExpand - Returns true if group expanding is enabled
    • SolrQuery::getExpandFilterQueries - Returns the expand filter queries
    • SolrQuery::getExpandQuery - Returns the expand query expand.q parameter
    • SolrQuery::getExpandRows - Returns The number of rows to display in each group (expand.rows)
    • SolrQuery::getExpandSortFields - Returns an array of fields
    • SolrQuery::getFacet - Returns the value of the facet parameter
    • SolrQuery::getFacetDateEnd - Returns the value for the facet.date.end parameter
    • SolrQuery::getFacetDateFields - Returns all the facet.date fields
    • SolrQuery::getFacetDateGap - Returns the value of the facet.date.gap parameter
    • SolrQuery::getFacetDateHardEnd - Returns the value of the facet.date.hardend parameter
    • SolrQuery::getFacetDateOther - Returns the value for the facet.date.other parameter
    • SolrQuery::getFacetDateStart - Returns the lower bound for the first date range for all date faceting on this field
    • SolrQuery::getFacetFields - Returns all the facet fields
    • SolrQuery::getFacetLimit - Returns the maximum number of constraint counts that should be returned for the facet fields
    • SolrQuery::getFacetMethod - Returns the value of the facet.method parameter
    • SolrQuery::getFacetMinCount - Returns the minimum counts for facet fields should be included in the response
    • SolrQuery::getFacetMissing - Returns the current state of the facet.missing parameter
    • SolrQuery::getFacetOffset - Returns an offset into the list of constraints to be used for pagination
    • SolrQuery::getFacetPrefix - Returns the facet prefix
    • SolrQuery::getFacetQueries - Returns all the facet queries
    • SolrQuery::getFacetSort - Returns the facet sort type
    • SolrQuery::getFields - Returns the list of fields that will be returned in the response
    • SolrQuery::getFilterQueries - Returns an array of filter queries
    • SolrQuery::getGroup - Returns true if grouping is enabled
    • SolrQuery::getGroupCachePercent - Returns group cache percent value
    • SolrQuery::getGroupFacet - Returns the group.facet parameter value
    • SolrQuery::getGroupFields - Returns group fields (group.field parameter values)
    • SolrQuery::getGroupFormat - Returns the group.format value
    • SolrQuery::getGroupFunctions - Returns group functions (group.func parameter values)
    • SolrQuery::getGroupLimit - Returns the group.limit value
    • SolrQuery::getGroupMain - Returns the group.main value
    • SolrQuery::getGroupNGroups - Returns the group.ngroups value
    • SolrQuery::getGroupOffset - Returns the group.offset value
    • SolrQuery::getGroupQueries - Returns all the group.query parameter values
    • SolrQuery::getGroupSortFields - Returns the group.sort value
    • SolrQuery::getGroupTruncate - Returns the group.truncate value
    • SolrQuery::getHighlight - Returns the state of the hl parameter
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightAlternateField - Returns the highlight field to use as backup or default
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightFields - Returns all the fields that Solr should generate highlighted snippets for
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightFormatter - Returns the formatter for the highlighted output
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightFragmenter - Returns the text snippet generator for highlighted text
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightFragsize - Returns the number of characters of fragments to consider for highlighting
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightHighlightMultiTerm - Returns whether or not to enable highlighting for range/wildcard/fuzzy/prefix queries
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightMaxAlternateFieldLength - Returns the maximum number of characters of the field to return
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightMaxAnalyzedChars - Returns the maximum number of characters into a document to look for suitable snippets
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightMergeContiguous - Returns whether or not the collapse contiguous fragments into a single fragment
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightRegexMaxAnalyzedChars - Returns the maximum number of characters from a field when using the regex fragmenter
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightRegexPattern - Returns the regular expression for fragmenting
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightRegexSlop - Returns the deviation factor from the ideal fragment size
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightRequireFieldMatch - Returns if a field will only be highlighted if the query matched in this particular field
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightSimplePost - Returns the text which appears after a highlighted term
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightSimplePre - Returns the text which appears before a highlighted term
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightSnippets - Returns the maximum number of highlighted snippets to generate per field
    • SolrQuery::getHighlightUsePhraseHighlighter - Returns the state of the hl.usePhraseHighlighter parameter
    • SolrQuery::getMlt - Returns whether or not MoreLikeThis results should be enabled
    • SolrQuery::getMltBoost - Returns whether or not the query will be boosted by the interesting term relevance
    • SolrQuery::getMltCount - Returns the number of similar documents to return for each result
    • SolrQuery::getMltFields - Returns all the fields to use for similarity
    • SolrQuery::getMltMaxNumQueryTerms - Returns the maximum number of query terms that will be included in any generated query
    • SolrQuery::getMltMaxNumTokens - Returns the maximum number of tokens to parse in each document field that is not stored with TermVector support
    • SolrQuery::getMltMaxWordLength - Returns the maximum word length above which words will be ignored
    • SolrQuery::getMltMinDocFrequency - Returns the treshold frequency at which words will be ignored which do not occur in at least this many docs
    • SolrQuery::getMltMinTermFrequency - Returns the frequency below which terms will be ignored in the source document
    • SolrQuery::getMltMinWordLength - Returns the minimum word length below which words will be ignored
    • SolrQuery::getMltQueryFields - Returns the query fields and their boosts
    • SolrQuery::getQuery - Returns the main query
    • SolrQuery::getRows - Returns the maximum number of documents
    • SolrQuery::getSortFields - Returns all the sort fields
    • SolrQuery::getStart - Returns the offset in the complete result set
    • SolrQuery::getStats - Returns whether or not stats is enabled
    • SolrQuery::getStatsFacets - Returns all the stats facets that were set
    • SolrQuery::getStatsFields - Returns all the statistics fields
    • SolrQuery::getTerms - Returns whether or not the TermsComponent is enabled
    • SolrQuery::getTermsField - Returns the field from which the terms are retrieved
    • SolrQuery::getTermsIncludeLowerBound - Returns whether or not to include the lower bound in the result set
    • SolrQuery::getTermsIncludeUpperBound - Returns whether or not to include the upper bound term in the result set
    • SolrQuery::getTermsLimit - Returns the maximum number of terms Solr should return
    • SolrQuery::getTermsLowerBound - Returns the term to start at
    • SolrQuery::getTermsMaxCount - Returns the maximum document frequency
    • SolrQuery::getTermsMinCount - Returns the minimum document frequency to return in order to be included
    • SolrQuery::getTermsPrefix - Returns the term prefix
    • SolrQuery::getTermsReturnRaw - Whether or not to return raw characters
    • SolrQuery::getTermsSort - Returns an integer indicating how terms are sorted
    • SolrQuery::getTermsUpperBound - Returns the term to stop at
    • SolrQuery::getTimeAllowed - Returns the time in milliseconds allowed for the query to finish
    • SolrQuery::removeExpandFilterQuery - Removes an expand filter query
    • SolrQuery::removeExpandSortField - Removes an expand sort field from the expand.sort parameter
    • SolrQuery::removeFacetDateField - Removes one of the facet date fields
    • SolrQuery::removeFacetDateOther - Removes one of the facet.date.other parameters
    • SolrQuery::removeFacetField - Removes one of the facet.date parameters
    • SolrQuery::removeFacetQuery - Removes one of the facet.query parameters
    • SolrQuery::removeField - Removes a field from the list of fields
    • SolrQuery::removeFilterQuery - Removes a filter query
    • SolrQuery::removeHighlightField - Removes one of the fields used for highlighting
    • SolrQuery::removeMltField - Removes one of the moreLikeThis fields
    • SolrQuery::removeMltQueryField - Removes one of the moreLikeThis query fields
    • SolrQuery::removeSortField - Removes one of the sort fields
    • SolrQuery::removeStatsFacet - Removes one of the stats.facet parameters
    • SolrQuery::removeStatsField - Removes one of the stats.field parameters
    • SolrQuery::setEchoHandler - Toggles the echoHandler parameter
    • SolrQuery::setEchoParams - Determines what kind of parameters to include in the response
    • SolrQuery::setExpand - Enables/Disables the Expand Component
    • SolrQuery::setExpandQuery - Sets the expand.q parameter
    • SolrQuery::setExpandRows - Sets the number of rows to display in each group (expand.rows). Server Default 5
    • SolrQuery::setExplainOther - Sets the explainOther common query parameter
    • SolrQuery::setFacet - Maps to the facet parameter. Enables or disables facetting
    • SolrQuery::setFacetDateEnd - Maps to facet.date.end
    • SolrQuery::setFacetDateGap - Maps to facet.date.gap
    • SolrQuery::setFacetDateHardEnd - Maps to facet.date.hardend
    • SolrQuery::setFacetDateStart - Maps to facet.date.start
    • SolrQuery::setFacetEnumCacheMinDefaultFrequency - Sets the minimum document frequency used for determining term count
    • SolrQuery::setFacetLimit - Maps to facet.limit
    • SolrQuery::setFacetMethod - Specifies the type of algorithm to use when faceting a field
    • SolrQuery::setFacetMinCount - Maps to facet.mincount
    • SolrQuery::setFacetMissing - Maps to facet.missing
    • SolrQuery::setFacetOffset - Sets the offset into the list of constraints to allow for pagination
    • SolrQuery::setFacetPrefix - Specifies a string prefix with which to limits the terms on which to facet
    • SolrQuery::setFacetSort - Determines the ordering of the facet field constraints
    • SolrQuery::setGroup - Enable/Disable result grouping (group parameter)
    • SolrQuery::setGroupCachePercent - Enables caching for result grouping
    • SolrQuery::setGroupFacet - Sets group.facet parameter
    • SolrQuery::setGroupFormat - Sets the group format, result structure (group.format parameter)
    • SolrQuery::setGroupLimit - Specifies the number of results to return for each group. The server default value is 1
    • SolrQuery::setGroupMain - If true, the result of the first field grouping command is used as the main result list in the response, using group.format=simple
    • SolrQuery::setGroupNGroups - If true, Solr includes the number of groups that have matched the query in the results
    • SolrQuery::setGroupOffset - Sets the group.offset parameter
    • SolrQuery::setGroupTruncate - If true, facet counts are based on the most relevant document of each group matching the query
    • SolrQuery::setHighlight - Enables or disables highlighting
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightAlternateField - Specifies the backup field to use
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightFormatter - Specify a formatter for the highlight output
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightFragmenter - Sets a text snippet generator for highlighted text
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightFragsize - The size of fragments to consider for highlighting
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightHighlightMultiTerm - Use SpanScorer to highlight phrase terms
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightMaxAlternateFieldLength - Sets the maximum number of characters of the field to return
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightMaxAnalyzedChars - Specifies the number of characters into a document to look for suitable snippets
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightMergeContiguous - Whether or not to collapse contiguous fragments into a single fragment
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightRegexMaxAnalyzedChars - Specify the maximum number of characters to analyze
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightRegexPattern - Specify the regular expression for fragmenting
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightRegexSlop - Sets the factor by which the regex fragmenter can stray from the ideal fragment size
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightRequireFieldMatch - Require field matching during highlighting
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightSimplePost - Sets the text which appears after a highlighted term
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightSimplePre - Sets the text which appears before a highlighted term
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightSnippets - Sets the maximum number of highlighted snippets to generate per field
    • SolrQuery::setHighlightUsePhraseHighlighter - Whether to highlight phrase terms only when they appear within the query phrase
    • SolrQuery::setMlt - Enables or disables moreLikeThis
    • SolrQuery::setMltBoost - Set if the query will be boosted by the interesting term relevance
    • SolrQuery::setMltCount - Set the number of similar documents to return for each result
    • SolrQuery::setMltMaxNumQueryTerms - Sets the maximum number of query terms included
    • SolrQuery::setMltMaxNumTokens - Specifies the maximum number of tokens to parse
    • SolrQuery::setMltMaxWordLength - Sets the maximum word length
    • SolrQuery::setMltMinDocFrequency - Sets the mltMinDoc frequency
    • SolrQuery::setMltMinTermFrequency - Sets the frequency below which terms will be ignored in the source docs
    • SolrQuery::setMltMinWordLength - Sets the minimum word length
    • SolrQuery::setOmitHeader - Exclude the header from the returned results
    • SolrQuery::setQuery - Sets the search query
    • SolrQuery::setRows - Specifies the maximum number of rows to return in the result
    • SolrQuery::setShowDebugInfo - Flag to show debug information
    • SolrQuery::setStart - Specifies the number of rows to skip
    • SolrQuery::setStats - Enables or disables the Stats component
    • SolrQuery::setTerms - Enables or disables the TermsComponent
    • SolrQuery::setTermsField - Sets the name of the field to get the Terms from
    • SolrQuery::setTermsIncludeLowerBound - Include the lower bound term in the result set
    • SolrQuery::setTermsIncludeUpperBound - Include the upper bound term in the result set
    • SolrQuery::setTermsLimit - Sets the maximum number of terms to return
    • SolrQuery::setTermsLowerBound - Specifies the Term to start from
    • SolrQuery::setTermsMaxCount - Sets the maximum document frequency
    • SolrQuery::setTermsMinCount - Sets the minimum document frequency
    • SolrQuery::setTermsPrefix - Restrict matches to terms that start with the prefix
    • SolrQuery::setTermsReturnRaw - Return the raw characters of the indexed term
    • SolrQuery::setTermsSort - Specifies how to sort the returned terms
    • SolrQuery::setTermsUpperBound - Sets the term to stop at
    • SolrQuery::setTimeAllowed - The time allowed for search to finish
    • SolrQuery::__construct - Constructor
    • SolrQuery::__destruct - Destructor
    • SolrQueryResponse::__construct - Constructor
    • SolrQueryResponse::__destruct - Destructor
    • SolrResponse::getDigestedResponse - Returns the XML response as serialized PHP data
    • SolrResponse::getHttpStatus - Returns the HTTP status of the response
    • SolrResponse::getHttpStatusMessage - Returns more details on the HTTP status
    • SolrResponse::getRawRequest - Returns the raw request sent to the Solr server
    • SolrResponse::getRawRequestHeaders - Returns the raw request headers sent to the Solr server
    • SolrResponse::getRawResponse - Returns the raw response from the server
    • SolrResponse::getRawResponseHeaders - Returns the raw response headers from the server
    • SolrResponse::getRequestUrl - Returns the full URL the request was sent to
    • SolrResponse::getResponse - Returns a SolrObject representing the XML response from the server
    • SolrResponse::setParseMode - Sets the parse mode
    • SolrResponse::success - Was the request a success
    • SolrServerException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
    • SolrUpdateResponse::__construct - Constructor
    • SolrUpdateResponse::__destruct - Destructor
    • SolrUtils::digestXmlResponse - Parses an response XML string into a SolrObject
    • SolrUtils::escapeQueryChars - Escapes a lucene query string
    • SolrUtils::getSolrVersion - Returns the current version of the Solr extension
    • SolrUtils::queryPhrase - Prepares a phrase from an unescaped lucene string
    • solr_get_version - Returns the current version of the Apache Solr extension
    • sort - Sort an array in ascending order
    • soundex - Calculate the soundex key of a string
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::add - Add/insert a new value at the specified index
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::bottom - Peeks at the node from the beginning of the doubly linked list
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::count - Counts the number of elements in the doubly linked list
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::current - Return current array entry
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::getIteratorMode - Returns the mode of iteration
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::isEmpty - Checks whether the doubly linked list is empty
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::key - Return current node index
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::next - Move to next entry
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetExists - Returns whether the requested $index exists
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetGet - Returns the value at the specified $index
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetSet - Sets the value at the specified $index to $value
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetUnset - Unsets the value at the specified $index
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::pop - Pops a node from the end of the doubly linked list
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::prev - Move to previous entry
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::push - Pushes an element at the end of the doubly linked list
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::serialize - Serializes the storage
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::setIteratorMode - Sets the mode of iteration
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::shift - Shifts a node from the beginning of the doubly linked list
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::top - Peeks at the node from the end of the doubly linked list
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::unserialize - Unserializes the storage
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::unshift - Prepends the doubly linked list with an element
    • SplDoublyLinkedList::valid - Check whether the doubly linked list contains more nodes
    • SplFileInfo::getATime - Gets last access time of the file
    • SplFileInfo::getBasename - Gets the base name of the file
    • SplFileInfo::getCTime - Gets the inode change time
    • SplFileInfo::getExtension - Gets the file extension
    • SplFileInfo::getFileInfo - Gets an SplFileInfo object for the file
    • SplFileInfo::getFilename - Gets the filename
    • SplFileInfo::getGroup - Gets the file group
    • SplFileInfo::getInode - Gets the inode for the file
    • SplFileInfo::getLinkTarget - Gets the target of a link
    • SplFileInfo::getMTime - Gets the last modified time
    • SplFileInfo::getOwner - Gets the owner of the file
    • SplFileInfo::getPath - Gets the path without filename
    • SplFileInfo::getPathInfo - Gets an SplFileInfo object for the path
    • SplFileInfo::getPathname - Gets the path to the file
    • SplFileInfo::getPerms - Gets file permissions
    • SplFileInfo::getRealPath - Gets absolute path to file
    • SplFileInfo::getSize - Gets file size
    • SplFileInfo::getType - Gets file type
    • SplFileInfo::isDir - Tells if the file is a directory
    • SplFileInfo::isExecutable - Tells if the file is executable
    • SplFileInfo::isFile - Tells if the object references a regular file
    • SplFileInfo::isLink - Tells if the file is a link
    • SplFileInfo::isReadable - Tells if file is readable
    • SplFileInfo::isWritable - Tells if the entry is writable
    • SplFileInfo::openFile - Gets an SplFileObject object for the file
    • SplFileInfo::setFileClass - Sets the class used with SplFileInfo::openFile
    • SplFileInfo::setInfoClass - Sets the class used with SplFileInfo::getFileInfo and SplFileInfo::getPathInfo
    • SplFileInfo::__construct - Construct a new SplFileInfo object
    • SplFileInfo::__toString - Returns the path to the file as a string
    • SplFileObject::current - Retrieve current line of file
    • SplFileObject::eof - Reached end of file
    • SplFileObject::fflush - Flushes the output to the file
    • SplFileObject::fgetc - Gets character from file
    • SplFileObject::fgetcsv - Gets line from file and parse as CSV fields
    • SplFileObject::fgets - Gets line from file
    • SplFileObject::fgetss - Gets line from file and strip HTML tags
    • SplFileObject::flock - Portable file locking
    • SplFileObject::fpassthru - Output all remaining data on a file pointer
    • SplFileObject::fputcsv - Write a field array as a CSV line
    • SplFileObject::fread - Read from file
    • SplFileObject::fscanf - Parses input from file according to a format
    • SplFileObject::fseek - Seek to a position
    • SplFileObject::fstat - Gets information about the file
    • SplFileObject::ftell - Return current file position
    • SplFileObject::ftruncate - Truncates the file to a given length
    • SplFileObject::fwrite - Write to file
    • SplFileObject::getChildren - No purpose
    • SplFileObject::getCsvControl - Get the delimiter, enclosure and escape character for CSV
    • SplFileObject::getCurrentLine - Alias of SplFileObject::fgets
    • SplFileObject::getFlags - Gets flags for the SplFileObject
    • SplFileObject::getMaxLineLen - Get maximum line length
    • SplFileObject::hasChildren - SplFileObject does not have children
    • SplFileObject::key - Get line number
    • SplFileObject::next - Read next line
    • SplFileObject::rewind - Rewind the file to the first line
    • SplFileObject::seek - Seek to specified line
    • SplFileObject::setCsvControl - Set the delimiter, enclosure and escape character for CSV
    • SplFileObject::setFlags - Sets flags for the SplFileObject
    • SplFileObject::setMaxLineLen - Set maximum line length
    • SplFileObject::valid - Not at EOF
    • SplFileObject::__construct - Construct a new file object
    • SplFileObject::__toString - Alias of SplFileObject::fgets
    • SplFixedArray::count - Returns the size of the array
    • SplFixedArray::current - Return current array entry
    • SplFixedArray::fromArray - Import a PHP array in a SplFixedArray instance
    • SplFixedArray::getSize - Gets the size of the array
    • SplFixedArray::key - Return current array index
    • SplFixedArray::next - Move to next entry
    • SplFixedArray::offsetExists - Returns whether the requested index exists
    • SplFixedArray::offsetGet - Returns the value at the specified index
    • SplFixedArray::offsetSet - Sets a new value at a specified index
    • SplFixedArray::offsetUnset - Unsets the value at the specified $index
    • SplFixedArray::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start
    • SplFixedArray::setSize - Change the size of an array
    • SplFixedArray::toArray - Returns a PHP array from the fixed array
    • SplFixedArray::valid - Check whether the array contains more elements
    • SplFixedArray::__construct - Constructs a new fixed array
    • SplFixedArray::__wakeup - Reinitialises the array after being unserialised
    • SplHeap::compare - Compare elements in order to place them correctly in the heap while sifting up
    • SplHeap::count - Counts the number of elements in the heap
    • SplHeap::current - Return current node pointed by the iterator
    • SplHeap::extract - Extracts a node from top of the heap and sift up
    • SplHeap::insert - Inserts an element in the heap by sifting it up
    • SplHeap::isCorrupted - Tells if the heap is in a corrupted state
    • SplHeap::isEmpty - Checks whether the heap is empty
    • SplHeap::key - Return current node index
    • SplHeap::next - Move to the next node
    • SplHeap::recoverFromCorruption - Recover from the corrupted state and allow further actions on the heap
    • SplHeap::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start (no-op)
    • SplHeap::top - Peeks at the node from the top of the heap
    • SplHeap::valid - Check whether the heap contains more nodes
    • SplMaxHeap::compare - Compare elements in order to place them correctly in the heap while sifting up
    • SplMinHeap::compare - Compare elements in order to place them correctly in the heap while sifting up
    • SplObjectStorage::addAll - Adds all objects from another storage
    • SplObjectStorage::attach - Adds an object in the storage
    • SplObjectStorage::contains - Checks if the storage contains a specific object
    • SplObjectStorage::count - Returns the number of objects in the storage
    • SplObjectStorage::current - Returns the current storage entry
    • SplObjectStorage::detach - Removes an object from the storage
    • SplObjectStorage::getHash - Calculate a unique identifier for the contained objects
    • SplObjectStorage::getInfo - Returns the data associated with the current iterator entry
    • SplObjectStorage::key - Returns the index at which the iterator currently is
    • SplObjectStorage::next - Move to the next entry
    • SplObjectStorage::offsetExists - Checks whether an object exists in the storage
    • SplObjectStorage::offsetGet - Returns the data associated with an object
    • SplObjectStorage::offsetSet - Associates data to an object in the storage
    • SplObjectStorage::offsetUnset - Removes an object from the storage
    • SplObjectStorage::removeAll - Removes objects contained in another storage from the current storage
    • SplObjectStorage::removeAllExcept - Removes all objects except for those contained in another storage from the current storage
    • SplObjectStorage::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the first storage element
    • SplObjectStorage::serialize - Serializes the storage
    • SplObjectStorage::setInfo - Sets the data associated with the current iterator entry
    • SplObjectStorage::unserialize - Unserializes a storage from its string representation
    • SplObjectStorage::valid - Returns if the current iterator entry is valid
    • SplObserver::update - Receive update from subject
    • SplPriorityQueue::compare - Compare priorities in order to place elements correctly in the heap while sifting up
    • SplPriorityQueue::count - Counts the number of elements in the queue
    • SplPriorityQueue::current - Return current node pointed by the iterator
    • SplPriorityQueue::extract - Extracts a node from top of the heap and sift up
    • SplPriorityQueue::getExtractFlags - Get the flags of extraction
    • SplPriorityQueue::insert - Inserts an element in the queue by sifting it up
    • SplPriorityQueue::isCorrupted - Tells if the priority queue is in a corrupted state
    • SplPriorityQueue::isEmpty - Checks whether the queue is empty
    • SplPriorityQueue::key - Return current node index
    • SplPriorityQueue::next - Move to the next node
    • SplPriorityQueue::recoverFromCorruption - Recover from the corrupted state and allow further actions on the queue
    • SplPriorityQueue::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start (no-op)
    • SplPriorityQueue::setExtractFlags - Sets the mode of extraction
    • SplPriorityQueue::top - Peeks at the node from the top of the queue
    • SplPriorityQueue::valid - Check whether the queue contains more nodes
    • SplQueue::dequeue - Dequeues a node from the queue
    • SplQueue::enqueue - Adds an element to the queue
    • SplQueue::setIteratorMode - Sets the mode of iteration
    • SplQueue::__construct - Constructs a new queue implemented using a doubly linked list
    • SplStack::setIteratorMode - Sets the mode of iteration
    • SplStack::__construct - Constructs a new stack implemented using a doubly linked list
    • SplSubject::attach - Attach an SplObserver
    • SplSubject::detach - Detach an observer
    • SplSubject::notify - Notify an observer
    • SplTempFileObject::__construct - Construct a new temporary file object
    • spl_autoload - Default implementation for __autoload()
    • spl_autoload_call - Try all registered __autoload() functions to load the requested class
    • spl_autoload_extensions - Register and return default file extensions for spl_autoload
    • spl_autoload_functions - Return all registered __autoload() functions
    • spl_autoload_register - Register given function as __autoload() implementation
    • spl_autoload_unregister - Unregister given function as __autoload() implementation
    • spl_classes - Return available SPL classes
    • spl_object_hash - Return hash id for given object
    • spl_object_id - Return the integer object handle for given object
    • Spoofchecker::areConfusable - Checks if given strings can be confused
    • Spoofchecker::isSuspicious - Checks if a given text contains any suspicious characters
    • Spoofchecker::setAllowedLocales - Locales to use when running checks
    • Spoofchecker::setChecks - Set the checks to run
    • Spoofchecker::__construct - Constructor
    • sprintf - Return a formatted string
    • SQLite3::backup - Backup one database to another database
    • SQLite3::busyTimeout - Sets the busy connection handler
    • SQLite3::changes - Returns the number of database rows that were changed (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent SQL statement
    • SQLite3::close - Closes the database connection
    • SQLite3::createAggregate - Registers a PHP function for use as an SQL aggregate function
    • SQLite3::createCollation - Registers a PHP function for use as an SQL collating function
    • SQLite3::createFunction - Registers a PHP function for use as an SQL scalar function
    • SQLite3::enableExceptions - Enable throwing exceptions
    • SQLite3::escapeString - Returns a string that has been properly escaped
    • SQLite3::exec - Executes a result-less query against a given database
    • SQLite3::lastErrorCode - Returns the numeric result code of the most recent failed SQLite request
    • SQLite3::lastErrorMsg - Returns English text describing the most recent failed SQLite request
    • SQLite3::lastInsertRowID - Returns the row ID of the most recent INSERT into the database
    • SQLite3::loadExtension - Attempts to load an SQLite extension library
    • SQLite3::open - Opens an SQLite database
    • SQLite3::openBlob - Opens a stream resource to read a BLOB
    • SQLite3::prepare - Prepares an SQL statement for execution
    • SQLite3::query - Executes an SQL query
    • SQLite3::querySingle - Executes a query and returns a single result
    • SQLite3::setAuthorizer - Configures a callback to be used as an authorizer to limit what a statement can do
    • SQLite3::version - Returns the SQLite3 library version as a string constant and as a number
    • SQLite3::__construct - Instantiates an SQLite3 object and opens an SQLite 3 database
    • SQLite3Result::columnName - Returns the name of the nth column
    • SQLite3Result::columnType - Returns the type of the nth column
    • SQLite3Result::fetchArray - Fetches a result row as an associative or numerically indexed array or both
    • SQLite3Result::finalize - Closes the result set
    • SQLite3Result::numColumns - Returns the number of columns in the result set
    • SQLite3Result::reset - Resets the result set back to the first row
    • SQLite3Result::__construct - Constructs an SQLite3Result
    • SQLite3Stmt::bindParam - Binds a parameter to a statement variable
    • SQLite3Stmt::bindValue - Binds the value of a parameter to a statement variable
    • SQLite3Stmt::clear - Clears all current bound parameters
    • SQLite3Stmt::close - Closes the prepared statement
    • SQLite3Stmt::execute - Executes a prepared statement and returns a result set object
    • SQLite3Stmt::getSQL - Get the SQL of the statement
    • SQLite3Stmt::paramCount - Returns the number of parameters within the prepared statement
    • SQLite3Stmt::readOnly - Returns whether a statement is definitely read only
    • SQLite3Stmt::reset - Resets the prepared statement
    • SQLite3Stmt::__construct - Constructs an SQLite3Stmt object
    • sqlsrv_begin_transaction - Begins a database transaction
    • sqlsrv_cancel - Cancels a statement
    • sqlsrv_client_info - Returns information about the client and specified connection
    • sqlsrv_close - Closes an open connection and releases resourses associated with the connection
    • sqlsrv_commit - Commits a transaction that was begun with sqlsrv_begin_transaction
    • sqlsrv_configure - Changes the driver error handling and logging configurations
    • sqlsrv_connect - Opens a connection to a Microsoft SQL Server database
    • sqlsrv_errors - Returns error and warning information about the last SQLSRV operation performed
    • sqlsrv_execute - Executes a statement prepared with sqlsrv_prepare
    • sqlsrv_fetch - Makes the next row in a result set available for reading
    • sqlsrv_fetch_array - Returns a row as an array
    • sqlsrv_fetch_object - Retrieves the next row of data in a result set as an object
    • sqlsrv_field_metadata - Retrieves metadata for the fields of a statement prepared by sqlsrv_prepare or sqlsrv_query
    • sqlsrv_free_stmt - Frees all resources for the specified statement
    • sqlsrv_get_config - Returns the value of the specified configuration setting
    • sqlsrv_get_field - Gets field data from the currently selected row
    • sqlsrv_has_rows - Indicates whether the specified statement has rows
    • sqlsrv_next_result - Makes the next result of the specified statement active
    • sqlsrv_num_fields - Retrieves the number of fields (columns) on a statement
    • sqlsrv_num_rows - Retrieves the number of rows in a result set
    • sqlsrv_prepare - Prepares a query for execution
    • sqlsrv_query - Prepares and executes a query
    • sqlsrv_rollback - Rolls back a transaction that was begun with sqlsrv_begin_transaction
    • sqlsrv_rows_affected - Returns the number of rows modified by the last INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE query executed
    • sqlsrv_send_stream_data - Sends data from parameter streams to the server
    • sqlsrv_server_info - Returns information about the server
    • SqlStatement::bind - Bind statement parameters
    • SqlStatement::execute - Execute the operation
    • SqlStatement::getNextResult - Get next result
    • SqlStatement::getResult - Get result
    • SqlStatement::hasMoreResults - Check for more results
    • SqlStatement::__construct - Description constructor
    • SqlStatementResult::fetchAll - Get all rows from result
    • SqlStatementResult::fetchOne - Get single row
    • SqlStatementResult::getAffectedItemsCount - Get affected row count
    • SqlStatementResult::getColumnNames - Get column names
    • SqlStatementResult::getColumns - Get columns
    • SqlStatementResult::getColumnsCount - Get column count
    • SqlStatementResult::getGeneratedIds - Get generated ids
    • SqlStatementResult::getLastInsertId - Get last insert id
    • SqlStatementResult::getWarnings - Get warnings from last operation
    • SqlStatementResult::getWarningsCount - Get warning count from last operation
    • SqlStatementResult::hasData - Check if result has data
    • SqlStatementResult::nextResult - Get next result
    • SqlStatementResult::__construct - Description constructor
    • sqrt - Square root
    • srand - Seed the random number generator
    • sscanf - Parses input from a string according to a format
    • ssdeep_fuzzy_compare - Calculates the match score between two fuzzy hash signatures
    • ssdeep_fuzzy_hash - Create a fuzzy hash from a string
    • ssdeep_fuzzy_hash_filename - Create a fuzzy hash from a file
    • ssh2:// - Secure Shell 2
    • ssh2_auth_agent - Authenticate over SSH using the ssh agent
    • ssh2_auth_hostbased_file - Authenticate using a public hostkey
    • ssh2_auth_none - Authenticate as "none"
    • ssh2_auth_password - Authenticate over SSH using a plain password
    • ssh2_auth_pubkey_file - Authenticate using a public key
    • ssh2_connect - Connect to an SSH server
    • ssh2_disconnect - Close a connection to a remote SSH server
    • ssh2_exec - Execute a command on a remote server
    • ssh2_fetch_stream - Fetch an extended data stream
    • ssh2_fingerprint - Retrieve fingerprint of remote server
    • ssh2_forward_accept - Accept a connection created by a listener
    • ssh2_forward_listen - Bind a port on the remote server and listen for connections
    • ssh2_methods_negotiated - Return list of negotiated methods
    • ssh2_poll - Poll the channels/listeners/streams for events
    • ssh2_publickey_add - Add an authorized publickey
    • ssh2_publickey_init - Initialize Publickey subsystem
    • ssh2_publickey_list - List currently authorized publickeys
    • ssh2_publickey_remove - Remove an authorized publickey
    • ssh2_scp_recv - Request a file via SCP
    • ssh2_scp_send - Send a file via SCP
    • ssh2_send_eof - Send EOF to stream
    • ssh2_sftp - Initialize SFTP subsystem
    • ssh2_sftp_chmod - Changes file mode
    • ssh2_sftp_lstat - Stat a symbolic link
    • ssh2_sftp_mkdir - Create a directory
    • ssh2_sftp_readlink - Return the target of a symbolic link
    • ssh2_sftp_realpath - Resolve the realpath of a provided path string
    • ssh2_sftp_rename - Rename a remote file
    • ssh2_sftp_rmdir - Remove a directory
    • ssh2_sftp_stat - Stat a file on a remote filesystem
    • ssh2_sftp_symlink - Create a symlink
    • ssh2_sftp_unlink - Delete a file
    • ssh2_shell - Request an interactive shell
    • ssh2_tunnel - Open a tunnel through a remote server
    • SSL context options - SSL context option listing
    • stat - Gives information about a file
    • Statement::getNextResult - Get next result
    • Statement::getResult - Get result
    • Statement::hasMoreResults - Check if more results
    • Statement::__construct - Description constructor
    • stats_absolute_deviation - Returns the absolute deviation of an array of values
    • stats_cdf_beta - Calculates any one parameter of the beta distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_binomial - Calculates any one parameter of the binomial distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_cauchy - Calculates any one parameter of the Cauchy distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_chisquare - Calculates any one parameter of the chi-square distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_exponential - Calculates any one parameter of the exponential distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_f - Calculates any one parameter of the F distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_gamma - Calculates any one parameter of the gamma distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_laplace - Calculates any one parameter of the Laplace distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_logistic - Calculates any one parameter of the logistic distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_negative_binomial - Calculates any one parameter of the negative binomial distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_noncentral_chisquare - Calculates any one parameter of the non-central chi-square distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_noncentral_f - Calculates any one parameter of the non-central F distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_noncentral_t - Calculates any one parameter of the non-central t-distribution give values for the others
    • stats_cdf_normal - Calculates any one parameter of the normal distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_poisson - Calculates any one parameter of the Poisson distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_t - Calculates any one parameter of the t-distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_uniform - Calculates any one parameter of the uniform distribution given values for the others
    • stats_cdf_weibull - Calculates any one parameter of the Weibull distribution given values for the others
    • stats_covariance - Computes the covariance of two data sets
    • stats_dens_beta - Probability density function of the beta distribution
    • stats_dens_cauchy - Probability density function of the Cauchy distribution
    • stats_dens_chisquare - Probability density function of the chi-square distribution
    • stats_dens_exponential - Probability density function of the exponential distribution
    • stats_dens_f - Probability density function of the F distribution
    • stats_dens_gamma - Probability density function of the gamma distribution
    • stats_dens_laplace - Probability density function of the Laplace distribution
    • stats_dens_logistic - Probability density function of the logistic distribution
    • stats_dens_normal - Probability density function of the normal distribution
    • stats_dens_pmf_binomial - Probability mass function of the binomial distribution
    • stats_dens_pmf_hypergeometric - Probability mass function of the hypergeometric distribution
    • stats_dens_pmf_negative_binomial - Probability mass function of the negative binomial distribution
    • stats_dens_pmf_poisson - Probability mass function of the Poisson distribution
    • stats_dens_t - Probability density function of the t-distribution
    • stats_dens_uniform - Probability density function of the uniform distribution
    • stats_dens_weibull - Probability density function of the Weibull distribution
    • stats_harmonic_mean - Returns the harmonic mean of an array of values
    • stats_kurtosis - Computes the kurtosis of the data in the array
    • stats_rand_gen_beta - Generates a random deviate from the beta distribution
    • stats_rand_gen_chisquare - Generates a random deviate from the chi-square distribution
    • stats_rand_gen_exponential - Generates a random deviate from the exponential distribution
    • stats_rand_gen_f - Generates a random deviate from the F distribution
    • stats_rand_gen_funiform - Generates uniform float between low (exclusive) and high (exclusive)
    • stats_rand_gen_gamma - Generates a random deviate from the gamma distribution
    • stats_rand_gen_ibinomial - Generates a random deviate from the binomial distribution
    • stats_rand_gen_ibinomial_negative - Generates a random deviate from the negative binomial distribution
    • stats_rand_gen_int - Generates random integer between 1 and 2147483562
    • stats_rand_gen_ipoisson - Generates a single random deviate from a Poisson distribution
    • stats_rand_gen_iuniform - Generates integer uniformly distributed between LOW (inclusive) and HIGH (inclusive)
    • stats_rand_gen_noncentral_chisquare - Generates a random deviate from the non-central chi-square distribution
    • stats_rand_gen_noncentral_f - Generates a random deviate from the noncentral F distribution
    • stats_rand_gen_noncentral_t - Generates a single random deviate from a non-central t-distribution
    • stats_rand_gen_normal - Generates a single random deviate from a normal distribution
    • stats_rand_gen_t - Generates a single random deviate from a t-distribution
    • stats_rand_get_seeds - Get the seed values of the random number generator
    • stats_rand_phrase_to_seeds - Generate two seeds for the RGN random number generator
    • stats_rand_ranf - Generates a random floating point number between 0 and 1
    • stats_rand_setall - Set seed values to the random generator
    • stats_skew - Computes the skewness of the data in the array
    • stats_standard_deviation - Returns the standard deviation
    • stats_stat_binomial_coef - Returns a binomial coefficient
    • stats_stat_correlation - Returns the Pearson correlation coefficient of two data sets
    • stats_stat_factorial - Returns the factorial of an integer
    • stats_stat_independent_t - Returns the t-value from the independent two-sample t-test
    • stats_stat_innerproduct - Returns the inner product of two vectors
    • stats_stat_paired_t - Returns the t-value of the dependent t-test for paired samples
    • stats_stat_percentile - Returns the percentile value
    • stats_stat_powersum - Returns the power sum of a vector
    • stats_variance - Returns the variance
    • Stomp::abort - Rolls back a transaction in progress
    • Stomp::ack - Acknowledges consumption of a message
    • Stomp::begin - Starts a transaction
    • Stomp::commit - Commits a transaction in progress
    • Stomp::error - Gets the last stomp error
    • Stomp::getReadTimeout - Gets read timeout
    • Stomp::getSessionId - Gets the current stomp session ID
    • Stomp::hasFrame - Indicates whether or not there is a frame ready to read
    • Stomp::readFrame - Reads the next frame
    • Stomp::send - Sends a message
    • Stomp::setReadTimeout - Sets read timeout
    • Stomp::subscribe - Registers to listen to a given destination
    • Stomp::unsubscribe - Removes an existing subscription
    • Stomp::__construct - Opens a connection
    • Stomp::__destruct - Closes stomp connection
    • StompException::getDetails - Get exception details
    • StompFrame::__construct - Constructor
    • stomp_connect_error - Returns a string description of the last connect error
    • stomp_version - Gets the current stomp extension version
    • strcasecmp - Binary safe case-insensitive string comparison
    • strchr - Alias of strstr
    • strcmp - Binary safe string comparison
    • strcoll - Locale based string comparison
    • strcspn - Find length of initial segment not matching mask
    • streamWrapper::dir_closedir - Close directory handle
    • streamWrapper::dir_opendir - Open directory handle
    • streamWrapper::dir_readdir - Read entry from directory handle
    • streamWrapper::dir_rewinddir - Rewind directory handle
    • streamWrapper::mkdir - Create a directory
    • streamWrapper::rename - Renames a file or directory
    • streamWrapper::rmdir - Removes a directory
    • streamWrapper::stream_cast - Retrieve the underlaying resource
    • streamWrapper::stream_close - Close a resource
    • streamWrapper::stream_eof - Tests for end-of-file on a file pointer
    • streamWrapper::stream_flush - Flushes the output
    • streamWrapper::stream_lock - Advisory file locking
    • streamWrapper::stream_metadata - Change stream metadata
    • streamWrapper::stream_open - Opens file or URL
    • streamWrapper::stream_read - Read from stream
    • streamWrapper::stream_seek - Seeks to specific location in a stream
    • streamWrapper::stream_set_option - Change stream options
    • streamWrapper::stream_stat - Retrieve information about a file resource
    • streamWrapper::stream_tell - Retrieve the current position of a stream
    • streamWrapper::stream_truncate - Truncate stream
    • streamWrapper::stream_write - Write to stream
    • streamWrapper::unlink - Delete a file
    • streamWrapper::url_stat - Retrieve information about a file
    • streamWrapper::__construct - Constructs a new stream wrapper
    • streamWrapper::__destruct - Destructs an existing stream wrapper
    • stream_bucket_append - Append bucket to brigade
    • stream_bucket_make_writeable - Returns a bucket object from the brigade to operate on
    • stream_bucket_new - Create a new bucket for use on the current stream
    • stream_bucket_prepend - Prepend bucket to brigade
    • stream_context_create - Creates a stream context
    • stream_context_get_default - Retrieve the default stream context
    • stream_context_get_options - Retrieve options for a stream/wrapper/context
    • stream_context_get_params - Retrieves parameters from a context
    • stream_context_set_default - Set the default stream context
    • stream_context_set_option - Sets an option for a stream/wrapper/context
    • stream_context_set_params - Set parameters for a stream/wrapper/context
    • stream_copy_to_stream - Copies data from one stream to another
    • stream_filter_append - Attach a filter to a stream
    • stream_filter_prepend - Attach a filter to a stream
    • stream_filter_register - Register a user defined stream filter
    • stream_filter_remove - Remove a filter from a stream
    • stream_get_contents - Reads remainder of a stream into a string
    • stream_get_filters - Retrieve list of registered filters
    • stream_get_line - Gets line from stream resource up to a given delimiter
    • stream_get_meta_data - Retrieves header/meta data from streams/file pointers
    • stream_get_transports - Retrieve list of registered socket transports
    • stream_get_wrappers - Retrieve list of registered streams
    • stream_isatty - Check if a stream is a TTY
    • stream_is_local - Checks if a stream is a local stream
    • stream_notification_callback - A callback function for the notification context parameter
    • stream_register_wrapper - Alias of stream_wrapper_register
    • stream_resolve_include_path - Resolve filename against the include path
    • stream_select - Runs the equivalent of the select() system call on the given arrays of streams with a timeout specified by seconds and microseconds
    • stream_set_blocking - Set blocking/non-blocking mode on a stream
    • stream_set_chunk_size - Set the stream chunk size
    • stream_set_read_buffer - Set read file buffering on the given stream
    • stream_set_timeout - Set timeout period on a stream
    • stream_set_write_buffer - Sets write file buffering on the given stream
    • stream_socket_accept - Accept a connection on a socket created by stream_socket_server
    • stream_socket_client - Open Internet or Unix domain socket connection
    • stream_socket_enable_crypto - Turns encryption on/off on an already connected socket
    • stream_socket_get_name - Retrieve the name of the local or remote sockets
    • stream_socket_pair - Creates a pair of connected, indistinguishable socket streams
    • stream_socket_recvfrom - Receives data from a socket, connected or not
    • stream_socket_sendto - Sends a message to a socket, whether it is connected or not
    • stream_socket_server - Create an Internet or Unix domain server socket
    • stream_socket_shutdown - Shutdown a full-duplex connection
    • stream_supports_lock - Tells whether the stream supports locking
    • stream_wrapper_register - Register a URL wrapper implemented as a PHP class
    • stream_wrapper_restore - Restores a previously unregistered built-in wrapper
    • stream_wrapper_unregister - Unregister a URL wrapper
    • strftime - Format a local time/date according to locale settings
    • Stringable::__toString - Gets a string representation of the object
    • stripcslashes - Un-quote string quoted with addcslashes
    • stripos - Find the position of the first occurrence of a case-insensitive substring in a string
    • stripslashes - Un-quotes a quoted string
    • strip_tags - Strip HTML and PHP tags from a string
    • stristr - Case-insensitive strstr
    • strlen - Get string length
    • strnatcasecmp - Case insensitive string comparisons using a "natural order" algorithm
    • strnatcmp - String comparisons using a "natural order" algorithm
    • strncasecmp - Binary safe case-insensitive string comparison of the first n characters
    • strncmp - Binary safe string comparison of the first n characters
    • strpbrk - Search a string for any of a set of characters
    • strpos - Find the position of the first occurrence of a substring in a string
    • strptime - Parse a time/date generated with strftime
    • strrchr - Find the last occurrence of a character in a string
    • strrev - Reverse a string
    • strripos - Find the position of the last occurrence of a case-insensitive substring in a string
    • strrpos - Find the position of the last occurrence of a substring in a string
    • strspn - Finds the length of the initial segment of a string consisting entirely of characters contained within a given mask
    • strstr - Find the first occurrence of a string
    • strtok - Tokenize string
    • strtolower - Make a string lowercase
    • strtotime - Parse about any English textual datetime description into a Unix timestamp
    • strtoupper - Make a string uppercase
    • strtr - Translate characters or replace substrings
    • strval - Get string value of a variable
    • str_contains - Determine if a string contains a given substring
    • str_ends_with - Checks if a string ends with a given substring
    • str_getcsv - Parse a CSV string into an array
    • str_ireplace - Case-insensitive version of str_replace
    • str_pad - Pad a string to a certain length with another string
    • str_repeat - Repeat a string
    • str_replace - Replace all occurrences of the search string with the replacement string
    • str_rot13 - Perform the rot13 transform on a string
    • str_shuffle - Randomly shuffles a string
    • str_split - Convert a string to an array
    • str_starts_with - Checks if a string starts with a given substring
    • str_word_count - Return information about words used in a string
    • substr - Return part of a string
    • substr_compare - Binary safe comparison of two strings from an offset, up to length characters
    • substr_count - Count the number of substring occurrences
    • substr_replace - Replace text within a portion of a string
    • SVM::crossvalidate - Test training params on subsets of the training data
    • SVM::getOptions - Return the current training parameters
    • SVM::setOptions - Set training parameters
    • SVM::train - Create a SVMModel based on training data
    • SVM::__construct - Construct a new SVM object
    • SVMModel::checkProbabilityModel - Returns true if the model has probability information
    • SVMModel::getLabels - Get the labels the model was trained on
    • SVMModel::getNrClass - Returns the number of classes the model was trained with
    • SVMModel::getSvmType - Get the SVM type the model was trained with
    • SVMModel::getSvrProbability - Get the sigma value for regression types
    • SVMModel::load - Load a saved SVM Model
    • SVMModel::predict - Predict a value for previously unseen data
    • SVMModel::predict_probability - Return class probabilities for previous unseen data
    • SVMModel::save - Save a model to a file
    • SVMModel::__construct - Construct a new SVMModel
    • svn_add - Schedules the addition of an item in a working directory
    • svn_auth_get_parameter - Retrieves authentication parameter
    • svn_auth_set_parameter - Sets an authentication parameter
    • svn_blame - Get the SVN blame for a file
    • svn_cat - Returns the contents of a file in a repository
    • svn_checkout - Checks out a working copy from the repository
    • svn_cleanup - Recursively cleanup a working copy directory, finishing incomplete operations and removing locks
    • svn_client_version - Returns the version of the SVN client libraries
    • svn_commit - Sends changes from the local working copy to the repository
    • svn_delete - Delete items from a working copy or repository
    • svn_diff - Recursively diffs two paths
    • svn_export - Export the contents of a SVN directory
    • svn_fs_abort_txn - Aborts a transaction
    • svn_fs_apply_text - Creates and returns a stream that will be used to replace
    • svn_fs_begin_txn2 - Create a new transaction
    • svn_fs_change_node_prop - Return true if everything is ok, false otherwise
    • svn_fs_check_path - Determines what kind of item lives at path in a given repository fsroot
    • svn_fs_contents_changed - Return true if content is different, false otherwise
    • svn_fs_copy - Copies a file or a directory
    • svn_fs_delete - Deletes a file or a directory
    • svn_fs_dir_entries - Enumerates the directory entries under path; returns a hash of dir names to file type
    • svn_fs_file_contents - Returns a stream to access the contents of a file from a given version of the fs
    • svn_fs_file_length - Returns the length of a file from a given version of the fs
    • svn_fs_is_dir - Determines if a path points to a directory
    • svn_fs_is_file - Determines if a path points to a file
    • svn_fs_make_dir - Creates a new empty directory
    • svn_fs_make_file - Creates a new empty file
    • svn_fs_node_created_rev - Returns the revision in which path under fsroot was created
    • svn_fs_node_prop - Returns the value of a property for a node
    • svn_fs_props_changed - Return true if props are different, false otherwise
    • svn_fs_revision_prop - Fetches the value of a named property
    • svn_fs_revision_root - Get a handle on a specific version of the repository root
    • svn_fs_txn_root - Creates and returns a transaction root
    • svn_fs_youngest_rev - Returns the number of the youngest revision in the filesystem
    • svn_import - Imports an unversioned path into a repository
    • svn_log - Returns the commit log messages of a repository URL
    • svn_ls - Returns list of directory contents in repository URL, optionally at revision number
    • svn_mkdir - Creates a directory in a working copy or repository
    • svn_repos_create - Create a new subversion repository at path
    • svn_repos_fs - Gets a handle on the filesystem for a repository
    • svn_repos_fs_begin_txn_for_commit - Create a new transaction
    • svn_repos_fs_commit_txn - Commits a transaction and returns the new revision
    • svn_repos_hotcopy - Make a hot-copy of the repos at repospath; copy it to destpath
    • svn_repos_open - Open a shared lock on a repository
    • svn_repos_recover - Run recovery procedures on the repository located at path
    • svn_revert - Revert changes to the working copy
    • svn_status - Returns the status of working copy files and directories
    • svn_update - Update working copy
    • Swoole\Async::dnsLookup - Async and non-blocking hostname to IP lookup.
    • Swoole\Async::read - Read file stream asynchronously.
    • Swoole\Async::readFile - Read a file asynchronously.
    • Swoole\Async::set - Update the async I/O options.
    • Swoole\Async::write - Write data to a file stream asynchronously.
    • Swoole\Async::writeFile - Description
    • Swoole\Atomic::add - Add a number to the value to the atomic object.
    • Swoole\Atomic::cmpset - Compare and set the value of the atomic object.
    • Swoole\Atomic::get - Get the current value of the atomic object.
    • Swoole\Atomic::set - Set a new value to the atomic object.
    • Swoole\Atomic::sub - Subtract a number to the value of the atomic object.
    • Swoole\Atomic::__construct - Construct a swoole atomic object.
    • Swoole\Buffer::append - Append the string or binary data at the end of the memory buffer and return the new size of memory allocated.
    • Swoole\Buffer::clear - Reset the memory buffer.
    • Swoole\Buffer::expand - Expand the size of memory buffer.
    • Swoole\Buffer::read - Read data from the memory buffer based on offset and length.
    • Swoole\Buffer::recycle - Release the memory to OS which is not used by the memory buffer.
    • Swoole\Buffer::substr - Read data from the memory buffer based on offset and length. Or remove data from the memory buffer.
    • Swoole\Buffer::write - Write data to the memory buffer. The memory allocated for the buffer will not be changed.
    • Swoole\Buffer::__construct - Fixed size memory blocks allocation.
    • Swoole\Buffer::__destruct - Destruct the Swoole memory buffer.
    • Swoole\Buffer::__toString - Get the string value of the memory buffer.
    • Swoole\Channel::pop - Read and pop data from swoole channel.
    • Swoole\Channel::push - Write and push data into Swoole channel.
    • Swoole\Channel::stats - Get stats of swoole channel.
    • Swoole\Channel::__construct - Construct a Swoole Channel
    • Swoole\Channel::__destruct - Destruct a Swoole channel.
    • Swoole\Client::close - Close the connection established.
    • Swoole\Client::connect - Connect to the remote TCP or UDP port.
    • Swoole\Client::getpeername - Get the remote socket name of the connection.
    • Swoole\Client::getsockname - Get the local socket name of the connection.
    • Swoole\Client::isConnected - Check if the connection is established.
    • Swoole\Client::on - Add callback functions triggered by events.
    • Swoole\Client::pause - Pause receiving data.
    • Swoole\Client::pipe - Redirect the data to another file descriptor.
    • Swoole\Client::recv - Receive data from the remote socket.
    • Swoole\Client::resume - Resume receiving data.
    • Swoole\Client::send - Send data to the remote TCP socket.
    • Swoole\Client::sendfile - Send file to the remote TCP socket.
    • Swoole\Client::sendto - Send data to the remote UDP address.
    • Swoole\Client::set - Set the Swoole client parameters before the connection is established.
    • Swoole\Client::sleep - Remove the TCP client from system event loop.
    • Swoole\Client::wakeup - Add the TCP client back into the system event loop.
    • Swoole\Client::__construct - Create Swoole sync or async TCP/UDP client, with or without SSL.
    • Swoole\Client::__destruct - Destruct the Swoole client.
    • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::count - Count connections.
    • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::current - Return current connection entry.
    • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::key - Return key of the current connection.
    • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::next - Move to the next connection.
    • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::offsetExists - Check if offet exists.
    • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::offsetGet - Offset to retrieve.
    • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::offsetSet - Assign a Connection to the specified offset.
    • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::offsetUnset - Unset an offset.
    • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::rewind - Rewinds iterator
    • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::valid - Check if current position is valid.
    • Swoole\Coroutine::call_user_func - Call a callback given by the first parameter
    • Swoole\Coroutine::call_user_func_array - Call a callback with an array of parameters
    • Swoole\Coroutine::cli_wait - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine::create - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine::getuid - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine::resume - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine::suspend - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::close - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::connect - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::getpeername - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::getsockname - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::isConnected - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::recv - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::send - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::sendfile - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::sendto - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::set - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::__construct - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::__destruct - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::addFile - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::close - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::execute - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::get - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::getDefer - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::isConnected - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::post - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::recv - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::set - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::setCookies - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::setData - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::setDefer - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::setHeaders - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::setMethod - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::__construct - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::__destruct - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::close - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::connect - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::getDefer - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::query - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::recv - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::setDefer - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::__construct - Description
    • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::__destruct - Description
    • Swoole\Event::add - Add new callback functions of a socket into the EventLoop.
    • Swoole\Event::defer - Add a callback function to the next event loop.
    • Swoole\Event::del - Remove all event callback functions of a socket.
    • Swoole\Event::exit - Exit the eventloop, only available at client side.
    • Swoole\Event::set - Update the event callback functions of a socket.
    • Swoole\Event::wait - Description
    • Swoole\Event::write - Write data to the socket.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::addFile - Add a file to the post form.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::close - Close the http connection.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::download - Download a file from the remote server.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::execute - Send the HTTP request after setting the parameters.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::get - Send GET http request to the remote server.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::isConnected - Check if the HTTP connection is connected.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::on - Register callback function by event name.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::post - Send POST http request to the remote server.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::push - Push data to websocket client.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::set - Update the HTTP client paramters.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::setCookies - Set the http request cookies.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::setData - Set the HTTP request body data.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::setHeaders - Set the HTTP request headers.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::setMethod - Set the HTTP request method.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::upgrade - Upgrade to websocket protocol.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::__construct - Construct the async HTTP client.
    • Swoole\Http\Client::__destruct - Destruct the HTTP client.
    • Swoole\Http\Request::rawcontent - Get the raw HTTP POST body.
    • Swoole\Http\Request::__destruct - Destruct the HTTP request.
    • Swoole\Http\Response::cookie - Set the cookies of the HTTP response.
    • Swoole\Http\Response::end - Send data for the HTTP request and finish the response.
    • Swoole\Http\Response::gzip - Enable the gzip of response content.
    • Swoole\Http\Response::header - Set the HTTP response headers.
    • Swoole\Http\Response::initHeader - Init the HTTP response header.
    • Swoole\Http\Response::rawcookie - Set the raw cookies to the HTTP response.
    • Swoole\Http\Response::sendfile - Send file through the HTTP response.
    • Swoole\Http\Response::status - Set the status code of the HTTP response.
    • Swoole\Http\Response::write - Append HTTP body content to the HTTP response.
    • Swoole\Http\Response::__destruct - Destruct the HTTP response.
    • Swoole\Http\Server::on - Bind callback function to HTTP server by event name.
    • Swoole\Http\Server::start - Start the swoole http server.
    • Swoole\Lock::lock - Try to acquire the lock. It will block if the lock is not available.
    • Swoole\Lock::lock_read - Lock a read-write lock for reading.
    • Swoole\Lock::trylock - Try to acquire the lock and return straight away even the lock is not available.
    • Swoole\Lock::trylock_read - Try to lock a read-write lock for reading and return straight away even the lock is not available.
    • Swoole\Lock::unlock - Release the lock.
    • Swoole\Lock::__construct - Construct a memory lock.
    • Swoole\Lock::__destruct - Destory a Swoole memory lock.
    • Swoole\Mmap::open - Map a file into memory and return the stream resource which can be used by PHP stream operations.
    • Swoole\MySQL::close - Close the async MySQL connection.
    • Swoole\MySQL::connect - Connect to the remote MySQL server.
    • Swoole\MySQL::getBuffer - Description
    • Swoole\MySQL::on - Register callback function based on event name.
    • Swoole\MySQL::query - Run the SQL query.
    • Swoole\MySQL::__construct - Construct an async MySQL client.
    • Swoole\MySQL::__destruct - Destory the async MySQL client.
    • Swoole\Process::alarm - High precision timer which triggers signal with fixed interval.
    • Swoole\Process::close - Close the pipe to the child process.
    • Swoole\Process::daemon - Change the process to be a daemon process.
    • Swoole\Process::exec - Execute system commands.
    • Swoole\Process::exit - Stop the child processes.
    • Swoole\Process::freeQueue - Destroy the message queue created by swoole_process::useQueue.
    • Swoole\Process::kill - Send signal to the child process.
    • Swoole\Process::name - Set name of the process.
    • Swoole\Process::pop - Read and pop data from the message queue.
    • Swoole\Process::push - Write and push data into the message queue.
    • Swoole\Process::read - Read data sending to the process.
    • Swoole\Process::signal - Send signal to the child processes.
    • Swoole\Process::start - Start the process.
    • Swoole\Process::statQueue - Get the stats of the message queue used as the communication method between processes.
    • Swoole\Process::useQueue - Create a message queue as the communication method between the parent process and child processes.
    • Swoole\Process::wait - Wait for the events of child processes.
    • Swoole\Process::write - Write data into the pipe and communicate with the parent process or child processes.
    • Swoole\Process::__construct - Construct a process.
    • Swoole\Process::__destruct - Destory the process.
    • Swoole\Redis\Server::format - Description
    • Swoole\Redis\Server::setHandler - Description
    • Swoole\Redis\Server::start - Description
    • Swoole\Serialize::pack - Serialize the data.
    • Swoole\Serialize::unpack - Unserialize the data.
    • Swoole\Server::addlistener - Add a new listener to the server.
    • Swoole\Server::addProcess - Add a user defined swoole_process to the server.
    • Swoole\Server::after - Trigger a callback function after a period of time.
    • Swoole\Server::bind - Bind the connection to a user defined user ID.
    • Swoole\Server::clearTimer - Stop and destory a timer.
    • Swoole\Server::close - Close a connection to the client.
    • Swoole\Server::confirm - Check status of the connection.
    • Swoole\Server::connection_info - Get the connection info by file description.
    • Swoole\Server::connection_list - Get all of the established connections.
    • Swoole\Server::defer - Delay execution of the callback function at the end of current EventLoop.
    • Swoole\Server::exist - Check if the connection is existed.
    • Swoole\Server::finish - Used in task process for sending result to the worker process when the task is finished.
    • Swoole\Server::getClientInfo - Get the connection info by file description.
    • Swoole\Server::getClientList - Get all of the established connections.
    • Swoole\Server::getLastError - Get the error code of the most recent error.
    • Swoole\Server::heartbeat - Check all the connections on the server.
    • Swoole\Server::listen - Listen on the given IP and port, socket type.
    • Swoole\Server::on - Register a callback function by event name.
    • Swoole\Server::pause - Stop receiving data from the connection.
    • Swoole\Server::protect - Set the connection to be protected mode.
    • Swoole\Server::reload - Restart all the worker process.
    • Swoole\Server::resume - Start receving data from the connection.
    • Swoole\Server::send - Send data to the client.
    • Swoole\Server::sendfile - Send file to the connection.
    • Swoole\Server::sendMessage - Send message to worker processes by ID.
    • Swoole\Server::sendto - Send data to the remote UDP address.
    • Swoole\Server::sendwait - Send data to the remote socket in the blocking way.
    • Swoole\Server::set - Set the runtime settings of the swoole server.
    • Swoole\Server::shutdown - Shutdown the master server process, this function can be called in worker processes.
    • Swoole\Server::start - Start the Swoole server.
    • Swoole\Server::stats - Get the stats of the Swoole server.
    • Swoole\Server::stop - Stop the Swoole server.
    • Swoole\Server::task - Send data to the task worker processes.
    • Swoole\Server::taskwait - Send data to the task worker processes in blocking way.
    • Swoole\Server::taskWaitMulti - Execute multiple tasks concurrently.
    • Swoole\Server::tick - Repeats a given function at every given time-interval.
    • Swoole\Server::__construct - Construct a Swoole server.
    • Swoole\Server\Port::on - Register callback functions by event.
    • Swoole\Server\Port::set - Set protocol of the server port.
    • Swoole\Server\Port::__construct - Construct a server port
    • Swoole\Server\Port::__destruct - Destory server port
    • Swoole\Table::column - Set the data type and size of the columns.
    • Swoole\Table::count - Count the rows in the table, or count all the elements in the table if $mode = 1.
    • Swoole\Table::create - Create the swoole memory table.
    • Swoole\Table::current - Get the current row.
    • Swoole\Table::decr - Decrement the value in the Swoole table by $row_key and $column_key.
    • Swoole\Table::del - Delete a row in the Swoole table by $row_key.
    • Swoole\Table::destroy - Destroy the Swoole table.
    • Swoole\Table::exist - Check if a row is existed by $row_key.
    • Swoole\Table::get - Get the value in the Swoole table by $row_key and $column_key.
    • Swoole\Table::incr - Increment the value by $row_key and $column_key.
    • Swoole\Table::key - Get the key of current row.
    • Swoole\Table::next - Iterator the next row.
    • Swoole\Table::rewind - Rewind the iterator.
    • Swoole\Table::set - Update a row of the table by $row_key.
    • Swoole\Table::valid - Check current if the current row is valid.
    • Swoole\Table::__construct - Construct a Swoole memory table with fixed size.
    • Swoole\Timer::after - Trigger a callback function after a period of time.
    • Swoole\Timer::clear - Delete a timer by timer ID.
    • Swoole\Timer::exists - Check if a timer is existed.
    • Swoole\Timer::tick - Repeats a given function at every given time-interval.
    • Swoole\WebSocket\Server::exist - Check if the file descriptor exists.
    • Swoole\WebSocket\Server::on - Register event callback function
    • Swoole\WebSocket\Server::pack - Get a pack of binary data to send in a single frame.
    • Swoole\WebSocket\Server::push - Push data to the remote client.
    • Swoole\WebSocket\Server::unpack - Unpack the binary data received from the client.
    • swoole_async_dns_lookup - Async and non-blocking hostname to IP lookup
    • swoole_async_read - Read file stream asynchronously
    • swoole_async_readfile - Read a file asynchronously
    • swoole_async_set - Update the async I/O options
    • swoole_async_write - Write data to a file stream asynchronously
    • swoole_async_writefile - Write data to a file asynchronously
    • swoole_clear_error - Clear errors in the socket or on the last error code
    • swoole_client_select - Get the file description which are ready to read/write or error
    • swoole_cpu_num - Get the number of CPU
    • swoole_errno - Get the error code of the latest system call
    • swoole_error_log - Output error messages to the log
    • swoole_event_add - Add new callback functions of a socket into the EventLoop
    • swoole_event_defer - Add callback function to the next event loop
    • swoole_event_del - Remove all event callback functions of a socket
    • swoole_event_exit - Exit the eventloop, only available at the client side
    • swoole_event_set - Update the event callback functions of a socket
    • swoole_event_wait - Start the event loop
    • swoole_event_write - Write data to a socket
    • swoole_get_local_ip - Get the IPv4 IP addresses of each NIC on the machine
    • swoole_last_error - Get the lastest error message
    • swoole_load_module - Load a swoole extension
    • swoole_select - Select the file descriptions which are ready to read/write or error in the eventloop
    • swoole_set_process_name - Set the process name
    • swoole_strerror - Convert the Errno into error messages
    • swoole_timer_after - Trigger a one time callback function in the future
    • swoole_timer_exists - Check if a timer callback function is existed
    • swoole_timer_tick - Trigger a timer tick callback function by time interval
    • swoole_version - Get the version of Swoole
    • symlink - Creates a symbolic link
    • SyncEvent::fire - Fires/sets the event
    • SyncEvent::reset - Resets a manual event
    • SyncEvent::wait - Waits for the event to be fired/set
    • SyncEvent::__construct - Constructs a new SyncEvent object
    • SyncMutex::lock - Waits for an exclusive lock
    • SyncMutex::unlock - Unlocks the mutex
    • SyncMutex::__construct - Constructs a new SyncMutex object
    • SyncReaderWriter::readlock - Waits for a read lock
    • SyncReaderWriter::readunlock - Releases a read lock
    • SyncReaderWriter::writelock - Waits for an exclusive write lock
    • SyncReaderWriter::writeunlock - Releases a write lock
    • SyncReaderWriter::__construct - Constructs a new SyncReaderWriter object
    • SyncSemaphore::lock - Decreases the count of the semaphore or waits
    • SyncSemaphore::unlock - Increases the count of the semaphore
    • SyncSemaphore::__construct - Constructs a new SyncSemaphore object
    • SyncSharedMemory::first - Check to see if the object is the first instance system-wide of named shared memory
    • SyncSharedMemory::read - Copy data from named shared memory
    • SyncSharedMemory::size - Returns the size of the named shared memory
    • SyncSharedMemory::write - Copy data to named shared memory
    • SyncSharedMemory::__construct - Constructs a new SyncSharedMemory object
    • syslog - Generate a system log message
    • system - Execute an external program and display the output
    • sys_getloadavg - Gets system load average
    • sys_get_temp_dir - Returns directory path used for temporary files
  • t
    • Table::count - Get row count
    • Table::delete - Delete rows from table
    • Table::existsInDatabase - Check if table exists in database
    • Table::getName - Get table name
    • Table::getSchema - Get table schema
    • Table::getSession - Get table session
    • Table::insert - Insert table rows
    • Table::isView - Check if table is view
    • Table::select - Select rows from table
    • Table::update - Update rows in table
    • Table::__construct - Table constructor
    • TableDelete::bind - Bind delete query parameters
    • TableDelete::execute - Execute delete query
    • TableDelete::limit - Limit deleted rows
    • TableDelete::orderby - Set delete sort criteria
    • TableDelete::where - Set delete search condition
    • TableDelete::__construct - TableDelete constructor
    • TableInsert::execute - Execute insert query
    • TableInsert::values - Add insert row values
    • TableInsert::__construct - TableInsert constructor
    • TableSelect::bind - Bind select query parameters
    • TableSelect::execute - Execute select statement
    • TableSelect::groupBy - Set select grouping criteria
    • TableSelect::having - Set select having condition
    • TableSelect::limit - Limit selected rows
    • TableSelect::lockExclusive - Execute EXCLUSIVE LOCK
    • TableSelect::lockShared - Execute SHARED LOCK
    • TableSelect::offset - Set limit offset
    • TableSelect::orderby - Set select sort criteria
    • TableSelect::where - Set select search condition
    • TableSelect::__construct - TableSelect constructor
    • TableUpdate::bind - Bind update query parameters
    • TableUpdate::execute - Execute update query
    • TableUpdate::limit - Limit update row count
    • TableUpdate::orderby - Set sorting criteria
    • TableUpdate::set - Add field to be updated
    • TableUpdate::where - Set search filter
    • TableUpdate::__construct - TableUpdate constructor
    • taint - Taint a string
    • tan - Tangent
    • tanh - Hyperbolic tangent
    • tcpwrap_check - Performs a tcpwrap check
    • tempnam - Create file with unique file name
    • textdomain - Sets the default domain
    • Thread::getCreatorId - Identification
    • Thread::getCurrentThread - Identification
    • Thread::getCurrentThreadId - Identification
    • Thread::getThreadId - Identification
    • Thread::isJoined - State Detection
    • Thread::isStarted - State Detection
    • Thread::join - Synchronization
    • Thread::start - Execution
    • Threaded::chunk - Manipulation
    • Threaded::count - Manipulation
    • Threaded::extend - Runtime Manipulation
    • Threaded::isRunning - State Detection
    • Threaded::isTerminated - State Detection
    • Threaded::merge - Manipulation
    • Threaded::notify - Synchronization
    • Threaded::notifyOne - Synchronization
    • Threaded::pop - Manipulation
    • Threaded::run - Execution
    • Threaded::shift - Manipulation
    • Threaded::synchronized - Synchronization
    • Threaded::wait - Synchronization
    • Throwable::getCode - Gets the exception code
    • Throwable::getFile - Gets the file in which the object was created
    • Throwable::getLine - Gets the line on which the object was instantiated
    • Throwable::getMessage - Gets the message
    • Throwable::getPrevious - Returns the previous Throwable
    • Throwable::getTrace - Gets the stack trace
    • Throwable::getTraceAsString - Gets the stack trace as a string
    • Throwable::__toString - Gets a string representation of the thrown object
    • tidy::$errorBuffer - Return warnings and errors which occurred parsing the specified document
    • tidy::body - Returns a tidyNode object starting from the tag of the tidy parse tree
    • tidy::cleanRepair - Execute configured cleanup and repair operations on parsed markup
    • tidy::diagnose - Run configured diagnostics on parsed and repaired markup
    • tidy::getConfig - Get current Tidy configuration
    • tidy::getHtmlVer - Get the Detected HTML version for the specified document
    • tidy::getOpt - Returns the value of the specified configuration option for the tidy document
    • tidy::getOptDoc - Returns the documentation for the given option name
    • tidy::getRelease - Get release date (version) for Tidy library
    • tidy::getStatus - Get status of specified document
    • tidy::head - Returns a tidyNode object starting from the tag of the tidy parse tree
    • tidy::html - Returns a tidyNode object starting from the tag of the tidy parse tree
    • tidy::isXhtml - Indicates if the document is a XHTML document
    • tidy::isXml - Indicates if the document is a generic (non HTML/XHTML) XML document
    • tidy::parseFile - Parse markup in file or URI
    • tidy::parseString - Parse a document stored in a string
    • tidy::repairFile - Repair a file and return it as a string
    • tidy::repairString - Repair a string using an optionally provided configuration file
    • tidy::root - Returns a tidyNode object representing the root of the tidy parse tree
    • tidy::__construct - Constructs a new tidy object
    • tidyNode::getParent - Returns the parent node of the current node
    • tidyNode::hasChildren - Checks if a node has children
    • tidyNode::hasSiblings - Checks if a node has siblings
    • tidyNode::isAsp - Checks if this node is ASP
    • tidyNode::isComment - Checks if a node represents a comment
    • tidyNode::isHtml - Checks if a node is an element node
    • tidyNode::isJste - Checks if this node is JSTE
    • tidyNode::isPhp - Checks if a node is PHP
    • tidyNode::isText - Checks if a node represents text (no markup)
    • tidyNode::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
    • tidy_access_count - Returns the Number of Tidy accessibility warnings encountered for specified document
    • tidy_config_count - Returns the Number of Tidy configuration errors encountered for specified document
    • tidy_error_count - Returns the Number of Tidy errors encountered for specified document
    • tidy_get_output - Return a string representing the parsed tidy markup
    • tidy_warning_count - Returns the Number of Tidy warnings encountered for specified document
    • time - Return current Unix timestamp
    • timezone_abbreviations_list - Alias of DateTimeZone::listAbbreviations
    • timezone_identifiers_list - Alias of DateTimeZone::listIdentifiers
    • timezone_location_get - Alias of DateTimeZone::getLocation
    • timezone_name_from_abbr - Returns a timezone name by guessing from abbreviation and UTC offset
    • timezone_name_get - Alias of DateTimeZone::getName
    • timezone_offset_get - Alias of DateTimeZone::getOffset
    • timezone_open - Alias of DateTimeZone::__construct
    • timezone_transitions_get - Alias of DateTimeZone::getTransitions
    • timezone_version_get - Gets the version of the timezonedb
    • time_nanosleep - Delay for a number of seconds and nanoseconds
    • time_sleep_until - Make the script sleep until the specified time
    • tmpfile - Creates a temporary file
    • token_get_all - Split given source into PHP tokens
    • token_name - Get the symbolic name of a given PHP token
    • touch - Sets access and modification time of file
    • trader_acos - Vector Trigonometric ACos
    • trader_ad - Chaikin A/D Line
    • trader_add - Vector Arithmetic Add
    • trader_adosc - Chaikin A/D Oscillator
    • trader_adx - Average Directional Movement Index
    • trader_adxr - Average Directional Movement Index Rating
    • trader_apo - Absolute Price Oscillator
    • trader_aroon - Aroon
    • trader_aroonosc - Aroon Oscillator
    • trader_asin - Vector Trigonometric ASin
    • trader_atan - Vector Trigonometric ATan
    • trader_atr - Average True Range
    • trader_avgprice - Average Price
    • trader_bbands - Bollinger Bands
    • trader_beta - Beta
    • trader_bop - Balance Of Power
    • trader_cci - Commodity Channel Index
    • trader_cdl2crows - Two Crows
    • trader_cdl3blackcrows - Three Black Crows
    • trader_cdl3inside - Three Inside Up/Down
    • trader_cdl3linestrike - Three-Line Strike
    • trader_cdl3outside - Three Outside Up/Down
    • trader_cdl3starsinsouth - Three Stars In The South
    • trader_cdl3whitesoldiers - Three Advancing White Soldiers
    • trader_cdlabandonedbaby - Abandoned Baby
    • trader_cdladvanceblock - Advance Block
    • trader_cdlbelthold - Belt-hold
    • trader_cdlbreakaway - Breakaway
    • trader_cdlclosingmarubozu - Closing Marubozu
    • trader_cdlconcealbabyswall - Concealing Baby Swallow
    • trader_cdlcounterattack - Counterattack
    • trader_cdldarkcloudcover - Dark Cloud Cover
    • trader_cdldoji - Doji
    • trader_cdldojistar - Doji Star
    • trader_cdldragonflydoji - Dragonfly Doji
    • trader_cdlengulfing - Engulfing Pattern
    • trader_cdleveningdojistar - Evening Doji Star
    • trader_cdleveningstar - Evening Star
    • trader_cdlgapsidesidewhite - Up/Down-gap side-by-side white lines
    • trader_cdlgravestonedoji - Gravestone Doji
    • trader_cdlhammer - Hammer
    • trader_cdlhangingman - Hanging Man
    • trader_cdlharami - Harami Pattern
    • trader_cdlharamicross - Harami Cross Pattern
    • trader_cdlhighwave - High-Wave Candle
    • trader_cdlhikkake - Hikkake Pattern
    • trader_cdlhikkakemod - Modified Hikkake Pattern
    • trader_cdlhomingpigeon - Homing Pigeon
    • trader_cdlidentical3crows - Identical Three Crows
    • trader_cdlinneck - In-Neck Pattern
    • trader_cdlinvertedhammer - Inverted Hammer
    • trader_cdlkicking - Kicking
    • trader_cdlkickingbylength - Kicking - bull/bear determined by the longer marubozu
    • trader_cdlladderbottom - Ladder Bottom
    • trader_cdllongleggeddoji - Long Legged Doji
    • trader_cdllongline - Long Line Candle
    • trader_cdlmarubozu - Marubozu
    • trader_cdlmatchinglow - Matching Low
    • trader_cdlmathold - Mat Hold
    • trader_cdlmorningdojistar - Morning Doji Star
    • trader_cdlmorningstar - Morning Star
    • trader_cdlonneck - On-Neck Pattern
    • trader_cdlpiercing - Piercing Pattern
    • trader_cdlrickshawman - Rickshaw Man
    • trader_cdlrisefall3methods - Rising/Falling Three Methods
    • trader_cdlseparatinglines - Separating Lines
    • trader_cdlshootingstar - Shooting Star
    • trader_cdlshortline - Short Line Candle
    • trader_cdlspinningtop - Spinning Top
    • trader_cdlstalledpattern - Stalled Pattern
    • trader_cdlsticksandwich - Stick Sandwich
    • trader_cdltakuri - Takuri (Dragonfly Doji with very long lower shadow)
    • trader_cdltasukigap - Tasuki Gap
    • trader_cdlthrusting - Thrusting Pattern
    • trader_cdltristar - Tristar Pattern
    • trader_cdlunique3river - Unique 3 River
    • trader_cdlupsidegap2crows - Upside Gap Two Crows
    • trader_cdlxsidegap3methods - Upside/Downside Gap Three Methods
    • trader_ceil - Vector Ceil
    • trader_cmo - Chande Momentum Oscillator
    • trader_correl - Pearson's Correlation Coefficient (r)
    • trader_cos - Vector Trigonometric Cos
    • trader_cosh - Vector Trigonometric Cosh
    • trader_dema - Double Exponential Moving Average
    • trader_div - Vector Arithmetic Div
    • trader_dx - Directional Movement Index
    • trader_ema - Exponential Moving Average
    • trader_errno - Get error code
    • trader_exp - Vector Arithmetic Exp
    • trader_floor - Vector Floor
    • trader_get_compat - Get compatibility mode
    • trader_get_unstable_period - Get unstable period
    • trader_ht_dcperiod - Hilbert Transform - Dominant Cycle Period
    • trader_ht_dcphase - Hilbert Transform - Dominant Cycle Phase
    • trader_ht_phasor - Hilbert Transform - Phasor Components
    • trader_ht_sine - Hilbert Transform - SineWave
    • trader_ht_trendline - Hilbert Transform - Instantaneous Trendline
    • trader_ht_trendmode - Hilbert Transform - Trend vs Cycle Mode
    • trader_kama - Kaufman Adaptive Moving Average
    • trader_linearreg - Linear Regression
    • trader_linearreg_angle - Linear Regression Angle
    • trader_linearreg_intercept - Linear Regression Intercept
    • trader_linearreg_slope - Linear Regression Slope
    • trader_ln - Vector Log Natural
    • trader_log10 - Vector Log10
    • trader_ma - Moving average
    • trader_macd - Moving Average Convergence/Divergence
    • trader_macdext - MACD with controllable MA type
    • trader_macdfix - Moving Average Convergence/Divergence Fix 12/26
    • trader_mama - MESA Adaptive Moving Average
    • trader_mavp - Moving average with variable period
    • trader_max - Highest value over a specified period
    • trader_maxindex - Index of highest value over a specified period
    • trader_medprice - Median Price
    • trader_mfi - Money Flow Index
    • trader_midpoint - MidPoint over period
    • trader_midprice - Midpoint Price over period
    • trader_min - Lowest value over a specified period
    • trader_minindex - Index of lowest value over a specified period
    • trader_minmax - Lowest and highest values over a specified period
    • trader_minmaxindex - Indexes of lowest and highest values over a specified period
    • trader_minus_di - Minus Directional Indicator
    • trader_minus_dm - Minus Directional Movement
    • trader_mom - Momentum
    • trader_mult - Vector Arithmetic Mult
    • trader_natr - Normalized Average True Range
    • trader_obv - On Balance Volume
    • trader_plus_di - Plus Directional Indicator
    • trader_plus_dm - Plus Directional Movement
    • trader_ppo - Percentage Price Oscillator
    • trader_roc - Rate of change : ((price/prevPrice)-1)*100
    • trader_rocp - Rate of change Percentage: (price-prevPrice)/prevPrice
    • trader_rocr - Rate of change ratio: (price/prevPrice)
    • trader_rocr100 - Rate of change ratio 100 scale: (price/prevPrice)*100
    • trader_rsi - Relative Strength Index
    • trader_sar - Parabolic SAR
    • trader_sarext - Parabolic SAR - Extended
    • trader_set_compat - Set compatibility mode
    • trader_set_unstable_period - Set unstable period
    • trader_sin - Vector Trigonometric Sin
    • trader_sinh - Vector Trigonometric Sinh
    • trader_sma - Simple Moving Average
    • trader_sqrt - Vector Square Root
    • trader_stddev - Standard Deviation
    • trader_stoch - Stochastic
    • trader_stochf - Stochastic Fast
    • trader_stochrsi - Stochastic Relative Strength Index
    • trader_sub - Vector Arithmetic Subtraction
    • trader_sum - Summation
    • trader_t3 - Triple Exponential Moving Average (T3)
    • trader_tan - Vector Trigonometric Tan
    • trader_tanh - Vector Trigonometric Tanh
    • trader_tema - Triple Exponential Moving Average
    • trader_trange - True Range
    • trader_trima - Triangular Moving Average
    • trader_trix - 1-day Rate-Of-Change (ROC) of a Triple Smooth EMA
    • trader_tsf - Time Series Forecast
    • trader_typprice - Typical Price
    • trader_ultosc - Ultimate Oscillator
    • trader_var - Variance
    • trader_wclprice - Weighted Close Price
    • trader_willr - Williams' %R
    • trader_wma - Weighted Moving Average
    • trait_exists - Checks if the trait exists
    • Transliterator::create - Create a transliterator
    • Transliterator::createFromRules - Create transliterator from rules
    • Transliterator::createInverse - Create an inverse transliterator
    • Transliterator::getErrorCode - Get last error code
    • Transliterator::getErrorMessage - Get last error message
    • Transliterator::listIDs - Get transliterator IDs
    • Transliterator::transliterate - Transliterate a string
    • Transliterator::__construct - Private constructor to deny instantiation
    • trigger_error - Generates a user-level error/warning/notice message
    • trim - Strip whitespace (or other characters) from the beginning and end of a string
  • u
    • uasort - Sort an array with a user-defined comparison function and maintain index association
    • ucfirst - Make a string's first character uppercase
    • UConverter::convert - Convert string from one charset to another
    • UConverter::fromUCallback - Default "from" callback function
    • UConverter::getAliases - Get the aliases of the given name
    • UConverter::getAvailable - Get the available canonical converter names
    • UConverter::getDestinationEncoding - Get the destination encoding
    • UConverter::getDestinationType - Get the destination converter type
    • UConverter::getErrorCode - Get last error code on the object
    • UConverter::getErrorMessage - Get last error message on the object
    • UConverter::getSourceEncoding - Get the source encoding
    • UConverter::getSourceType - Get the source converter type
    • UConverter::getStandards - Get standards associated to converter names
    • UConverter::getSubstChars - Get substitution chars
    • UConverter::reasonText - Get string representation of the callback reason
    • UConverter::setDestinationEncoding - Set the destination encoding
    • UConverter::setSourceEncoding - Set the source encoding
    • UConverter::setSubstChars - Set the substitution chars
    • UConverter::toUCallback - Default "to" callback function
    • UConverter::transcode - Convert a string from one character encoding to another
    • UConverter::__construct - Create UConverter object
    • ucwords - Uppercase the first character of each word in a string
    • UI\Area::onDraw - Draw Callback
    • UI\Area::onKey - Key Callback
    • UI\Area::onMouse - Mouse Callback
    • UI\Area::redraw - Redraw Area
    • UI\Area::scrollTo - Area Scroll
    • UI\Area::setSize - Set Size
    • UI\Control::destroy - Destroy Control
    • UI\Control::disable - Disable Control
    • UI\Control::enable - Enable Control
    • UI\Control::getParent - Get Parent Control
    • UI\Control::getTopLevel - Get Top Level
    • UI\Control::hide - Hide Control
    • UI\Control::isEnabled - Determine if Control is enabled
    • UI\Control::isVisible - Determine if Control is visible
    • UI\Control::setParent - Set Parent Control
    • UI\Control::show - Control Show
    • UI\Controls\Box::append - Append Control
    • UI\Controls\Box::delete - Delete Control
    • UI\Controls\Box::getOrientation - Get Orientation
    • UI\Controls\Box::isPadded - Padding Detection
    • UI\Controls\Box::setPadded - Set Padding
    • UI\Controls\Box::__construct - Construct a new Box
    • UI\Controls\Button::getText - Get Text
    • UI\Controls\Button::onClick - Click Handler
    • UI\Controls\Button::setText - Set Text
    • UI\Controls\Button::__construct - Construct a new Button
    • UI\Controls\Check::getText - Get Text
    • UI\Controls\Check::isChecked - Checked Detection
    • UI\Controls\Check::onToggle - Toggle Callback
    • UI\Controls\Check::setChecked - Set Checked
    • UI\Controls\Check::setText - Set Text
    • UI\Controls\Check::__construct - Construct a new Check
    • UI\Controls\ColorButton::getColor - Get Color
    • UI\Controls\ColorButton::onChange - Change Handler
    • UI\Controls\ColorButton::setColor - Set Color
    • UI\Controls\Combo::append - Append Option
    • UI\Controls\Combo::getSelected - Get Selected Option
    • UI\Controls\Combo::onSelected - Selected Handler
    • UI\Controls\Combo::setSelected - Set Selected Option
    • UI\Controls\EditableCombo::append - Append Option
    • UI\Controls\EditableCombo::getText - Get Text
    • UI\Controls\EditableCombo::onChange - Change Handler
    • UI\Controls\EditableCombo::setText - Set Text
    • UI\Controls\Entry::getText - Get Text
    • UI\Controls\Entry::isReadOnly - Detect Read Only
    • UI\Controls\Entry::onChange - Change Handler
    • UI\Controls\Entry::setReadOnly - Set Read Only
    • UI\Controls\Entry::setText - Set Text
    • UI\Controls\Entry::__construct - Construct a new Entry
    • UI\Controls\Form::append - Append Control
    • UI\Controls\Form::delete - Delete Control
    • UI\Controls\Form::isPadded - Padding Detection
    • UI\Controls\Form::setPadded - Set Padding
    • UI\Controls\Grid::append - Append Control
    • UI\Controls\Grid::isPadded - Padding Detection
    • UI\Controls\Grid::setPadded - Set Padding
    • UI\Controls\Group::append - Append Control
    • UI\Controls\Group::getTitle - Get Title
    • UI\Controls\Group::hasMargin - Margin Detection
    • UI\Controls\Group::setMargin - Set Margin
    • UI\Controls\Group::setTitle - Set Title
    • UI\Controls\Group::__construct - Construct a new Group
    • UI\Controls\Label::getText - Get Text
    • UI\Controls\Label::setText - Set Text
    • UI\Controls\Label::__construct - Construct a new Label
    • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::append - Append Text
    • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::getText - Get Text
    • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::isReadOnly - Read Only Detection
    • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::onChange - Change Handler
    • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::setReadOnly - Set Read Only
    • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::setText - Set Text
    • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::__construct - Construct a new Multiline Entry
    • UI\Controls\Picker::__construct - Construct a new Picker
    • UI\Controls\Progress::getValue - Get Value
    • UI\Controls\Progress::setValue - Set Value
    • UI\Controls\Radio::append - Append Option
    • UI\Controls\Radio::getSelected - Get Selected Option
    • UI\Controls\Radio::onSelected - Selected Handler
    • UI\Controls\Radio::setSelected - Set Selected Option
    • UI\Controls\Separator::__construct - Construct a new Separator
    • UI\Controls\Slider::getValue - Get Value
    • UI\Controls\Slider::onChange - Change Handler
    • UI\Controls\Slider::setValue - Set Value
    • UI\Controls\Slider::__construct - Construct a new Slider
    • UI\Controls\Spin::getValue - Get Value
    • UI\Controls\Spin::onChange - Change Handler
    • UI\Controls\Spin::setValue - Set Value
    • UI\Controls\Spin::__construct - Construct a new Spin
    • UI\Controls\Tab::append - Append Page
    • UI\Controls\Tab::delete - Delete Page
    • UI\Controls\Tab::hasMargin - Margin Detection
    • UI\Controls\Tab::insertAt - Insert Page
    • UI\Controls\Tab::pages - Page Count
    • UI\Controls\Tab::setMargin - Set Margin
    • UI\Draw\Brush::getColor - Get Color
    • UI\Draw\Brush::setColor - Set Color
    • UI\Draw\Brush::__construct - Construct a new Brush
    • UI\Draw\Brush\Gradient::addStop - Stop Manipulation
    • UI\Draw\Brush\Gradient::delStop - Stop Manipulation
    • UI\Draw\Brush\Gradient::setStop - Stop Manipulation
    • UI\Draw\Brush\LinearGradient::__construct - Construct a Linear Gradient
    • UI\Draw\Brush\RadialGradient::__construct - Construct a new Radial Gradient
    • UI\Draw\Color::getChannel - Color Manipulation
    • UI\Draw\Color::setChannel - Color Manipulation
    • UI\Draw\Color::__construct - Construct new Color
    • UI\Draw\Matrix::invert - Invert Matrix
    • UI\Draw\Matrix::isInvertible - Invertible Detection
    • UI\Draw\Matrix::multiply - Multiply Matrix
    • UI\Draw\Matrix::rotate - Rotate Matrix
    • UI\Draw\Matrix::scale - Scale Matrix
    • UI\Draw\Matrix::skew - Skew Matrix
    • UI\Draw\Matrix::translate - Translate Matrix
    • UI\Draw\Path::addRectangle - Draw a Rectangle
    • UI\Draw\Path::arcTo - Draw an Arc
    • UI\Draw\Path::bezierTo - Draw Bezier Curve
    • UI\Draw\Path::closeFigure - Close Figure
    • UI\Draw\Path::end - Finalize Path
    • UI\Draw\Path::lineTo - Draw a Line
    • UI\Draw\Path::newFigure - Draw Figure
    • UI\Draw\Path::newFigureWithArc - Draw Figure with Arc
    • UI\Draw\Path::__construct - Construct a new Path
    • UI\Draw\Pen::clip - Clip a Path
    • UI\Draw\Pen::fill - Fill a Path
    • UI\Draw\Pen::restore - Restore
    • UI\Draw\Pen::save - Save
    • UI\Draw\Pen::stroke - Stroke a Path
    • UI\Draw\Pen::transform - Matrix Transform
    • UI\Draw\Pen::write - Draw Text at Point
    • UI\Draw\Stroke::getCap - Get Line Cap
    • UI\Draw\Stroke::getJoin - Get Line Join
    • UI\Draw\Stroke::getMiterLimit - Get Miter Limit
    • UI\Draw\Stroke::getThickness - Get Thickness
    • UI\Draw\Stroke::setCap - Set Line Cap
    • UI\Draw\Stroke::setJoin - Set Line Join
    • UI\Draw\Stroke::setMiterLimit - Set Miter Limit
    • UI\Draw\Stroke::setThickness - Set Thickness
    • UI\Draw\Stroke::__construct - Construct a new Stroke
    • UI\Draw\Text\Font::getAscent - Font Metrics
    • UI\Draw\Text\Font::getDescent - Font Metrics
    • UI\Draw\Text\Font::getLeading - Font Metrics
    • UI\Draw\Text\Font::getUnderlinePosition - Font Metrics
    • UI\Draw\Text\Font::getUnderlineThickness - Font Metrics
    • UI\Draw\Text\Font::__construct - Construct a new Font
    • UI\Draw\Text\Font\Descriptor::getFamily - Get Font Family
    • UI\Draw\Text\Font\Descriptor::getItalic - Style Detection
    • UI\Draw\Text\Font\Descriptor::getSize - Size Detection
    • UI\Draw\Text\Font\Descriptor::getStretch - Style Detection
    • UI\Draw\Text\Font\Descriptor::getWeight - Weight Detection
    • UI\Draw\Text\Font\Descriptor::__construct - Construct a new Font Descriptor
    • UI\Draw\Text\Font\fontFamilies - Retrieve Font Families
    • UI\Draw\Text\Layout::setColor - Set Color
    • UI\Draw\Text\Layout::setWidth - Set Width
    • UI\Draw\Text\Layout::__construct - Construct a new Text Layout
    • UI\Executor::kill - Stop Executor
    • UI\Executor::onExecute - Execution Callback
    • UI\Executor::setInterval - Interval Manipulation
    • UI\Executor::__construct - Construct a new Executor
    • UI\Menu::append - Append Menu Item
    • UI\Menu::appendAbout - Append About Menu Item
    • UI\Menu::appendCheck - Append Checkable Menu Item
    • UI\Menu::appendPreferences - Append Preferences Menu Item
    • UI\Menu::appendQuit - Append Quit Menu Item
    • UI\Menu::appendSeparator - Append Menu Item Separator
    • UI\Menu::__construct - Construct a new Menu
    • UI\MenuItem::disable - Disable Menu Item
    • UI\MenuItem::enable - Enable Menu Item
    • UI\MenuItem::isChecked - Detect Checked
    • UI\MenuItem::onClick - On Click Callback
    • UI\MenuItem::setChecked - Set Checked
    • UI\Point::at - Size Coercion
    • UI\Point::getX - Retrieves X
    • UI\Point::getY - Retrieves Y
    • UI\Point::setX - Set X
    • UI\Point::setY - Set Y
    • UI\Point::__construct - Construct a new Point
    • UI\quit - Quit UI Loop
    • UI\run - Enter UI Loop
    • UI\Size::getHeight - Retrieves Height
    • UI\Size::getWidth - Retrives Width
    • UI\Size::of - Point Coercion
    • UI\Size::setHeight - Set Height
    • UI\Size::setWidth - Set Width
    • UI\Size::__construct - Construct a new Size
    • UI\Window::add - Add a Control
    • UI\Window::error - Show Error Box
    • UI\Window::getSize - Get Window Size
    • UI\Window::getTitle - Get Title
    • UI\Window::hasBorders - Border Detection
    • UI\Window::hasMargin - Margin Detection
    • UI\Window::isFullScreen - Full Screen Detection
    • UI\Window::msg - Show Message Box
    • UI\Window::onClosing - Closing Callback
    • UI\Window::open - Open Dialog
    • UI\Window::save - Save Dialog
    • UI\Window::setBorders - Border Use
    • UI\Window::setFullScreen - Full Screen Use
    • UI\Window::setMargin - Margin Use
    • UI\Window::setSize - Set Size
    • UI\Window::setTitle - Window Title
    • UI\Window::__construct - Construct a new Window
    • uksort - Sort an array by keys using a user-defined comparison function
    • umask - Changes the current umask
    • uniqid - Generate a unique ID
    • UnitEnum::cases - Generates a list of cases on an enum
    • unixtojd - Convert Unix timestamp to Julian Day
    • unlink - Deletes a file
    • unpack - Unpack data from binary string
    • unregister_tick_function - De-register a function for execution on each tick
    • unserialize - Creates a PHP value from a stored representation
    • unset - Unset a given variable
    • untaint - Untaint strings
    • uopz_add_function - Adds non-existent function or method
    • uopz_allow_exit - Allows control over disabled exit opcode
    • uopz_backup - Backup a function
    • uopz_compose - Compose a class
    • uopz_copy - Copy a function
    • uopz_delete - Delete a function
    • uopz_del_function - Deletes previously added function or method
    • uopz_extend - Extend a class at runtime
    • uopz_flags - Get or set flags on function or class
    • uopz_function - Creates a function at runtime
    • uopz_get_exit_status - Retrieve the last set exit status
    • uopz_get_hook - Gets previously set hook on function or method
    • uopz_get_mock - Get the current mock for a class
    • uopz_get_property - Gets value of class or instance property
    • uopz_get_return - Gets a previous set return value for a function
    • uopz_get_static - Gets the static variables from function or method scope
    • uopz_implement - Implements an interface at runtime
    • uopz_overload - Overload a VM opcode
    • uopz_redefine - Redefine a constant
    • uopz_rename - Rename a function at runtime
    • uopz_restore - Restore a previously backed up function
    • uopz_set_hook - Sets hook to execute when entering a function or method
    • uopz_set_mock - Use mock instead of class for new objects
    • uopz_set_property - Sets value of existing class or instance property
    • uopz_set_return - Provide a return value for an existing function
    • uopz_set_static - Sets the static variables in function or method scope
    • uopz_undefine - Undefine a constant
    • uopz_unset_hook - Removes previously set hook on function or method
    • uopz_unset_mock - Unset previously set mock
    • uopz_unset_return - Unsets a previously set return value for a function
    • urldecode - Decodes URL-encoded string
    • urlencode - URL-encodes string
    • user_error - Alias of trigger_error
    • use_soap_error_handler - Set whether to use the SOAP error handler
    • usleep - Delay execution in microseconds
    • usort - Sort an array by values using a user-defined comparison function
    • utf8_decode - Converts a string from UTF-8 to ISO-8859-1, replacing invalid or unrepresentable characters
    • utf8_encode - Converts a string from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
  • v
    • V8Js::executeString - Execute a string as Javascript code
    • V8Js::getExtensions - Return an array of registered extensions
    • V8Js::getPendingException - Return pending uncaught Javascript exception
    • V8Js::registerExtension - Register Javascript extensions for V8Js
    • V8Js::__construct - Construct a new V8Js object
    • V8JsException::getJsFileName - The getJsFileName purpose
    • V8JsException::getJsLineNumber - The getJsLineNumber purpose
    • V8JsException::getJsSourceLine - The getJsSourceLine purpose
    • V8JsException::getJsTrace - The getJsTrace purpose
    • variant::__construct - variant class constructor
    • variant_abs - Returns the absolute value of a variant
    • variant_add - "Adds" two variant values together and returns the result
    • variant_and - Performs a bitwise AND operation between two variants
    • variant_cast - Convert a variant into a new variant object of another type
    • variant_cat - Concatenates two variant values together and returns the result
    • variant_cmp - Compares two variants
    • variant_date_from_timestamp - Returns a variant date representation of a Unix timestamp
    • variant_date_to_timestamp - Converts a variant date/time value to Unix timestamp
    • variant_div - Returns the result from dividing two variants
    • variant_eqv - Performs a bitwise equivalence on two variants
    • variant_fix - Returns the integer portion of a variant
    • variant_get_type - Returns the type of a variant object
    • variant_idiv - Converts variants to integers and then returns the result from dividing them
    • variant_imp - Performs a bitwise implication on two variants
    • variant_int - Returns the integer portion of a variant
    • variant_mod - Divides two variants and returns only the remainder
    • variant_mul - Multiplies the values of the two variants
    • variant_neg - Performs logical negation on a variant
    • variant_not - Performs bitwise not negation on a variant
    • variant_or - Performs a logical disjunction on two variants
    • variant_pow - Returns the result of performing the power function with two variants
    • variant_round - Rounds a variant to the specified number of decimal places
    • variant_set - Assigns a new value for a variant object
    • variant_set_type - Convert a variant into another type "in-place"
    • variant_sub - Subtracts the value of the right variant from the left variant value
    • variant_xor - Performs a logical exclusion on two variants
    • VarnishAdmin::auth - Authenticate on a varnish instance
    • VarnishAdmin::ban - Ban URLs using a VCL expression
    • VarnishAdmin::banUrl - Ban an URL using a VCL expression
    • VarnishAdmin::clearPanic - Clear varnish instance panic messages
    • VarnishAdmin::connect - Connect to a varnish instance administration interface
    • VarnishAdmin::disconnect - Disconnect from a varnish instance administration interface
    • VarnishAdmin::getPanic - Get the last panic message on a varnish instance
    • VarnishAdmin::getParams - Fetch current varnish instance configuration parameters
    • VarnishAdmin::isRunning - Check if the varnish slave process is currently running
    • VarnishAdmin::setCompat - Set the class compat configuration param
    • VarnishAdmin::setHost - Set the class host configuration param
    • VarnishAdmin::setIdent - Set the class ident configuration param
    • VarnishAdmin::setParam - Set configuration param on the current varnish instance
    • VarnishAdmin::setPort - Set the class port configuration param
    • VarnishAdmin::setSecret - Set the class secret configuration param
    • VarnishAdmin::setTimeout - Set the class timeout configuration param
    • VarnishAdmin::start - Start varnish worker process
    • VarnishAdmin::stop - Stop varnish worker process
    • VarnishAdmin::__construct - VarnishAdmin constructor
    • VarnishLog::getLine - Get next log line
    • VarnishLog::getTagName - Get the log tag string representation by its index
    • VarnishLog::__construct - Varnishlog constructor
    • VarnishStat::getSnapshot - Get the current varnish instance statistics snapshot
    • VarnishStat::__construct - VarnishStat constructor
    • var_dump - Dumps information about a variable
    • var_export - Outputs or returns a parsable string representation of a variable
    • var_representation - Returns a short, readable, parsable string representation of a variable
    • version_compare - Compares two "PHP-standardized" version number strings
    • vfprintf - Write a formatted string to a stream
    • virtual - Perform an Apache sub-request
    • vprintf - Output a formatted string
    • vsprintf - Return a formatted string
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::addSheet - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel addSheet
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::autoFilter - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel autoFilter
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::constMemory - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel constMemory
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::data - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel data
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::fileName - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel fileName
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::getHandle - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel getHandle
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::header - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel header
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::insertFormula - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel insertFormula
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::insertImage - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel insertImage
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::insertText - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel insertText
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::mergeCells - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel mergeCells
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::output - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel output
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::setColumn - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel setColumn
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::setRow - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel setRow
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::__construct - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel constructor
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Format::align - Vtiful\Kernel\Format align
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Format::bold - Vtiful\Kernel\Format bold
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Format::italic - Vtiful\Kernel\Format italic
    • Vtiful\Kernel\Format::underline - Vtiful\Kernel\Format underline
  • w
    • Warning::__construct - Warning constructor
    • wddx_add_vars - Add variables to a WDDX packet with the specified ID
    • wddx_deserialize - Unserializes a WDDX packet
    • wddx_packet_end - Ends a WDDX packet with the specified ID
    • wddx_packet_start - Starts a new WDDX packet with structure inside it
    • wddx_serialize_value - Serialize a single value into a WDDX packet
    • wddx_serialize_vars - Serialize variables into a WDDX packet
    • WeakMap::count - Counts the number of live entries in the map
    • WeakMap::getIterator - Retrieve an external iterator
    • WeakMap::offsetExists - Checks whether a certain object is in the map
    • WeakMap::offsetGet - Returns the value pointed to by a certain object
    • WeakMap::offsetSet - Updates the map with a new key-value pair
    • WeakMap::offsetUnset - Removes an entry from the map
    • WeakMap::__construct - Constructs a new map
    • WeakReference::create - Create a new weak reference
    • WeakReference::get - Get a weakly referenced Object
    • WeakReference::__construct - Constructor that disallows instantiation
    • win32_continue_service - Resumes a paused service
    • win32_create_service - Creates a new service entry in the SCM database
    • win32_delete_service - Deletes a service entry from the SCM database
    • win32_get_last_control_message - Returns the last control message that was sent to this service
    • win32_pause_service - Pauses a service
    • win32_query_service_status - Queries the status of a service
    • win32_send_custom_control - Send a custom control to the service
    • win32_set_service_exit_code - Define or return the exit code for the current running service
    • win32_set_service_exit_mode - Define or return the exit mode for the current running service
    • win32_set_service_status - Update the service status
    • win32_start_service - Starts a service
    • win32_start_service_ctrl_dispatcher - Registers the script with the SCM, so that it can act as the service with the given name
    • win32_stop_service - Stops a service
    • wincache_fcache_fileinfo - Retrieves information about files cached in the file cache
    • wincache_fcache_meminfo - Retrieves information about file cache memory usage
    • wincache_lock - Acquires an exclusive lock on a given key
    • wincache_ocache_fileinfo - Retrieves information about files cached in the opcode cache
    • wincache_ocache_meminfo - Retrieves information about opcode cache memory usage
    • wincache_refresh_if_changed - Refreshes the cache entries for the cached files
    • wincache_rplist_fileinfo - Retrieves information about resolve file path cache
    • wincache_rplist_meminfo - Retrieves information about memory usage by the resolve file path cache
    • wincache_scache_info - Retrieves information about files cached in the session cache
    • wincache_scache_meminfo - Retrieves information about session cache memory usage
    • wincache_ucache_add - Adds a variable in user cache only if variable does not already exist in the cache
    • wincache_ucache_cas - Compares the variable with old value and assigns new value to it
    • wincache_ucache_clear - Deletes entire content of the user cache
    • wincache_ucache_dec - Decrements the value associated with the key
    • wincache_ucache_delete - Deletes variables from the user cache
    • wincache_ucache_exists - Checks if a variable exists in the user cache
    • wincache_ucache_get - Gets a variable stored in the user cache
    • wincache_ucache_inc - Increments the value associated with the key
    • wincache_ucache_info - Retrieves information about data stored in the user cache
    • wincache_ucache_meminfo - Retrieves information about user cache memory usage
    • wincache_ucache_set - Adds a variable in user cache and overwrites a variable if it already exists in the cache
    • wincache_unlock - Releases an exclusive lock on a given key
    • wkhtmltox\Image\Converter::convert - Perform Image conversion
    • wkhtmltox\Image\Converter::getVersion - Determine version of Converter
    • wkhtmltox\Image\Converter::__construct - Create a new Image converter
    • wkhtmltox\PDF\Converter::add - Add an object for conversion
    • wkhtmltox\PDF\Converter::convert - Perform PDF conversion
    • wkhtmltox\PDF\Converter::getVersion - Determine version of Converter
    • wkhtmltox\PDF\Converter::__construct - Create a new PDF converter
    • wkhtmltox\PDF\Object::__construct - Create a new PDF Object
    • wordwrap - Wraps a string to a given number of characters
    • Worker::collect - Collect references to completed tasks
    • Worker::getStacked - Gets the remaining stack size
    • Worker::isShutdown - State Detection
    • Worker::shutdown - Shutdown the worker
    • Worker::stack - Stacking work
    • Worker::unstack - Unstacking work
  • x
    • xattr_get - Get an extended attribute
    • xattr_list - Get a list of extended attributes
    • xattr_remove - Remove an extended attribute
    • xattr_set - Set an extended attribute
    • xattr_supported - Check if filesystem supports extended attributes
    • xdiff_file_bdiff - Make binary diff of two files
    • xdiff_file_bdiff_size - Read a size of file created by applying a binary diff
    • xdiff_file_bpatch - Patch a file with a binary diff
    • xdiff_file_diff - Make unified diff of two files
    • xdiff_file_diff_binary - Alias of xdiff_file_bdiff
    • xdiff_file_merge3 - Merge 3 files into one
    • xdiff_file_patch - Patch a file with an unified diff
    • xdiff_file_patch_binary - Alias of xdiff_file_bpatch
    • xdiff_file_rabdiff - Make binary diff of two files using the Rabin's polynomial fingerprinting algorithm
    • xdiff_string_bdiff - Make binary diff of two strings
    • xdiff_string_bdiff_size - Read a size of file created by applying a binary diff
    • xdiff_string_bpatch - Patch a string with a binary diff
    • xdiff_string_diff - Make unified diff of two strings
    • xdiff_string_diff_binary - Alias of xdiff_string_bdiff
    • xdiff_string_merge3 - Merge 3 strings into one
    • xdiff_string_patch - Patch a string with an unified diff
    • xdiff_string_patch_binary - Alias of xdiff_string_bpatch
    • xdiff_string_rabdiff - Make binary diff of two strings using the Rabin's polynomial fingerprinting algorithm
    • xhprof_disable - Stops xhprof profiler
    • xhprof_enable - Start xhprof profiler
    • xhprof_sample_disable - Stops xhprof sample profiler
    • xhprof_sample_enable - Start XHProf profiling in sampling mode
    • XMLDiff\Base::diff - Produce diff of two XML documents
    • XMLDiff\Base::merge - Produce new XML document based on diff
    • XMLDiff\Base::__construct - Constructor
    • XMLDiff\DOM::diff - Diff two DOMDocument objects
    • XMLDiff\DOM::merge - Produce merged DOMDocument
    • XMLDiff\File::diff - Diff two XML files
    • XMLDiff\File::merge - Produce merged XML document
    • XMLDiff\Memory::diff - Diff two XML documents
    • XMLDiff\Memory::merge - Produce merged XML document
    • XMLReader::close - Close the XMLReader input
    • XMLReader::expand - Returns a copy of the current node as a DOM object
    • XMLReader::getAttribute - Get the value of a named attribute
    • XMLReader::getAttributeNo - Get the value of an attribute by index
    • XMLReader::getAttributeNs - Get the value of an attribute by localname and URI
    • XMLReader::getParserProperty - Indicates if specified property has been set
    • XMLReader::isValid - Indicates if the parsed document is valid
    • XMLReader::lookupNamespace - Lookup namespace for a prefix
    • XMLReader::moveToAttribute - Move cursor to a named attribute
    • XMLReader::moveToAttributeNo - Move cursor to an attribute by index
    • XMLReader::moveToAttributeNs - Move cursor to a named attribute
    • XMLReader::moveToElement - Position cursor on the parent Element of current Attribute
    • XMLReader::moveToFirstAttribute - Position cursor on the first Attribute
    • XMLReader::moveToNextAttribute - Position cursor on the next Attribute
    • XMLReader::next - Move cursor to next node skipping all subtrees
    • XMLReader::open - Set the URI containing the XML to parse
    • XMLReader::read - Move to next node in document
    • XMLReader::readInnerXml - Retrieve XML from current node
    • XMLReader::readOuterXml - Retrieve XML from current node, including itself
    • XMLReader::readString - Reads the contents of the current node as a string
    • XMLReader::setParserProperty - Set parser options
    • XMLReader::setRelaxNGSchema - Set the filename or URI for a RelaxNG Schema
    • XMLReader::setRelaxNGSchemaSource - Set the data containing a RelaxNG Schema
    • XMLReader::setSchema - Validate document against XSD
    • XMLReader::XML - Set the data containing the XML to parse
    • xmlrpc_decode - Decodes XML into native PHP types
    • xmlrpc_decode_request - Decodes XML into native PHP types
    • xmlrpc_encode - Generates XML for a PHP value
    • xmlrpc_encode_request - Generates XML for a method request
    • xmlrpc_get_type - Gets xmlrpc type for a PHP value
    • xmlrpc_is_fault - Determines if an array value represents an XMLRPC fault
    • xmlrpc_parse_method_descriptions - Decodes XML into a list of method descriptions
    • xmlrpc_server_add_introspection_data - Adds introspection documentation
    • xmlrpc_server_call_method - Parses XML requests and call methods
    • xmlrpc_server_create - Creates an xmlrpc server
    • xmlrpc_server_destroy - Destroys server resources
    • xmlrpc_server_register_introspection_callback - Register a PHP function to generate documentation
    • xmlrpc_server_register_method - Register a PHP function to resource method matching method_name
    • xmlrpc_set_type - Sets xmlrpc type, base64 or datetime, for a PHP string value
    • XMLWriter::endAttribute - End attribute
    • XMLWriter::endCdata - End current CDATA
    • XMLWriter::endComment - Create end comment
    • XMLWriter::endDocument - End current document
    • XMLWriter::endDtd - End current DTD
    • XMLWriter::endDtdAttlist - End current DTD AttList
    • XMLWriter::endDtdElement - End current DTD element
    • XMLWriter::endDtdEntity - End current DTD Entity
    • XMLWriter::endElement - End current element
    • XMLWriter::endPi - End current PI
    • XMLWriter::flush - Flush current buffer
    • XMLWriter::fullEndElement - End current element
    • XMLWriter::openMemory - Create new xmlwriter using memory for string output
    • XMLWriter::openUri - Create new xmlwriter using source uri for output
    • XMLWriter::outputMemory - Returns current buffer
    • XMLWriter::setIndent - Toggle indentation on/off
    • XMLWriter::setIndentString - Set string used for indenting
    • XMLWriter::startAttribute - Create start attribute
    • XMLWriter::startAttributeNs - Create start namespaced attribute
    • XMLWriter::startCdata - Create start CDATA tag
    • XMLWriter::startComment - Create start comment
    • XMLWriter::startDocument - Create document tag
    • XMLWriter::startDtd - Create start DTD tag
    • XMLWriter::startDtdAttlist - Create start DTD AttList
    • XMLWriter::startDtdElement - Create start DTD element
    • XMLWriter::startDtdEntity - Create start DTD Entity
    • XMLWriter::startElement - Create start element tag
    • XMLWriter::startElementNs - Create start namespaced element tag
    • XMLWriter::startPi - Create start PI tag
    • XMLWriter::text - Write text
    • XMLWriter::writeAttribute - Write full attribute
    • XMLWriter::writeAttributeNs - Write full namespaced attribute
    • XMLWriter::writeCdata - Write full CDATA tag
    • XMLWriter::writeComment - Write full comment tag
    • XMLWriter::writeDtd - Write full DTD tag
    • XMLWriter::writeDtdAttlist - Write full DTD AttList tag
    • XMLWriter::writeDtdElement - Write full DTD element tag
    • XMLWriter::writeDtdEntity - Write full DTD Entity tag
    • XMLWriter::writeElement - Write full element tag
    • XMLWriter::writeElementNs - Write full namespaced element tag
    • XMLWriter::writePi - Writes a PI
    • XMLWriter::writeRaw - Write a raw XML text
    • xml_error_string - Get XML parser error string
    • xml_get_current_byte_index - Get current byte index for an XML parser
    • xml_get_current_column_number - Get current column number for an XML parser
    • xml_get_current_line_number - Get current line number for an XML parser
    • xml_get_error_code - Get XML parser error code
    • xml_parse - Start parsing an XML document
    • xml_parser_create - Create an XML parser
    • xml_parser_create_ns - Create an XML parser with namespace support
    • xml_parser_free - Free an XML parser
    • xml_parser_get_option - Get options from an XML parser
    • xml_parser_set_option - Set options in an XML parser
    • xml_parse_into_struct - Parse XML data into an array structure
    • xml_set_character_data_handler - Set up character data handler
    • xml_set_default_handler - Set up default handler
    • xml_set_element_handler - Set up start and end element handlers
    • xml_set_end_namespace_decl_handler - Set up end namespace declaration handler
    • xml_set_external_entity_ref_handler - Set up external entity reference handler
    • xml_set_notation_decl_handler - Set up notation declaration handler
    • xml_set_object - Use XML Parser within an object
    • xml_set_processing_instruction_handler - Set up processing instruction (PI) handler
    • xml_set_start_namespace_decl_handler - Set up start namespace declaration handler
    • xml_set_unparsed_entity_decl_handler - Set up unparsed entity declaration handler
    • XSLTProcessor::getParameter - Get value of a parameter
    • XSLTProcessor::getSecurityPrefs - Get security preferences
    • XSLTProcessor::hasExsltSupport - Determine if PHP has EXSLT support
    • XSLTProcessor::importStylesheet - Import stylesheet
    • XSLTProcessor::registerPHPFunctions - Enables the ability to use PHP functions as XSLT functions
    • XSLTProcessor::removeParameter - Remove parameter
    • XSLTProcessor::setParameter - Set value for a parameter
    • XSLTProcessor::setProfiling - Sets profiling output file
    • XSLTProcessor::setSecurityPrefs - Set security preferences
    • XSLTProcessor::transformToDoc - Transform to a DOMDocument
    • XSLTProcessor::transformToUri - Transform to URI
    • XSLTProcessor::transformToXml - Transform to XML
    • XSLTProcessor::__construct - Creates a new XSLTProcessor object
  • y
    • Yac::add - Store into cache
    • Yac::delete - Remove items from cache
    • Yac::dump - Dump cache
    • Yac::flush - Flush the cache
    • Yac::get - Retrieve values from cache
    • Yac::info - Status of cache
    • Yac::set - Store into cache
    • Yac::__construct - Constructor
    • Yac::__get - Getter
    • Yac::__set - Setter
    • Yaconf::get - Retrieve a item
    • Yaconf::has - Determine if a item exists
    • Yaf_Action_Abstract::execute - Action entry point
    • Yaf_Action_Abstract::getController - Retrieve controller object
    • Yaf_Action_Abstract::getControllerName - Get controller name
    • Yaf_Application::app - Retrieve an Application instance
    • Yaf_Application::bootstrap - Call bootstrap
    • Yaf_Application::clearLastError - Clear the last error info
    • Yaf_Application::environ - Retrive environ
    • Yaf_Application::execute - Execute a callback
    • Yaf_Application::getAppDirectory - Get the application directory
    • Yaf_Application::getConfig - Retrive the config instance
    • Yaf_Application::getDispatcher - Get Yaf_Dispatcher instance
    • Yaf_Application::getLastErrorMsg - Get message of the last occurred error
    • Yaf_Application::getLastErrorNo - Get code of last occurred error
    • Yaf_Application::getModules - Get defined module names
    • Yaf_Application::run - Start Yaf_Application
    • Yaf_Application::setAppDirectory - Change the application directory
    • Yaf_Application::__construct - Yaf_Application constructor
    • Yaf_Application::__destruct - The __destruct purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Abstract::get - Getter
    • Yaf_Config_Abstract::readonly - Find a config whether readonly
    • Yaf_Config_Abstract::set - Setter
    • Yaf_Config_Abstract::toArray - Cast to array
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::count - Count all elements in Yaf_Config.ini
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::current - Retrieve the current value
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::key - Fetch current element's key
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::next - Advance the internal pointer
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::offsetExists - The offsetExists purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::offsetGet - The offsetGet purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::offsetSet - The offsetSet purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::offsetUnset - The offsetUnset purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::readonly - The readonly purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::rewind - The rewind purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::toArray - Return config as a PHP array
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::valid - The valid purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::__construct - Yaf_Config_Ini constructor
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::__get - Retrieve a element
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::__isset - Determine if a key is exists
    • Yaf_Config_Ini::__set - The __set purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::count - The count purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::current - The current purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::key - The key purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::next - The next purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::offsetExists - The offsetExists purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::offsetGet - The offsetGet purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::offsetSet - The offsetSet purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::offsetUnset - The offsetUnset purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::readonly - The readonly purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::rewind - The rewind purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::toArray - Returns a PHP array
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::valid - The valid purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::__construct - The __construct purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::__get - The __get purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::__isset - The __isset purpose
    • Yaf_Config_Simple::__set - The __set purpose
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::display - The display purpose
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::forward - Forward to another action
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getInvokeArg - The getInvokeArg purpose
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getInvokeArgs - The getInvokeArgs purpose
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getModuleName - Get module name
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getName - Get self name
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getRequest - Retrieve current request object
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getResponse - Retrieve current response object
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getView - Retrieve the view engine
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getViewpath - The getViewpath purpose
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::init - Controller initializer
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::initView - The initView purpose
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::redirect - Redirect to a URL
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::render - Render view template
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::setViewpath - The setViewpath purpose
    • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::__construct - Yaf_Controller_Abstract constructor
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::autoRender - Switch on/off autorendering
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::catchException - Switch on/off exception catching
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::disableView - Disable view rendering
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::dispatch - Dispatch a request
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::enableView - Enable view rendering
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::flushInstantly - Switch on/off the instant flushing
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::getApplication - Retrieve the application
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::getDefaultAction - Retrive the default action name
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::getDefaultController - Retrive the default controller name
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::getDefaultModule - Retrive the default module name
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::getInstance - Retrive the dispatcher instance
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::getRequest - Retrive the request instance
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::getRouter - Retrive router instance
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::initView - Initialize view and return it
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::registerPlugin - Register a plugin
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::returnResponse - The returnResponse purpose
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::setDefaultAction - Change default action name
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::setDefaultController - Change default controller name
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::setDefaultModule - Change default module name
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::setErrorHandler - Set error handler
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::setRequest - The setRequest purpose
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::setView - Set a custom view engine
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::throwException - Switch on/off exception throwing
    • Yaf_Dispatcher::__construct - Yaf_Dispatcher constructor
    • Yaf_Exception::getPrevious - The getPrevious purpose
    • Yaf_Exception::__construct - The __construct purpose
    • Yaf_Loader::autoload - The autoload purpose
    • Yaf_Loader::clearLocalNamespace - The clearLocalNamespace purpose
    • Yaf_Loader::getInstance - The getInstance purpose
    • Yaf_Loader::getLibraryPath - Get the library path
    • Yaf_Loader::getLocalNamespace - Retrive all register namespaces info
    • Yaf_Loader::getNamespacePath - Retieve path of a registered namespace
    • Yaf_Loader::import - The import purpose
    • Yaf_Loader::isLocalName - The isLocalName purpose
    • Yaf_Loader::registerLocalNamespace - Register local class prefix
    • Yaf_Loader::registerNamespace - Register namespace with searching path
    • Yaf_Loader::setLibraryPath - Change the library path
    • Yaf_Loader::__construct - The __construct purpose
    • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::dispatchLoopShutdown - The dispatchLoopShutdown purpose
    • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::dispatchLoopStartup - Hook before dispatch loop
    • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::postDispatch - The postDispatch purpose
    • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::preDispatch - The preDispatch purpose
    • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::preResponse - The preResponse purpose
    • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::routerShutdown - The routerShutdown purpose
    • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::routerStartup - RouterStartup hook
    • Yaf_Registry::del - Remove an item from registry
    • Yaf_Registry::get - Retrieve an item from registry
    • Yaf_Registry::has - Check whether an item exists
    • Yaf_Registry::set - Add an item into registry
    • Yaf_Registry::__construct - Yaf_Registry implements singleton
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::clearParams - Remove all params
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getActionName - The getActionName purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getBaseUri - The getBaseUri purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getControllerName - The getControllerName purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getEnv - Retrieve ENV varialbe
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getException - The getException purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getLanguage - Retrieve client's preferred language
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getMethod - Retrieve the request method
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getModuleName - The getModuleName purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getParam - Retrieve calling parameter
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getParams - Retrieve all calling parameters
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getRequestUri - The getRequestUri purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getServer - Retrieve SERVER variable
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isCli - Determine if request is CLI request
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isDispatched - Determin if the request is dispatched
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isGet - Determine if request is GET request
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isHead - Determine if request is HEAD request
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isOptions - Determine if request is OPTIONS request
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isPost - Determine if request is POST request
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isPut - Determine if request is PUT request
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isRouted - Determin if request has been routed
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isXmlHttpRequest - Determine if request is AJAX request
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setActionName - Set action name
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setBaseUri - Set base URI
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setControllerName - Set controller name
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setDispatched - The setDispatched purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setModuleName - Set module name
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setParam - Set a calling parameter to a request
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setRequestUri - The setRequestUri purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setRouted - The setRouted purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Http::get - Retrieve variable from client
    • Yaf_Request_Http::getCookie - Retrieve Cookie variable
    • Yaf_Request_Http::getFiles - The getFiles purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Http::getPost - Retrieve POST variable
    • Yaf_Request_Http::getQuery - Fetch a query parameter
    • Yaf_Request_Http::getRaw - Retrieve Raw request body
    • Yaf_Request_Http::getRequest - The getRequest purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Http::isXmlHttpRequest - Determin if request is Ajax Request
    • Yaf_Request_Http::__construct - Constructor of Yaf_Request_Http
    • Yaf_Request_Simple::get - The get purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Simple::getCookie - The getCookie purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Simple::getFiles - The getFiles purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Simple::getPost - The getPost purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Simple::getQuery - The getQuery purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Simple::getRequest - The getRequest purpose
    • Yaf_Request_Simple::isXmlHttpRequest - Determin if request is AJAX request
    • Yaf_Request_Simple::__construct - Constructor of Yaf_Request_Simple
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::appendBody - Append to response body
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::clearBody - Discard all exists response body
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::clearHeaders - Discard all set headers
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::getBody - Retrieve a exists content
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::getHeader - The getHeader purpose
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::prependBody - The prependBody purpose
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::response - Send response
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::setAllHeaders - The setAllHeaders purpose
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::setBody - Set content to response
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::setHeader - Set reponse header
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::setRedirect - The setRedirect purpose
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::__construct - The __construct purpose
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::__destruct - The __destruct purpose
    • Yaf_Response_Abstract::__toString - Retrieve all bodys as string
    • Yaf_Router::addConfig - Add config-defined routes into Router
    • Yaf_Router::addRoute - Add new Route into Router
    • Yaf_Router::getCurrentRoute - Get the effective route name
    • Yaf_Router::getRoute - Retrieve a route by name
    • Yaf_Router::getRoutes - Retrieve registered routes
    • Yaf_Router::route - The route purpose
    • Yaf_Router::__construct - Yaf_Router constructor
    • Yaf_Route_Interface::assemble - Assemble a request
    • Yaf_Route_Interface::route - Route a request
    • Yaf_Route_Map::assemble - Assemble a url
    • Yaf_Route_Map::route - The route purpose
    • Yaf_Route_Map::__construct - The __construct purpose
    • Yaf_Route_Regex::assemble - Assemble a url
    • Yaf_Route_Regex::route - The route purpose
    • Yaf_Route_Regex::__construct - Yaf_Route_Regex constructor
    • Yaf_Route_Rewrite::assemble - Assemble a url
    • Yaf_Route_Rewrite::route - The route purpose
    • Yaf_Route_Rewrite::__construct - Yaf_Route_Rewrite constructor
    • Yaf_Route_Simple::assemble - Assemble a url
    • Yaf_Route_Simple::route - Route a request
    • Yaf_Route_Simple::__construct - Yaf_Route_Simple constructor
    • Yaf_Route_Static::assemble - Assemble a url
    • Yaf_Route_Static::match - The match purpose
    • Yaf_Route_Static::route - Route a request
    • Yaf_Route_Supervar::assemble - Assemble a url
    • Yaf_Route_Supervar::route - The route purpose
    • Yaf_Route_Supervar::__construct - The __construct purpose
    • Yaf_Session::count - The count purpose
    • Yaf_Session::current - The current purpose
    • Yaf_Session::del - The del purpose
    • Yaf_Session::getInstance - The getInstance purpose
    • Yaf_Session::has - The has purpose
    • Yaf_Session::key - The key purpose
    • Yaf_Session::next - The next purpose
    • Yaf_Session::offsetExists - The offsetExists purpose
    • Yaf_Session::offsetGet - The offsetGet purpose
    • Yaf_Session::offsetSet - The offsetSet purpose
    • Yaf_Session::offsetUnset - The offsetUnset purpose
    • Yaf_Session::rewind - The rewind purpose
    • Yaf_Session::start - The start purpose
    • Yaf_Session::valid - The valid purpose
    • Yaf_Session::__construct - Constructor of Yaf_Session
    • Yaf_Session::__get - The __get purpose
    • Yaf_Session::__isset - The __isset purpose
    • Yaf_Session::__set - The __set purpose
    • Yaf_Session::__unset - The __unset purpose
    • Yaf_View_Interface::assign - Assign value to View engine
    • Yaf_View_Interface::display - Render and output a template
    • Yaf_View_Interface::getScriptPath - The getScriptPath purpose
    • Yaf_View_Interface::render - Render a template
    • Yaf_View_Interface::setScriptPath - The setScriptPath purpose
    • Yaf_View_Simple::assign - Assign values
    • Yaf_View_Simple::assignRef - The assignRef purpose
    • Yaf_View_Simple::clear - Clear Assigned values
    • Yaf_View_Simple::display - Render and display
    • Yaf_View_Simple::eval - Render template
    • Yaf_View_Simple::getScriptPath - Get templates directory
    • Yaf_View_Simple::render - Render template
    • Yaf_View_Simple::setScriptPath - Set tempaltes directory
    • Yaf_View_Simple::__construct - Constructor of Yaf_View_Simple
    • Yaf_View_Simple::__get - Retrieve assigned variable
    • Yaf_View_Simple::__isset - The __isset purpose
    • Yaf_View_Simple::__set - Set value to engine
    • yaml_emit - Returns the YAML representation of a value
    • yaml_emit_file - Send the YAML representation of a value to a file
    • yaml_parse - Parse a YAML stream
    • yaml_parse_file - Parse a YAML stream from a file
    • yaml_parse_url - Parse a Yaml stream from a URL
    • Yar_Client::setOpt - Set calling contexts
    • Yar_Client::__call - Call service
    • Yar_Client::__construct - Create a client
    • Yar_Client_Exception::getType - Retrieve exception's type
    • Yar_Concurrent_Client::call - Register a concurrent call
    • Yar_Concurrent_Client::loop - Send all calls
    • Yar_Concurrent_Client::reset - Clean all registered calls
    • Yar_Server::handle - Start RPC Server
    • Yar_Server::__construct - Register a server
    • Yar_Server_Exception::getType - Retrieve exception's type
    • yaz_addinfo - Returns additional error information
    • yaz_ccl_conf - Configure CCL parser
    • yaz_ccl_parse - Invoke CCL Parser
    • yaz_close - Close YAZ connection
    • yaz_connect - Prepares for a connection to a Z39.50 server
    • yaz_database - Specifies the databases within a session
    • yaz_element - Specifies Element-Set Name for retrieval
    • yaz_errno - Returns error number
    • yaz_error - Returns error description
    • yaz_es - Prepares for an Extended Service Request
    • yaz_es_result - Inspects Extended Services Result
    • yaz_get_option - Returns value of option for connection
    • yaz_hits - Returns number of hits for last search
    • yaz_itemorder - Prepares for Z39.50 Item Order with an ILL-Request package
    • yaz_present - Prepares for retrieval (Z39.50 present)
    • yaz_range - Specifies a range of records to retrieve
    • yaz_record - Returns a record
    • yaz_scan - Prepares for a scan
    • yaz_scan_result - Returns Scan Response result
    • yaz_schema - Specifies schema for retrieval
    • yaz_search - Prepares for a search
    • yaz_set_option - Sets one or more options for connection
    • yaz_sort - Sets sorting criteria
    • yaz_syntax - Specifies the preferred record syntax for retrieval
    • yaz_wait - Wait for Z39.50 requests to complete
  • z
    • zend_thread_id - Returns a unique identifier for the current thread
    • zend_version - Gets the version of the current Zend engine
    • ZipArchive::addEmptyDir - Add a new directory
    • ZipArchive::addFile - Adds a file to a ZIP archive from the given path
    • ZipArchive::addFromString - Add a file to a ZIP archive using its contents
    • ZipArchive::addGlob - Add files from a directory by glob pattern
    • ZipArchive::addPattern - Add files from a directory by PCRE pattern
    • ZipArchive::clearError - Clear the status error message, system and/or zip messages
    • ZipArchive::close - Close the active archive (opened or newly created)
    • ZipArchive::count - Counts the number of files in the archive
    • ZipArchive::deleteIndex - Delete an entry in the archive using its index
    • ZipArchive::deleteName - Delete an entry in the archive using its name
    • ZipArchive::extractTo - Extract the archive contents
    • ZipArchive::getArchiveComment - Returns the Zip archive comment
    • ZipArchive::getCommentIndex - Returns the comment of an entry using the entry index
    • ZipArchive::getCommentName - Returns the comment of an entry using the entry name
    • ZipArchive::getExternalAttributesIndex - Retrieve the external attributes of an entry defined by its index
    • ZipArchive::getExternalAttributesName - Retrieve the external attributes of an entry defined by its name
    • ZipArchive::getFromIndex - Returns the entry contents using its index
    • ZipArchive::getFromName - Returns the entry contents using its name
    • ZipArchive::getNameIndex - Returns the name of an entry using its index
    • ZipArchive::getStatusString - Returns the status error message, system and/or zip messages
    • ZipArchive::getStream - Get a file handler to the entry defined by its name (read only)
    • ZipArchive::getStreamIndex - Get a file handler to the entry defined by its index (read only)
    • ZipArchive::getStreamName - Get a file handler to the entry defined by its name (read only)
    • ZipArchive::isCompressionMethodSupported - Check if a compression method is supported by libzip
    • ZipArchive::isEncryptionMethodSupported - Check if a encryption method is supported by libzip
    • ZipArchive::locateName - Returns the index of the entry in the archive
    • ZipArchive::open - Open a ZIP file archive
    • ZipArchive::registerCancelCallback - Register a callback to allow cancellation during archive close.
    • ZipArchive::registerProgressCallback - Register a callback to provide updates during archive close.
    • ZipArchive::renameIndex - Renames an entry defined by its index
    • ZipArchive::renameName - Renames an entry defined by its name
    • ZipArchive::replaceFile - Replace file in ZIP archive with a given path
    • ZipArchive::setArchiveComment - Set the comment of a ZIP archive
    • ZipArchive::setCommentIndex - Set the comment of an entry defined by its index
    • ZipArchive::setCommentName - Set the comment of an entry defined by its name
    • ZipArchive::setCompressionIndex - Set the compression method of an entry defined by its index
    • ZipArchive::setCompressionName - Set the compression method of an entry defined by its name
    • ZipArchive::setEncryptionIndex - Set the encryption method of an entry defined by its index
    • ZipArchive::setEncryptionName - Set the encryption method of an entry defined by its name
    • ZipArchive::setExternalAttributesIndex - Set the external attributes of an entry defined by its index
    • ZipArchive::setExternalAttributesName - Set the external attributes of an entry defined by its name
    • ZipArchive::setMtimeIndex - Set the modification time of an entry defined by its index
    • ZipArchive::setMtimeName - Set the modification time of an entry defined by its name
    • ZipArchive::setPassword - Set the password for the active archive
    • ZipArchive::statIndex - Get the details of an entry defined by its index
    • ZipArchive::statName - Get the details of an entry defined by its name
    • ZipArchive::unchangeAll - Undo all changes done in the archive
    • ZipArchive::unchangeArchive - Revert all global changes done in the archive
    • ZipArchive::unchangeIndex - Revert all changes done to an entry at the given index
    • ZipArchive::unchangeName - Revert all changes done to an entry with the given name
    • Zip context options - Zip context option listing
    • zip_close - Close a ZIP file archive
    • zip_entry_close - Close a directory entry
    • zip_entry_compressedsize - Retrieve the compressed size of a directory entry
    • zip_entry_compressionmethod - Retrieve the compression method of a directory entry
    • zip_entry_filesize - Retrieve the actual file size of a directory entry
    • zip_entry_name - Retrieve the name of a directory entry
    • zip_entry_open - Open a directory entry for reading
    • zip_entry_read - Read from an open directory entry
    • zip_open - Open a ZIP file archive
    • zip_read - Read next entry in a ZIP file archive
    • zlib:// - Compression Streams
    • zlib_decode - Uncompress any raw/gzip/zlib encoded data
    • zlib_encode - Compress data with the specified encoding
    • zlib_get_coding_type - Returns the coding type used for output compression
    • ZMQ::__construct - ZMQ constructor
    • ZMQContext::getOpt - Get context option
    • ZMQContext::getSocket - Create a new socket
    • ZMQContext::isPersistent - Whether the context is persistent
    • ZMQContext::setOpt - Set a socket option
    • ZMQContext::__construct - Construct a new ZMQContext object
    • ZMQDevice::getIdleTimeout - Get the idle timeout
    • ZMQDevice::getTimerTimeout - Get the timer timeout
    • ZMQDevice::run - Run the new device
    • ZMQDevice::setIdleCallback - Set the idle callback function
    • ZMQDevice::setIdleTimeout - Set the idle timeout
    • ZMQDevice::setTimerCallback - Set the timer callback function
    • ZMQDevice::setTimerTimeout - Set the timer timeout
    • ZMQDevice::__construct - Construct a new device
    • ZMQPoll::add - Add item to the poll set
    • ZMQPoll::clear - Clear the poll set
    • ZMQPoll::count - Count items in the poll set
    • ZMQPoll::getLastErrors - Get poll errors
    • ZMQPoll::poll - Poll the items
    • ZMQPoll::remove - Remove item from poll set
    • ZMQSocket::bind - Bind the socket
    • ZMQSocket::connect - Connect the socket
    • ZMQSocket::disconnect - Disconnect a socket
    • ZMQSocket::getEndpoints - Get list of endpoints
    • ZMQSocket::getPersistentId - Get the persistent id
    • ZMQSocket::getSocketType - Get the socket type
    • ZMQSocket::getSockOpt - Get socket option
    • ZMQSocket::isPersistent - Whether the socket is persistent
    • ZMQSocket::recv - Receives a message
    • ZMQSocket::recvMulti - Receives a multipart message
    • ZMQSocket::send - Sends a message
    • ZMQSocket::sendmulti - Sends a multipart message
    • ZMQSocket::setSockOpt - Set a socket option
    • ZMQSocket::unbind - Unbind the socket
    • ZMQSocket::__construct - Construct a new ZMQSocket
    • Zookeeper::addAuth - Specify application credentials
    • Zookeeper::close - Close the zookeeper handle and free up any resources
    • Zookeeper::connect - Create a handle to used communicate with zookeeper
    • Zookeeper::create - Create a node synchronously
    • Zookeeper::delete - Delete a node in zookeeper synchronously
    • Zookeeper::exists - Checks the existence of a node in zookeeper synchronously
    • Zookeeper::get - Gets the data associated with a node synchronously
    • Zookeeper::getAcl - Gets the acl associated with a node synchronously
    • Zookeeper::getChildren - Lists the children of a node synchronously
    • Zookeeper::getClientId - Return the client session id, only valid if the connections is currently connected (ie. last watcher state is ZOO_CONNECTED_STATE)
    • Zookeeper::getConfig - Get instance of ZookeeperConfig
    • Zookeeper::getRecvTimeout - Return the timeout for this session, only valid if the connections is currently connected (ie. last watcher state is ZOO_CONNECTED_STATE). This value may change after a server re-connect
    • Zookeeper::getState - Get the state of the zookeeper connection
    • Zookeeper::isRecoverable - Checks if the current zookeeper connection state can be recovered
    • Zookeeper::set - Sets the data associated with a node
    • Zookeeper::setAcl - Sets the acl associated with a node synchronously
    • Zookeeper::setDebugLevel - Sets the debugging level for the library
    • Zookeeper::setDeterministicConnOrder - Enable/disable quorum endpoint order randomization
    • Zookeeper::setLogStream - Sets the stream to be used by the library for logging
    • Zookeeper::setWatcher - Set a watcher function
    • Zookeeper::__construct - Create a handle to used communicate with zookeeper
    • ZookeeperConfig::add - Add servers to the ensemble
    • ZookeeperConfig::get - Gets the last committed configuration of the ZooKeeper cluster as it is known to the server to which the client is connected, synchronously
    • ZookeeperConfig::remove - Remove servers from the ensemble
    • ZookeeperConfig::set - Change ZK cluster ensemble membership and roles of ensemble peers
    • zookeeper_dispatch - Calls callbacks for pending operations
  • _
    • __autoload - Attempt to load undefined class
    • __halt_compiler - Halts the compiler execution

There are no user contributed notes for this page.

How many types of PHP methods are there?

Types of Functions in PHP. There are two types of functions as: Internal (built-in) Functions. User Defined Functions.

WHAT IS function and method in PHP?

Function is a generic term to be used in procedural programming approach where as Method is a term to be used in Object oriented programming approach to define a class property